PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Catalog 0612CT0101 R05/15 2015 Class 0612 CONTENTS Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Energy Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Electronic Trip Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 PowerPact M-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69 PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83 Compact NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 Compact NS1600b–NS3200 Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100 P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120 Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127 Accessory Dimensional Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165 Trip Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172 Catalog Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186 ™ PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers SECTION 1: GENERAL INFORMATION .......................................................................... 7 SECTION 2: ENERGY MANAGEMENT .......................................................................... 22 SECTION 3: ELECTRONIC TRIP SYSTEMS ................................................................. 39 SECTION 4: POWERPACT M-FRAME MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS .......... 69 SECTION 5: POWERPACT P-FRAME MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS ........... 72 SECTION 6: POWERPACT R-FRAME CIRCUIT BREAKERS ...................................... 83 SECTION 7: COMPACT NS630B–NS1600 CIRCUIT BREAKERS ............................... 92 SECTION 8: COMPACT NS1600B–NS3200 CIRCUIT BREAKER ................................ 97 SECTION 9: ACCESSORIES ........................................................................................ 100 SECTION 10: P-FRAME CRADLES AND CRADLE ACCESSORIES ........................... 120 SECTION 11: CIRCUIT BREAKER DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS ................................. 127 SECTION 12: ACCESSORY DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS ............................................ 165 SECTION 13: TRIP CURVES .......................................................................................... 172 SECTION 14: CATALOG NUMBERS ............................................................................. 186 2 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers SECTION 1: GENERAL INFORMATION ...........................................................................7 Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... 7 Features and Benefits ..................................................................................................................... 7 Specifications .................................................................................................................................. 8 Codes and Standards ...................................................................................................................... 8 Circuit Breaker Ratings ................................................................................................................... 9 Enclosure Sizes ............................................................................................................................. 11 Operating Conditions ..................................................................................................................... 11 Trip System ................................................................................................................................... 12 Motor Circuit Protectors ................................................................................................................. 13 Automatic Molded Case Switches ................................................................................................. 13 Internal Operating Mechanism ...................................................................................................... 14 Push-to-Trip Button ....................................................................................................................... 14 Circuit Breaker Mounting and Connections ................................................................................... 14 Catalog Numbering System .......................................................................................................... 16 Testing Requirements ................................................................................................................... 20 SECTION 2: ENERGY MANAGEMENT ...........................................................................22 Energy Management Using the Smart System ............................................................................. 22 On-Site Real-Time Monitoring and Control........................................................................ 23 On-Line Energy Management Services ............................................................................. 23 Smart System Communication Components ................................................................................ 24 FDM121 ............................................................................................................................. 24 FDM128 ............................................................................................................................. 24 Power Meter Functions ................................................................................................................. 25 Display Function ............................................................................................................................ 25 FDM121 Display Unit (One to One) ................................................................................... 25 FDM128 Display Unit (One to Eight).................................................................................. 25 Measurement Function .................................................................................................................. 26 Histories ........................................................................................................................................ 28 Maintenance Indicators ................................................................................................................. 28 Management of Installed Devices ................................................................................................. 29 FDM121 Display ............................................................................................................................ 30 Main Menu ......................................................................................................................... 32 Fast Access to Essential Information................................................................................. 33 Access to Detailed Information .......................................................................................... 33 FDM128 Display ............................................................................................................................ 34 Main Menu ......................................................................................................................... 35 Fast Access to Essential Information................................................................................. 36 Access to Detailed Information .......................................................................................... 36 SECTION 3: ELECTRONIC TRIP SYSTEMS ..................................................................39 Type ET Electronic Trip System .................................................................................................... 39 Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Systems ............................................................................................ 40 Protection Settings............................................................................................................. 44 Ammeter Measurements.................................................................................................... 44 Communication Network.................................................................................................... 44 Protection Settings............................................................................................................. 46 Maintenance Record.......................................................................................................... 46 Load Shedding and Reconnection Parameters ................................................................. 46 Indication Option Via Programmable Contacts .................................................................. 47 Real-Time Metering ........................................................................................................... 49 Demand Metering .............................................................................................................. 49 Metering ............................................................................................................................. 50 Waveform Capture............................................................................................................. 50 3 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Customized Alarm Programming ....................................................................................... 51 Event Logs ......................................................................................................................... 51 Additional Characteristics for Type P and H Trip Units ...................................................... 51 Long-Time Trip Functions .................................................................................................. 52 Short-Time Trip Functions.................................................................................................. 52 Instantaneous Trip Function............................................................................................... 52 Ground-Fault Trip Functions .............................................................................................. 53 Smart System Communication Wiring System .............................................................................. 54 Addresses .......................................................................................................................... 55 Number of Devices............................................................................................................. 55 Length of Bus ..................................................................................................................... 55 Bus Power Source ............................................................................................................. 55 COM Option in PowerPact and Compact Circuit Breakers ........................................................... 56 IFE Ethernet Interface ................................................................................................................... 58 Introduction ........................................................................................................................ 58 IFE Interface....................................................................................................................... 58 IFE Interface + Gateway .................................................................................................... 58 IFE Interface, IFE Interface + Gateway Features............................................................... 58 IFM Modbus Communication Interface .......................................................................................... 61 ULP Port............................................................................................................................. 61 Modbus Slave Port............................................................................................................. 61 I/O Application Module .................................................................................................................. 64 Electrical Asset Manager Configuration Engineering Tool (Ecoreach™) ...................................... 67 SECTION 4: POWERPACT M-FRAME MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS .......... 69 Performance .................................................................................................................................. 69 Interrupting Ratings ....................................................................................................................... 70 Termination Information ................................................................................................................. 70 Accessories ................................................................................................................................... 70 Control Wiring ................................................................................................................................ 71 SECTION 5: POWERPACT P-FRAME MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS ........... 72 Performance .................................................................................................................................. 72 Catalog Numbers ........................................................................................................................... 73 Continuous Current Rating ............................................................................................................ 77 Interrupting Ratings ....................................................................................................................... 77 Automatic Molded Case Switches ................................................................................................. 78 Motor Circuit Protectors ................................................................................................................. 79 Electrically-Operated Circuit Breakers ........................................................................................... 80 Termination Information ................................................................................................................. 80 Control Wiring ................................................................................................................................ 80 SECTION 6: POWERPACT R-FRAME CIRCUIT BREAKERS ...................................... 83 Performance .................................................................................................................................. 83 Catalog Numbers ........................................................................................................................... 84 Interrupting Ratings ....................................................................................................................... 89 Automatic Molded Case Switches ................................................................................................. 89 Termination Information ................................................................................................................. 90 Continuous Current Rating ............................................................................................................ 90 Control Wiring ................................................................................................................................ 90 SECTION 7: COMPACT NS630B–NS1600 CIRCUIT BREAKERS ............................... 92 Performance .................................................................................................................................. 92 Catalog Numbers ........................................................................................................................... 94 4 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Interrupting Ratings ....................................................................................................................... 96 Electrically-Operated Circuit Breakers .......................................................................................... 96 Automatic Molded Case Switches ................................................................................................. 96 Termination Information ................................................................................................................ 96 Accessories ................................................................................................................................... 96 Control Wiring ................................................................................................................................ 96 SECTION 8: COMPACT NS1600B–NS3200 CIRCUIT BREAKER .................................97 Performance .................................................................................................................................. 97 Catalog Numbers .......................................................................................................................... 98 Interrupting Ratings ....................................................................................................................... 98 Automatic Molded Case Switches ................................................................................................. 98 Termination Information ................................................................................................................ 99 Accessories ................................................................................................................................... 99 Control Wiring ................................................................................................................................ 99 SECTION 9: ACCESSORIES .........................................................................................100 Accessories ................................................................................................................................. 100 Electrical Accessories ................................................................................................................. 102 Auxiliary Switch (OF): ...................................................................................................... 104 Alarm Switch (SD)............................................................................................................ 104 Overcurrent Trip Switch (SDE) ........................................................................................ 104 Micrologic Trip Unit Accessories ................................................................................................. 107 Test Equipment ........................................................................................................................... 113 Circuit Breaker Terminations ....................................................................................................... 114 External Accessories ................................................................................................................... 117 Locking Accessories .................................................................................................................... 118 Sub-Feed Lugs ............................................................................................................................ 119 SECTION 10: P-FRAME CRADLES AND CRADLE ACCESSORIES ............................120 Circuit Breaker and Cradle Design .............................................................................................. 120 Cradle Accessories ..................................................................................................................... 121 Cradle Locking and Interlocking .................................................................................................. 122 Open Door Racking Interlock ...................................................................................................... 122 Miscellaneous Accessories ......................................................................................................... 122 Wiring Diagrams .......................................................................................................................... 123 SECTION 11: CIRCUIT BREAKER DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS ..................................127 Dimensions for M-Frame Circuit Breakers .................................................................................. 127 Dimensions for P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers ............................................... 130 Dimensions for R-Frame and NS1600b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers ............................................. 154 SECTION 12: ACCESSORY DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS .............................................165 Accessory Dimensions ................................................................................................................ 165 SECTION 13: TRIP CURVES ...........................................................................................172 SECTION 14: CATALOG NUMBERS ..............................................................................186 5 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers 6 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 1—General Information Section 1—General Information Introduction PowerPact™ M-, P-, and R-frame and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 electronic trip molded case circuit breakers are designed to protect electrical systems from damage caused by overloads, short circuits, and ground faults. All circuit breakers are designed to open and close a circuit by nonautomatic means and to open the circuit automatically on a predetermined overcurrent. Electronic trip molded case circuit breakers use an electronic trip system to signal the circuit breaker to open automatically. The PowerPact M-frame (800 A frame size), P-frame (1200 A frame size) and R-frame (3000 A frame size) circuit breakers are dual rated to UL489 and IEC 60947-2. The Compact NS630b–NS1600 (1600 A frame size) and NS1600b–NS3200 (3200 A frame) circuit breakers are rated to IEC 60947-2 only. M-frame molded case circuit breakers are equipped with a basic ET1.0 electronic trip system, which has a fixed long-time (overload) setting and an adjustable instantaneous (short-circuit) trip setting. P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 molded case circuit breakers are available with either a basic ET 1.0I electronic trip system or with a more advanced Micrologic™ trip system. Electronic trip motor circuit protectors (trip system ET 1.0M), which trip on short circuit only, and automatic molded case switches, which trip at a predetermined self-protection level only, are also available for special applications. All of these circuit breakers are available labeled as Square D™ or Schneider Electric™ (formerly Merlin Gerin™, Federal Pioneer™, or Federal Pacific™). For information on other Square D brand PowerPact molded case circuit breakers, see the Class 611 catalog: PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers. Features and Benefits M-frame, P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 electronic trip circuit breakers: • • • • • Provide overload and short-circuit protection Are true RMS sensing devices Provide means to manually disconnect power to the circuit Provide enhanced coordination by their adjustability Provide high interrupting ratings and withstand ratings Circuit breakers with Micrologic trip units can also: • • • • • Provide integral equipment ground-fault protection or alarm Provide communications Provide power monitoring Provide protective relaying functions Provide zone-selective interlocking (ZSI), which can reduce damage in the event of a fault 7 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 1—General Information Specifications Electronic trip molded case circuit breakers have a molded case made of a glass-reinforced insulating material (thermal set composite resin) that provides high dielectric strength. These circuit breakers: • Are available in either dual-rated Underwriters Laboratory® (UL®) / International Electrotechnical Commission® (IEC®) or IEC-only constructions • Are also Canadian Standard Association® (CSA®) and Association of the Electrical Sector® (ANCE®) certified (dual-rated UL/IEC circuit breakers only) • • • Are manufactured in unit-mount, I-Line™ and drawout (P-frame and NS630b–NS1600) constructions • • • • • • Share common tripping of all poles Are available with either type ET or Micrologic electronic tripping systems Provide optional power monitoring, communications, protective relaying, integral ground-fault protection for equipment and zone-selective interlocking functions Can be mounted and operated in any position1 Are equipped with an externally-accessible test port for use with hand-held and full-function test sets Are available in motor circuit protector and automatic molded case switch constructions Can be reverse connected, without restrictive LINE and LOAD markings Meet the requirements of National Electrical Code® (NEC®) Sections 240.6 by providing a means to seal the rating plug and trip unit adjustments Codes and Standards M-, P- and R-frame, and NS630b–NS3200 electronic trip circuit breakers and switches are manufactured and tested in accordance with the following standards: Table 1: Standards M-Frame, P-Frame and R-Frame Circuit Breakers P- and R-Frame Switches NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers NS630b–NS3200 Switches UL 4891 IEC Standard 60947-2 CSA C22.2 No 5 Federal Specification W-C-375B/GEN NEMA AB1 NMX J-266 UTE, VDE, BS, CEI, UNE, CCC UL 4892 IEC Standard 60947-3 CSA C22.2 No 5 Federal Specification W-C-375B/GEN NEMA AB1 NMX J-266 UTE, VDE, BS, CEI, UNE IEC Standard 60947-2 Federal Specification W-C-375B/GEN NEMA AB1 UTE, VDE, BS, CEI, UNE IEC Standard 60947-3 Federal Specification W-C-375B/GEN NEMA AB1 UTE, VDE, BS, CEI, UNE 1 PowerPact M-frame circuit breaker is in UL File E10027. PowerPact P-frame circuit breaker is in UL File E63335. PowerPact R-frame circuit breaker is in UL FIle E10027. 2 PowerPact P-frame switch is in UL File E103740. PowerPact R-frame switch is in UL FIle E33117. Circuit breakers should be applied according to guidelines detailed in the NEC and other local wiring codes. 1 Compact NW circuit breakers are not available with I-Line terminations. (They cannot be mounted horizontally, only vertically.) 8 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 1—General Information Circuit Breaker Ratings Interrupting Rating The interrupting rating is the highest current at rated voltage the circuit breaker is designed to safely interrupt under standard test conditions. Circuit breakers must be selected with interrupting ratings equal to or greater than the available short-circuit current at the point where the circuit breaker is applied to the system (unless it is a branch device in a series rated combination). Interrupting ratings are shown on the front of the circuit breaker. For grounded B phase interrupting ratings, see Data Bulletin 2700DB0202. Table 2: UL/IEC Circuit Breaker Interrupting Ratings UL/CSA Rating (60 Hz) Circuit Breaker1 Grounded B Phase (1Ø-3Ø) 3 Phase 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 240 Vac 240 Vac 2P Icu 380/415 Vac Ics Icu Ics MG 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA 65 kA 50 kA 25 kA 35 kA 20 kA MJ 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 65 kA 65 kA 35 kA 50 kA 25 kA PG 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA 65 kA 50 kA 25 kA 35 kA 20 kA PJ 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 65 kA 65 kA 35 kA 50 kA 25 kA PK 65 kA 50 kA 50 kA 65 kA 50 kA 25 kA 50 kA 25 kA PL 125 kA 100 kA 25 kA 65 kA 125 kA 65 kA 85 kA 45 kA 20 kA RG 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA 35 kA 50 kA 25 kA 35 kA RJ 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 100 kA 65 kA 35 kA 50 kA 25 kA RK 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 85 kA 65 kA 70 kA 55 kA RL 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA 125 kA 125 kA 65 kA 85 kA 45 kA 1 Table 3: IEC 60947-2 Rating (50/60 Hz) The K interrupting rating is recommended for applications having high inrush and/or non-linear loads such as large motors, transformers, motors with soft starts, etc. IEC Only Circuit Breaker Interrupting Ratings (50/60 Hz) Circuit Breaker 220/240 Vac 380/415 Vac 440 Vac Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu 500/525 Vac 660/690 Vac Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics Interrupting Rating Electrically Operated NS630b–NS1600 N Interrupting Rating 50 kA 37 kA 50 kA 37 kA 50 kA 37 kA 40 kA 30 kA 30 kA 22 kA NS630b–NS1600 H Interrupting Rating 70 kA 35 kA 70 kA 35 kA 65 kA 32 kA 50 kA 25 kA 42 kA 21 kA NS630b–NS1000 L Interrupting Rating 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA 130 kA 130 kA 100 kA 100 kA — — NS630b–NS1600 N Interrupting Rating 85 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 40 kA 40 kA 30 kA 30 kA NS630b–NS1600 H Interrupting Rating 85 kA 52 kA 70 kA 52 kA 65 kA 48 kA 50 kA 37 kA 42 kA 31 kA NS630b–NS1000 L Interrupting Rating 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA 130 kA 130 kA 100 kA 100 kA — — NS630b–NS800 R Interrupting Rating 200 kA 200 kA 200 kA 200 kA 200 kA 200 kA 100 kA 100 kA 75 kA 75 kA Manually Operated NS1600b–NS3200 N Interrupting Rating 85 kA 65 kA 70 kA 52 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA NS1600b–NS3200 H Interrupting Rating 125 kA 94 kA 85 kA 64 kA 85 kA 64 kA — — — — 9 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 1—General Information Application Ratings The voltage rating is the highest voltage for the electrical system on which the circuit breaker can be applied. The frequency rating indicates the system frequency for which the circuit breaker is intended. The withstand rating is used to improve system coordination by maximizing the current level at which the circuit breaker trips with no intentional delay. The withstand rating is the level of RMS symmetrical current that a circuit breaker can carry in a closed position for a stated period of time. Table 4: Voltage, Frequency and Withstand Ratings Circuit Breaker Voltage Rating Frequency Rating Withstand Rating at 480 Vac1 MG, MJ 600 Vac 60 Hz (UL), 50/60 Hz (IEC) 10 kA (0.5 sec) PG, PK 600 Vac 60 Hz (UL), 50/60 Hz (IEC) 25 kA (0.5 sec) PJ 600 Vac 60 Hz (UL), 50/60 Hz (IEC) 10 kA (0.5 sec) PL 480 Vac 60 Hz (UL), 50/60 Hz (IEC) 10 kA (0.5 sec) R-frame (RG, RJ, RK, RL) 600 Vac 60 Hz (UL), 50/60 Hz (IEC) 32 kA (3 sec) NS630b–NS1600 N Interrupting Rating 690 Vac 50/60 Hz (IEC) 19.2 kA (1 sec) NS630b–NS1600 H Interrupting Rating 690 Vac 50/60 Hz (IEC) 19.2 kA (1 sec) NS630b–NS1000 L Interrupting Rating 690 Vac 50/60 Hz (IEC) N/A NS630b–NS1000 R Interrupting Rating 690 Vac 50/60 Hz (IEC) N/A NS1600b–NS3200 N Interrupting Rating 690 Vac 50/60 Hz (IEC) 32 kA (3 sec) NS1600b–NS3200 H Interrupting Rating 440 Vac 50/60 Hz (IEC) 32 kA (3 sec) 1 A system coordination study should be done for optimum circuit breaker coordination. Ampere Rating (Continuous Current Rating) The ampere rating (or continuous current rating) (Ir) is the maximum current that a circuit breaker can carry. The sensor size (In) is the maximum ampere rating for a specific circuit breaker and is based on the size of the sensor plug inside the circuit breaker. This value is printed below the trip unit on the sensor plug. See Sensor Plugs (page 109) for more information. NOTE: The maximum ampere rating a circuit breaker family can carry is called the frame size. Sensor size is less than or equal to frame size. The ampere rating of a type ET electronic trip circuit breaker is equal to the current sensor size (In). The ampere rating of a Micrologic™ electronic trip circuit breaker is determined by the mathematical equation: Ampere Rating = Sensor Size x Rating Plug Setting (Ir = In x Rating Plug Setting) The rating plug varies the circuit breaker ampere rating as a function of its sensor size. Rating plugs have nine dial settings; the multiplier values corresponding with each setting are printed on the rating plug. The maximum setting range is 0.4–1.0 x In. 10 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 1—General Information Enclosure Sizes All type ET electronic trip UL/IEC M-frame, P-frame and R-frame circuit breakers are available as standard rated circuit breakers. Micrologic electronic trip UL/IEC circuit breakers are also available in 100% rated constructions. Because the additional heat generated when applying circuit breakers at 100% of continuous current rating, the use of specially designed enclosures and 194° F (90°C) rated wire sized per the 167° F (75°C) NEC chart is required. Circuit breakers with 100% rating can also be used in applications requiring only 80% continuous loading. Table 5: Minimum Enclosure Sizes for Fixed-Mounted Circuit Breakers Enclosure Dimensions (h x w x d) in./(mm) Ventilation Area Circuit Breaker Rating 3P Circuit Breaker 4P Circuit Breaker M-Frame, 800 A, Standard Rated 51.9 x 20.25 x 7.75 (1318.3 x 514.4 x 196.9) 51.9 x 23.01 x 7.75 (1318.3 x 584.4 x 196.9) — — — — P-Frame, 800 A, 100% Rated P-Frame, 1200 A, Standard Rated 51.9 x 20.25 x 7.75 (1318.3 x 514.4 x 196.9) 51.9 x 23.01 x 7.75 (1318.3 x 584.4 x 196.9) — — — — P-Frame, 1200 A, 100% Rated 62.25 x 23 x 14.75 (1581.2 x 584.2 x 374.7) 62.25 x 25.76 x 14.75 (1581.2 x 654.2 x 374.7) 16.5 in. 10,645 mm 16.5 in. 10,645 mm R-Frame, Standard Rated1 30 x 21 x 7 (762 x 533 x 178) 30 x 25.5 x 7 (762 x 648 x 178) — — — — R-Frame, 100% Rated1 30 x 21 x 7 (762 x 533 x 178) 30 x 25.5 x 7 (762 x 648 x 178) 40.25 in. 26,000 mm 40.25 in. 26,000 mm 1 Top Bottom RLTB or RL3TB kits may extend beyond end of enclosure when using minimum enclosure size. Operating Conditions Temperature To meet the requirements of the UL489 Standard, molded case circuit breakers are designed, built and calibrated for use on 50/60 Hz ac systems in a 40°C (104°F) ambient environment. Electronic trip circuit breakers, however, are designed to react only to the magnitude of the current flowing through the circuit breaker and are inherently ambient insensitive. Both UL/IEC and IEC-only circuit breakers may be operated at temperatures between -25°C and +70°C (-13°F and 158°F). For temperatures other than 40°C (104°F), the circuit breakers must be re-rated as shown. Table 6: Temperature Re-rating Values Maximum Ambient Temperature °F 158 140 122 104 86 77 68 50 32 14 -4 -13 -22 °C 70 60 50 40 30 25 20 10 0 -10 -20 -25 -30 0.75 0.83 0.92 1.00 1.07 1.11 1.14 1.21 1.27 1.33 1.39 1.42 1.44 Current Altitude Circuit breakers are suitable for use at altitudes up to 13,100 ft. (4000 m). For altitudes higher than 6560 ft. (2000 m), circuit breakers must be derated as shown. Table 7: Altitude Derating Values Per ANSI C37.20.1 Table 10 Altitude ≤ 6,600 ft. (≤ 2,000 m) 8,500 ft. (2,600 m) Voltage 1.00 0.95 0.80 Current 1.00 0.99 0.96 13,000 ft. (3,900 m) 11 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 1—General Information Extreme Atmospheric Conditions PowerPact circuit breakers have successfully passed the tests defined below for extreme atmospheric conditions. Dry cold and dry heat: • • IEC 68-2-1—Dry cold at -67°F (-55°C) IEC 68-2-2—Dry heat at 185°F (+85°C) Damp heat (tropicalization) • • IEC 68-2-30—Damp heat (temperature 131°F (55°C) and relative humidity of 95%, condensing) IEC 68-2-52 level 2—Salt mist The materials used in the PowerPact circuit breakers will not support the growth of fungus and mold. Vibration PowerPact circuit breakers meet IEC 60068-2-6 Standards for vibration. • • 2 to 13.2 Hz and amplitude 0.039 in. (1 mm) 13.2 to 100 Hz constant acceleration Storage Temperature Circuit breakers with trip units without LCD displays may be stored in the original packaging at temperatures between -58°F (-50°C) and 185°F (85°C). For circuit breakers with trip units with LCD displays, this range is -40°F (-40°C) to 185°F (85°C). Trip System ET1.0I The trip system causes the circuit breaker to open automatically under overload, short-circuit or equipment ground-fault conditions. Electronic trip circuit breakers give the customer more versatility to achieve coordination with features such as adjustable instantaneous pickup and high withstand ratings. Micrologic 6.0A t= I n= tsd= tr= Isd= Ii= Ir= Ig= tg= MAX s kA The type ET and the Micrologic trip systems consist of current sensors, a microprocessor-based trip unit, and a tripping coil. The tripping coil is a flux transfer solenoid that requires no external power source. All type ET and Micrologic protective functions are completely fault powered. 100 % 40 % menu instantaneous Micrologic Trip System long time Ii Ir 6 8 10 12 4 15 3 off 2 x In .6 .5 .45 .4 tr .63 x In .7 .8 .9 1 (s) 4 8 2 1 .5 alarm 12 16 20 24 @ 6 Ir setting instantaneous short Isd 4 5 3 2.5 6 2 8 1.5 10 x Ir tsd (s) .4 .4 .3 .2 .3 .1 .2 .1 2 0 on I t off setting test Ig D C B A E delay Ii 6 8 10 12 4 15 3 off 2 x In test tg F G H J .4 .4 .3 .2 .3 .1 .2 .1 2 0 (s) on I t Features found in Micrologic™ electronic trip circuit breakers, such as universally interchangeable rating plugs, adjustable long-time pickups and 100% ratings also provide capacity for future growth. off ground fault ET Electronic Trip Unit Micrologic Electronic Trip Unit The integral equipment ground-fault sensing capabilities available with Micrologic trip systems mean that there are fewer parts and pieces to purchase, mount and wire. These capabilities include integral ground-fault protection for equipment, which causes the circuit breaker to trip when a ground fault is detected, as well as integral ground-fault alarm, which does not trip the circuit breaker but sends an alarm when a ground fault is detected. Certain Micrologic trip systems also offer the customer true power management system solutions through communication. These trip units can communicate with other circuit breakers in the system and also with a power monitoring system. Communication is by Modbus® and does not require proprietary software. Communication between trip units allows zone-selective interlocking (ZSI) between circuit breakers at different levels in the system. ZSI reduces fault stress by allowing the upstream circuit breaker closest to the fault to ignore its preset delay time and trip without any intentional delay on a short circuit or ground fault. For more information on ZSI, see data bulletin Reducing Fault Stress with Zone-Selective Interlocking. 12 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 1—General Information Communication with a power monitoring system through a communications network allows a ground fault to be reported without interrupting power to the system. It also allows the power monitoring system to remotely report power usage, current flow, and trip history. Instantaneous OFF Feature Micrologic™ 5.0 and 6.0 Standard, A, P, and H electronic trip units provide the unique ability to turn the instantaneous tripping function OFF. Turning off the instantaneous trip function increases the current level at which the circuit breaker will trip with no intentional delay to the level of the short-time withstand rating. This current level is typically much higher than any of the pickup levels provided by the adjustable instantaneous feature. Therefore, using the instantaneous OFF feature improves coordination by allowing the user to take advantage of the circuit breaker withstand rating. Motor Circuit Protectors An instantaneous trip version of the electronic trip circuit breaker is also available for motor circuit protection. These motor circuit protectors comply with NEC requirements for providing short-circuit protection when installed as part of a Listed combination controller having motor overload protection. Electronic trip motor circuit protectors are similar in construction to type ET electronic trip circuit breakers.They are designed as disconnect devices for use in combination with motor starters. These motor circuit protectors provide short-circuit protection only and have an adjustable amperage pickup so they can be set to open instantaneously at current values slightly above the motor starting inrush current. This setting coordinates the pickup time-current response of the motor circuit protector with the overload relay of the motor starter to give the best possible protection. Current interrupting ratings for these UL Recognized components are established in combination with motor starters and properly-sized overload relays and contactors. Automatic Molded Case Switches P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 circuit breakers are also available in automatic molded case switch construction. Automatic switches are similar in construction to electronic trip circuit breakers, except that the switches open instantaneously at a factory-set non-adjustable trip point calibrated to protect only the molded case switch itself. Because of their molded case construction, they are more compact than conventional disconnect switches and accept electrical accessories for added flexibility. Molded case switches are intended for use as disconnect devices only. UL489 requires molded case switches to be protected by a circuit breaker or fuse of equivalent rating. Molded case switches are labeled with their appropriate withstand ratings. The withstand rating of a switch is defined as the maximum current at rated voltage that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when protected by a circuit breaker with an equal continuous current rating. Table 8: P- and R-Frame Withstand Ratings1 Withstand Rating Voltage P-Frame Circuit Breakers J 1 K R-Frame Circuit Breakers L J K L 240 Vac 100 kA 65 kA 125 kA — 65 kA 125 kA 480 Vac 65 kA 50 kA 100 kA — 50 kA 100 kA 600 Vac 25 kA 50 kA 25 kA — 50 kA 50 kA The withstand rating is the fault current at rated voltage that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when protected by a circuit breaker with an equal continuous current rating. 13 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 1—General Information Internal Operating Mechanism Manually-Operated Circuit Breakers M-frame, P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 manually-operated circuit breakers have a single operating handle that acts directly through the operating mechanism against the contact blades. Multipole circuit breakers have a common trip bar for positive action of all poles on manual and automatic operation. These circuit breakers have a trip-free mechanism that allows them to trip even though the operating handle may be restricted (by a handle operating mechanism or padlock attachment) in the I/ON position. If not restricted, the operating handle moves to a position between I/ON and O/OFF when the circuit breaker is tripped. The face of the manually-operated circuit breaker is marked with standard ON/OFF and international I/O markings to indicate handle position. In addition, the O/OFF portion of the circuit breaker handle is color coded green. Electrically-Operated Circuit Breakers P-frame and NS630b–NS1600 circuit breakers are also available with a two-step stored-energy mechanism which can be charged manually or using a motor. The closing time is less than five cycles. Closing and opening operations can be initiated by remote control or by push buttons on the front cover. An O-C-O (open-close-open) cycle is possible without recharging. Electrically-operated circuit breakers include a motor, shunt trip, and shunt close of the same voltage plus an overcurrent trip switch (SDE). The face of electrically-operated circuit breakers is also marked ON/OFF and I/O, and equipped with a position indicator to show contact position. Push-to-Trip Button The push-to-trip button located on the face of each manually-operated circuit breaker is a standard feature on these circuit breakers. This allows the user to manually trip the circuit breaker without risking exposure to live parts. During normal on-off operation, the handle opens and closes the circuit breaker contact but does not exercise the tripping mechanism. Use the push-to-trip button to: • • Exercise the circuit breaker mechanism Check the auxiliary and alarm switch circuits Circuit Breaker Mounting and Connections Table 9: Circuit Breaker Mounting and Connections Unit-Mount Construction Circuit Breaker Cable Connection Bus Connection I-Line Construction Drawout Construction — M-Frame X X X P-Frame X X X X R-Frame X1 X X2 — NS630b–NS1250 X X — X NS1600–NS3200 — X — — 1 Must use RLTB or RL3TB terminal pad kit. 2 Through 1200 A, 100% rated only. 14 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 1—General Information Unit-Mount Circuit Breakers Unit-mount M-frame, P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 circuit breakers are individually-mounted using supplied mounting screws. The four mounting screws are inserted through mounting holes molded into the circuit breaker case and threaded into the circuit breaker mounting enclosure. To properly support the circuit breaker, all four mounting screws must be used. Unit-mount M-frame, P-frame and NS630b–NS1250 circuit breakers can be ordered with mechanical line and load side lugs. The standard lugs can be removed for the installation of compression-type lugs or bus connections. All lugs are UL Listed for their proper application and marked for use with aluminum and copper (Al/Cu) or copper only (Cu) conductors. Lugs suitable for copper and aluminum conductors are made of tin-plated aluminum. Lugs suitable for use with copper conductors only are made of copper. See individual frame sections for frame-specific connection information. M-Frame Unit-Mount Electrically Operated P-Frame Unit-Mount P-Frame Unit-Mount R-Frame Unit-Mount I-Line Circuit Breakers M-frame circuit breakers through 800 A and P-frame and R-frame circuit breakers through 1200 A are available in I-Line construction for easy installation and removal in I-Line panelboards and switchboards. I-Line circuit breakers use “blow-on” type line side connectors. In case of a short circuit, increased magnetic flux causes the plug-on connectors of the circuit breaker to tighten their grasp on the panelboard or switchboard bus bars. The I-Line connectors and circuit breaker mounting bracket are integral parts of I-Line circuit breakers and cannot be removed or replaced. I-Line circuit breakers come with mechanical load side lugs. M-Frame I-Line P-Frame I-Line R-Frame I-Line Drawout Circuit Breakers P-frame manually-operated circuit breakers and switches are also available in drawout construction. The drawout assembly mechanism allows the circuit breaker to be racked in four positions (connected, test, disconnect or withdrawn). P-frame cradles are ordered separately and are available with factory and field-installed accessories. See Section 10—P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories for details. P-Frame Drawout 15 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 1—General Information Catalog Numbering System The M-frame, P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 circuit breakers and cradles follow a “smart” catalog numbering system. The following tables are intended as a tool to decipher existing catalog numbers. They are not intended for use in building catalog numbers, as some combinations may not be available. To build a catalog number, please see the Digest, the Product Selector or contact the local field office. M-Frame, P-Frame and R-Frame Circuit Breaker Catalog Numbers NOTE: Not all options are available on all frames. Table 10: Catalog Number for M-, P- and R-Frame (UL/IEC Dual-Rated) Circuit Breakers Field Position Field Description 1 Brand Name 2 3 4 5 6 7–9 10 Circuit Breaker Frame Options Description (blank) Square D N Schneider Electric (Formerly Merlin Gerin brand) M 800 A Max. P 1200 A Max. R 3000 A Max. G 35 kA @ 480 Vac J 65 kA @ 480 Vac K P-Frame: 50 kA @ 600 Vac R-Frame: 65 kA @ 600 Vac L 100 kA @ 480 Vac F No Lugs L Lugs on Both Ends M Lugs on I/ON End P Lugs on O/OFF End A I-Line D Drawout (Not Available on M and R Frames) 2 2P 3 3P 4 4P 4 480 V 6 600 V ### Circuit Breaker Rating (120 = 1200 A) 000 Automatic Switch Value (none) Standard Rated C 100% rated Interrupting Rating Connection Poles Voltage Rating Ampere Rating Standard or 100% Rated Continued on next page 16 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 1—General Information Table 10: Catalog Number for M-, P- and R-Frame (UL/IEC Dual-Rated) Circuit Breakers Field Position Field Description Circuit Breaker Trip System Options (none) ET1.0 (M-Frame) (none) ET1.0I (P-Frame, R-Frame) U31 Micrologic™ 3.0 Trip Unit U33 Micrologic 5.0 Trip Unit U41 Micrologic 3.0A Trip Unit U43 Micrologic 5.0A Trip Unit U44 Micrologic 6.0A Trip Unit U63 Micrologic 5.0P Trip Unit U64 Micrologic 6.0P Trip Unit U73 Micrologic 5.0H Trip Unit U74 Micrologic 6.0H Trip Unit S60 600 A2 S80 800 A2 S10 1000 A2 S12 1200 A S16 1600 A S20 2000 A S25 2500 A S30 3000 A 11–14 Automatic Switch Trip System1 Description M68 1200–10000 A2 Motor Circuit Protector Trip System M69 1500–10000 A2 M70 1800–10000 A2 15 Rating Plug A–H See Table 81 16-17 Modbus® Communication E1 Modbus BCM 18 I-Line™ Phasing See Digest, Product Selector For Factory-Installed Accessories, See Product Selector 1 For more information on P-frame switches, see page 78. For more information on R-frame switches, see page 89. 2 Not available on R-frame. 17 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 1—General Information NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breaker Catalog Numbers Table 11: Catalog Number for NS630b–NS3200 (IEC-Rated) Circuit Breakers Field Position Field Description 1 Brand Name 2 Circuit Breaker Frame 3 Interrupting Rating 4 Connection 5 Certification 6 Poles 7 Voltage Rating 8–10 Ampere Rating Circuit Breaker Trip System 11–14 Automatic Switch Trip System Non-Automatic Switch Trip System Options Description (Blank) Square D N Schneider Electric R 3200 A Max. P 1600 A Max. N Standard Interrupting Rating H High Interrupting Rating L Current Limiting R1 200 kA Interrupting F No lugs L Lugs on Both Ends M Lugs on I/ON End P Lugs on O/OFF End D Drawout S Rear Connected E IEC 3 3P 4 4P 4 440 Vac 6 690 Vac ### Circuit Breaker Rating (120 = 1200 A) 000 Automatic Switch Value U32 Micrologic™ 2.0 Trip Unit U33 Micrologic 5.0 Trip Unit U42 Micrologic 2.0A Trip Unit U43 Micrologic 5.0A Trip Unit U44 Micrologic 6.0A Trip Unit U63 Micrologic 5.0P Trip Unit U64 Micrologic 6.0P Trip Unit U73 Micrologic 5.0H Trip Unit U74 Micrologic 6.0H Trip Unit S63 630 A S80 800 A S10 1000 A S12 1250 A S16 1600 A S20 2000 A S25 2500 A S32 3200 A Z63 630 A Z80 800 A Z10 1000 A Z12 1250 A Z16 1600 A 15 Rating Plug R–T See Table 80 16–17 Modbus® Communications E1 Modbus BCM For Accessories, See Product Selector 1 R interruption only valid with rear-connected (S) termination. 18 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 1—General Information Cradle Catalog Numbers P-frame and NS630b–NS1600 manually-operated circuit breakers and switches are available in drawout construction (factory installed only). The circuit breakers may be ordered using the circuit breaker catalog numbering systems described above. The cradles must be ordered separately. Table 12: Cradle Catalog Number Field Position Field Description 1 Cradle 2 3 4 5 6 7 Options Description C Cradle S P-Frame 3P D P-Frame 4P L Square D Brand UL/IEC Dual-Rated Frame Size Brand/Certification Circuit Breaker Interruption Rating Cradle Connections Top Terminals Cradle Connections Bottom Terminals G Schneider Electric IEC Rated Only E P-Frame “G”,“J”, “K”, or “L” Interrupting Rating V Rear-Connected T Vertical (RCTV) H Rear-Connected T horizontal (RCTH) E Front-Connected Flat (FCF) V Rear-Connected T Vertical (RCTV) H Rear-Connected T Horizontal (RCTH) E Front-Connected Flat (FCF) 9 None (Standard for P-Frame Circuit Breakers) Shutters and Associated Options 3 Shutters with Padlocking Provision A See Product Selector 8 Circuit Breaker Mismatch and Cradle Interlock 9 Metering CT X Not Applicable on P-Frame Cradle 10 Cradle Secondary Disconnects Wiring X See Product Selector 11–18 Miscellaneous Cradle Options X See Product Selector 19 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 1—General Information Testing Requirements UL, NEMA, CSA, and NMX requirements The UL, NEMA, CSA and NMX labels on a circuit breaker indicate that the circuit breaker meets the requirements of UL Standard 489, NEMA Standard AB-1, CSA Standard C22.2 No. 5 and NMX standard J266. The labels also mean that the production procedure is monitored by UL, CSA and ANCE inspectors to ensure continued compliance to these standards. These requirements include the following tests: • 200% Overload Calibration—each pole of the circuit breaker must trip within a specified time limit when carrying 200% of its continuous current rating. • 135% Overload Calibration—with all poles connected in series, the circuit breaker must trip within a specified time limit while carrying 135% of its continuous current rating. • Overload—the circuit breaker must make and break 600% of its continuous current rating at rated voltage. Circuit breaker frame sizes 125–1600 A must perform 50 operations at 600%. Circuit breaker frame sizes 2000–2500 A must perform 25 operations at 600%. • Temperature Rise—while carrying 100% of rated current and mounted in open air, temperature rise on a wiring terminal must be within specified limits. For 100% rating, the circuit breaker is mounted in an enclosure. • Endurance—UL489 requires that the circuit breaker must complete, at minimum, the following number of operations: Table 13: Endurance Operations Operations Frame Size With Current 1 Without Current 1200–2500 500 2000 1 UL requires the circuit breaker to operate 10% of the “with current” operations with a shunt trip. • Calibration—both the 200% and 135% overload calibration tests are repeated after endurance testing. • Short Circuit—the circuit breaker shall be subjected to test currents based on voltage rating and frame size, with the type and number of operations based on the number of poles, frame rating and voltage rating. Example: a 3P, 600 Vac, 2500 A frame circuit breaker is subjected to one 20 kA single-phase closing of the circuit on the circuit breaker per pole and one 30 kA three-phase closing of the circuit on the circuit breaker for a total of seven short circuit tests. • • Trip Out—the 200% thermal calibration test is repeated following the short-circuit tests. Dielectric—the circuit breaker must withstand, for one minute, twice its rated voltage plus 1000 V: — Between line and load terminals with the circuit breaker in the open, tripped and OFF positions. — Between terminals of opposite polarity with the circuit breaker closed. — Between live parts and the overall enclosure with the circuit breaker both open and closed. No conditioning of the circuit breaker can take place during or between tests. There can be no failure of functional parts at the conclusion of the sequences. After qualifying a set of circuit breakers to the standard tests, a manufacturer can have additional circuit breaker samples tested on higher than standard available fault currents. The following performance requirements apply: • 200% Overload Calibration—each pole of the circuit breaker must trip within a specified time limit when carrying 200% of its continuous current rating. • Short-Circuit Test—with the load side terminals connected by 10-inch lengths of specified cable (or a shorting bar), the circuit breaker is exposed to a short-circuit current for a set time interval. After safe interruption, the circuit breaker is reset and closed again on the short circuit. • 250% Overload Calibration—each pole of the circuit breaker must trip within a specified time limit when carrying 250% of its continuous current rating. 20 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 1—General Information • Dielectric Withstand—the circuit breaker is subjected to twice the voltage rating at which the interrupting test was conducted, but not less than 900 V. — Between line and load terminals with the circuit breaker in the tripped and in the OFF positions. — Between terminals of opposite polarity with the circuit breaker closed. — Between live parts and the overall enclosure with the circuit breaker both open and closed. When the sample circuit breakers pass these tests, circuit breakers of the same construction can be marked or labeled with the current interrupting rating for the higher fault currents. IEC Requirements The IEC markings on a circuit breaker indicates that the circuit breaker meets the requirements of IEC Standard 60947-2 for circuit breakers and 60947-3 for automatic switches. These requirements include the following tests: Table 14: IEC Test Sequence Sequence General Performance Characteristics (Sequence 1) Rated Service Short-circuit Breaking Capacity (Ics) (Sequence 2) Rated Ultimate Short-circuit Breaking Capacity (Icu) (Sequence 3) Rated Short-time Withstand Current (Icw) (Sequence 4) Category of Devices Tests All Circuit Breakers • • • • • • • Tripping Limits and Characteristics Dielectric Properties Mechanical and Electrical Endurance Overload Dielectric Voltage Withstand Temperature Rise 145% Calibration (3 Poles in Series or 3-Phase Test) • • • • • Rated service short circuit breaking capacity (O-t-CO-t-CO) Electrical Endurance (5% of with Current Operations of Sequence 1) Dielectric Voltage Withstand Temperature Rise 145% Calibration (3 poles in series or 3-phase test) • • • • 200% Calibration (Each Pole Separately) Rated Ultimate Short Circuit Breaking Capacity (O-t-CO) Dielectric Voltage Withstand 250% Calibration (Each Pole Separately) • • • • 200% Calibration (Each Pole Separately) Rated Short-Time Withstand Current Temperature Rise Short-Circuit Breaking Capacity at Maximum Short-Time Withstand Current (O-t-CO) Dielectric Voltage Withstand 200% Calibration (Each Pole Separately) All Circuit Breakers Circuit Breakers of Utilization Category A Circuit Breakers of Utilization Category B Circuit Breakers of Utilization Category B • • Circuit Breakers of Utilization Category B: Combined Sequence Individual Pole Short-Circuit Test Sequence (Annex H) • • • • • • • 200% Calibration (Each Pole Separately) Rated Short-Time Withstand Current Icw Rated Service Short-Circuit Breaking Capacity at Ics (O-CO-CO) at Maximum Relay Temp. 145% Calibration (3 Poles in Series or 3-Phase Test) Dielectric Voltage Withstand Temperature Rise 200% Calibration (Each Pole Separately) • • • Individual Pole Short-Circuit Breaking Capacity Dielectric Voltage Withstand 250% Calibration (Each Pole Separately) When Icw = Ics Replaces Sequences 2 and 4 When Icw = Ics = Icu Replaces Sequences 2, 3 and 4 Circuit Breakers for Use in IT Systems 21 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 2—Energy Management Section 2—Energy Management Energy Management Using the Smart System Use the Smart System to connect your building to real savings in three steps: A. Measure Embedded and stand-alone metering and control B. Connect — Integrated communication interfaces — Ready to connect to energy management platforms C. Save — Data-driven energy efficiency actions — Real-time monitoring and control — Access to energy and site information through on-line services CLOUD 22 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 2—Energy Management Measure Smart System communications mean visible information. Grouping most of the electrical protection, command and metering components, the switchboards are now significant sources of data locally displayed and sent via communication networks. Connect Smart Systems use reliable, simple-to-install-and-use displays, and Ethernet and Modbus interfaces. Information is safely transmitted through the most efficient networks: — Modbus SL inside switchboards, between components, — Ethernet, on cable or WiFi, inside the building and connecting switchboards and computers, — Ethernet or GPRS, for access to on-line services by Schneider Electric. Energy experts, no matter where they are located, can now provide advise based on the updated data of the building. Save CLOUD On-Site Real-Time Monitoring and Control The FDM128 touch screen display connected to the Ethernet: • shows essential electrical information and alarms concerning the electrical network, • allows control (open, close, reset…) of various equipment. On-Line Energy Management Services StruXureWare Energy Operation automates data collection using an open, scalable, and secure energy management information system. The FDM128 touch screen provides real-time value checking and control, directly on the front panel of the main switchboard. With the help of the Schneider Electric energy management services team, data is turned into information to enable customers to understand their facilities’ performance on an ongoing basis. On a PC display with common browser: • shows monitoring web pages hosted into the local Ethernet interface, • alarm events generate automatic email notifications, • allows control (open, close, reset…) of various equipment. Energy Operation leverages companies’ current investments in their existing systems, and can be used to communicate advanced results and performance to a broad audience for a shared understanding throughout an organization. The data is displayed graphically or recorded into files for optimizing the use of energy in the building. As an example, the data can help validate the change of temperature settings, time scheduling in a Building Management System or other automated devices. 23 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 2—Energy Management Smart System Communication Components PowerPact and Compact Circuit Breakers with Micrologic Trip Units Ammeter A • • • • 2.0 basic protection (IEC) 3.0 basic protection (UL) 5.0 selective protection 6.0 selective + ground-fault protection Power Meter P • • 5.0 selective protection 6.0 selective + ground-fault protection Harmonic Meter H • • 5.0 selective protection 6.0 selective + ground-fault protection See page 40 for more information. Displays FDM121 • • One-to-one front display module See page 25 for more information Power Meter FDM128 • • One-to-eight front display module See page 25 for more information Operating Assistance Functions Communication • • • • • PowerPact and Compact circuit breakers in a communication network I/O application module IFE: Ethernet interface module IFM: Modbus interface module Com’X 200: Energy server Communication I/O Module IFM Module IFE Module Com’X 200 24 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 2—Energy Management See page 54 for more information. Power Meter Functions In addition to protection functions, Micrologic A/P/H trip units offer all the functions of Power Meter products as well as operating assistance for the circuit breaker. Micrologic A/P/H trip unit measurement functions are made possible by the Micrologic trip unit’s intelligence and the accuracy of the sensors. They are handled by a microprocessor that operates independent of protection functions. Display Function FDM121 Display Unit (One to One) Display Function The FDM121 switchboard display unit can be connected to a communication (COM) option (Breaker Communication Module [BCM ULP]) using a circuit breaker ULP cord to display all measurements on a screen. The LCD screen is 3.78 x 3.78 in. (96 x 96 mm). The FMD121 display unit requires a 24 Vdc power supply. The COM option (BCM ULP) unit is supplied by the same power supply via the circuit breaker ULP cord connecting it to the FDM121. See page 30 for more information. Main Menu I I1 Quick view 310 A V I2 315 4/7 PQS A 402 V % 100 120 398 V % 100 120 401 V % 100 120 E P 64 kW Ep 14397 kWh Q 38 kVar Eq 8325 kVarh S 51 kVA Es 13035 kVAh U1 Metering % I3 302 Control % IN 23 A A U2 Alarms U3 Services ESC % % ESC OK ESC FDM121 Display Current FDM121 Display Navigation ESC FDM121 Display: Voltage ESC FDM121 Display: Power FDM121 Display: Consumption FDM128 Display Unit (One to Eight) The FDM128 display unit uses an IFE Ethernet interface for low-voltage circuit breakers. 20.12.2011 12:00:05 S1-1 - Lighting/Level1 Quick view Open Auto Alarm history Control ESC Quick view Measures Alarm history Control Ir 000 A 12:00:05 S1-1 - Lighting/Level1 Measures Maintenance 20.12.2011 I1 1/7 FDM128 Display Navigation 000 A Maintenance ESC I 20.12.2011 12:00:05 S1-1 - Lighting/Level1 U-V PQS E Quick view I Current 431 385 426 2 I1 I2 I3 IN 1/10 FDM128 Display Current Measures A A A A Alarm history Control I 20.12.2011 12:00:05 S1-1 - Lighting/Level1 U-V PQS E Quick view VL L VL-L 406 415 409 V12 V23 V31 Maintenance V V V Measures Alarm history Control I PQS E PQS 127 kW 13 kVAr 129 kVA Ptot Qtot Stot Maintenance ESC 1/10 FDM128 Display: Voltage ESC 20.12.2011 12:00:05 S1-1 - Lighting/Level1 U-V Quick view Measures Alarm history Control I U-V E cumul EpIn EpOut PQS E Reset 165 kWh 45 kWh Maintenance 1/12 FDM128 Display: Power ESC 1/3 FDM128 Display: Consumption For all FDM, in addition to the information displayed on the Micrologic trip unit LCD, the FDM screen shows demand, power quality, and maximum/minimum ammeter values along with histories and maintenance indicators. 25 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 2—Energy Management Measurement Function Instantaneous RMS Measurements Measurement Function The Micrologic trip unit continuously displays the RMS value of the highest current of the three phases and neutral (Imax). The navigation buttons can be used to scroll through the main measurements. In the event of a fault trip, the trip cause is displayed. The Micrologic A trip unit measures phase, neutral, and ground fault currents. Micrologic P/H trip units offer voltage, power, power factor, frequency, and cos ij in addition to the measurements provided by Micrologic A trip units. Maximum / Minimum Ammeter Every instantaneous measurement provided by Micrologic A trip units can be associated with a maximum/minimum ammeter. The maximum for the highest current of the three phases, neutral, and demand current can be reset using the FDM display unit or the communication system. Energy Metering The Micrologic P/H trip units also measures the energy consumed since the last reset of the meter. The active energy meter can be reset using the Micrologic trip unit keypad, the FDM display unit, or the communication system. Demand and Maximum Demand Values Micrologic P/H trip units also calculate demand current and power values. These calculations can be made using a block or sliding interval that can be set from five to sixty minutes in steps of one minute. The window can be synchronised with a signal sent through the communication system. Whatever the calculation method, the calculated values can be recovered on a PC through the communication network. Ordinary spreadsheet software can be used to provide trend curves and forecasts based on this data. They provide a basis for load shedding and reconnection operations used to adjust consumption to the subscribed power. Power Quality The Micrologic H trip unit calculates power quality indicators taking into account the presence of harmonics up to the fifteenth harmonic, including the total harmonic distortion (THD) of current and voltage. 26 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 2—Energy Management Table 15: Micrologic A/P/H Trip Units Integrated Power Meter Functions Display Micrologic A/P/H Integrated Power Meter Functions Type Micrologi FDM c LCD Display Ir, tr, Isd, tsd, Ii, Ig, tg A/P/H X — Phases and neutral IA, IB, IC, IN A/P/H X X Average of phases Iavg = (IA + IB + IC) / 3 A/P/H — X Highest current of the 3 phases and neutral Imax of IA, IB, IC, IN A/P/H X X Ground fault (Micrologic 6) % Ig (pick-up setting) A/P/H X X Current unbalance between phases % Iavg P/H — X Phase-to-phase VAB, VBC, VCA P/H X X Phase-to-neutral VAN, VBN, VCN P/H X X Average of phase-to-phase voltages Vavg = (VAB + VBC + VCA) / 3 P/H — X Average of phase-to-neutral voltages Vavg = (VAN + VBN + VCN) / 3 P/H — X Ph-Ph and Ph-N voltage unbalance % Vavg P/H — X Phase sequence ABC, ACB P/H X X1 Power system f P/H X X P, total P/H X X P, per phase P/H X X Q, total P/H X X Display of protection settings Pick-ups (A) and delays All settings can be displayed Measurements Instantaneous rms measurements Currents (A) Voltages (V) Frequency (Hz) Active (kW) Reactive (kVAR) Power Apparent (kVA) Power Factor os ij Maximum/Minimum Ammeter Associated with instantaneous rms measurements Q, per phase P/H X X S, total P/H X X S, per phase P/H X X PF, total P/H X X PF, per phase P/H X X Cos ij, total P/H X X Cos ij, per phase P/H X X X X P/H X X Present value on the selected window P/H X X Maximum demand since last reset P/H X X Present value on the selected window P/H X X Maximum demand since last reset P/H X X Reset using the FDM display unit and Micrologic A/P/H keypad Energy Metering Energy Energy Active (kW), reactive (kVARh), apparent (kVAh) Total since last reset Demand and Maximum Demand Values Demand Current (A) Phases and neutral P Demand Power Active (kWh), reactive (kVAR), apparent (kVA) Calculation Window Sliding, fixed or com-synchronised Adjustable from 5 to 60 minutes in 1 minute steps2 P/H — — Of voltage with respect to rms value THDU,THDV of the Ph-Ph and Ph-N voltage H X X Of current with respect to rms value THDI of the phase current H X X Power Quality Total Harmonic Distortion (%) 1 FDM121 only. 2 Available via the communcation system only. 27 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 2—Energy Management Histories • • Trip indications in clear text in a number of user-selectable languages Time-stamping: date and time of trip. Maintenance Indicators Micrologic trip units have indicators for, among other items, the number of operating cycles, load profile, and operating times (operating hours counter). It is possible to assign an alarm to the operating cycle counter to plan maintenance. The various indicators can be used together with the trip histories to analyze the level of stresses the device has been subjected to. Contact Wear Contact wear algorithms only function on Masterpact circuit breakers , and contact wear cannot be selected for PowerPact or Compact circuit breakers. Each time a Masterpact circuit breaker opens, the Micrologic P/H trip unit measures the interrupted current and increments the contact-wear indicator as a function of the interrupted current, according to test results stored in memory. Breaking under normal load conditions results in a very slight increment. The indicator value may be read on the FDM display. It provides an estimation of contact wear calculated on the basis of the cumulative forces affecting the circuit breaker. When the indicator reaches 100%, it is advised to visually inspect the contacts per the instructions in the circuit breaker user guide. Circuit Breaker Load Profile Micrologic A/P/H trip units calculate the load profile of the circuit breaker protecting a load circuit. The profile indicates the percentage of the total operating time at four current levels (% of circuit breaker In): • • • • 0 to 49% In 50 to 79% In 80 to 89% In 90% In. This information can be used to optimize use of the protected equipment or to plan ahead for maintenance interval extensions. 28 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 2—Energy Management Management of Installed Devices Each circuit breaker equipped with a COM option (BCM ULP) can be identified using the communication system: • • • • serial number firmware version hardware version device name assigned by the user. This information together with the previously described indications provides a clear description of the installed devices. Table 16: Micrologic A/P/H Trip Units Operating Assistance Functions Display Micrologic A/P/H Operating Assistance Functions Type Micrologic FDM LCD Display Ir, Isd, Ii, Ig, IDn A/P/H X X Mechanical cycles Assignable to an alarm A/P/H — X Electrical cycles Assignable to an alarm A/P/H — X Hours Total operating time (hours)1 A/P/H — — Contact wear % P/H X X Hours at different load levels % of hours in four current ranges: 0-49% In, 50-79% In, 80-89% In and 90% In P/H — X Operating Assistance Trip History Trips Cause of tripping Maintenance Indicators Counter Indicator Load Profile 1 Available through the communication system only. 29 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 2—Energy Management FDM121 Display Micrologic trip unit measurement capabilities come into full play with the FDM121 display. It connects to the COM option (BCM ULP) with a circuit breaker ULP cord and displays the Micrologic trip unit information. The result is a true integrated unit combining a circuit breaker and a power meter. Additional operating assistance functions can also be displayed. An FDM121 display unit can be connected to ULP communication devices using a prefabricated cord to display all measurements, alarms, histories and event tables, maintenance indicators, and management of installed devices on a screen. The FMD121 display unit requires a 24 Vdc power supply. The FDM121 is a display that can be integrated with the PowerPact H/J/L/P/R or Masterpact NW/NT circuit breaker systems. It uses the sensors and processing capacity of the Micrologic trip unit. It is easy to use and requires no special software or settings. It is immediately operational when connected to the circuit breaker by a ULP cord. It also provides monitoring and control with the use of the I/O application module, the motor mechanism module, or the circuit breaker communication module (BCM ULP). The FDM121 has a large display, but requires very little depth. The anti-glare graphic screen is backlit for very easy reading even under poor ambient lighting and at sharp angles. Display of Micrologic Trip Unit Measurements and Alarms The FDM121 is intended to display Micrologic trip unit measurements, alarms and operating information. It cannot be used to modify the protection settings. Measurements can be easily accessed using a menu. All user-defined alarms are automatically displayed. The display mode depends on the priority level selected during alarm set-up: • high priority: a pop-up window displays the time-stamped description of the alarm and the orange Alarm LED flashes; • • medium priority: the orange Alarm LED goes continuously on; low priority: no display on the screen. All faults resulting in a trip automatically produce a high-priority alarm, without any special settings required. In all cases, the alarm history is updated. The Micrologic trip unit saves the information in its non-volatile memory in the event of an FDM121 power loss. 30 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 2—Energy Management Status Indications and Remote Control When the circuit breaker is equipped with the Breaker Communications Module (BCM ULP), the FDM121 display can also be used to view circuit breaker status conditions: • • • O/F: ON/OFF SD: trip indication SDE: fault-trip indication (overload, short-circuit, or ground fault). When the circuit breaker system is equipped with the I/O application module, the FDM121 can monitor and control: FDM121 Display • • • • cradle management circuit breaker operation light and load control custom applications. When the circuit breaker is equipped with the COM option (BCM ULP) (including connection to shunt close [XF] and shunt trip [MX1] communication voltage releases), the FDM121 display can also be used to control (open/close) the circuit breaker. Two operating mode are available: Surface Mount Accessory • local mode: open/close commands are enabled from the FDM121 while disabled from the communication network; • remote mode: open/close commands are disabled from the FDM121 while enabled from the communication network. Main Characteristics Connection with FDM121 Display Unit • A 3.78 x 3.78 x 1.18 in. (96 x 96 x 30 mm) screen requiring 0.39 in. (10 mm) behind the door (or 0.79 in. [20 mm] when the 24 V power supply connector is used). • • • • White backlighting. • • • Operating temperature range: +14°F (-10°C) to +131°F (+55°C). Wide viewing angle: vertical ±60°, horizontal ±30°. High resolution: excellent reading of graphic symbols. Alarm LED: flashing orange for alarm pick-up, steady orange after operator reset if the alarm condition persists. CE / UL / CSA marking. 24 Vdc power supply, with tolerances 24 V -20% (19.2 V) to 24 V +10% (26.4 V). When the FDM121 is connected to the communication network, the 24 Vdc can be supplied by the communication system wiring system. Consumption is 40 mA. Mounting The FDM121 is easily installed in a switchboard. • • Standard door cut-out is 3.6 x 3.6 in. (92 x 92 mm). Attached using clips. To avoid a cut-out in the door, an accessory is available for surface mounting by drilling only two 0.87 in. (22 mm) diameter holes. 31 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 2—Energy Management Connection The FDM121 is equipped with a 24 Vdc terminal block: • • A plug-in type terminal block with two wire inputs per point for easy daisy-chaining. • Two RJ45 jacks. A power supply range of 24 Vdc -20% (19.2 V) to 24 Vdc +10% (26.4 V). A 24 Vdc type auxiliary power supply must be connected to a single point on the ULP system. The FDM121 display has a two-point screw connector on the rear panel of the module for this purpose. The ULP module to which the auxiliary power supply is connected distributes the supply via the ULP cable to all the ULP modules connected to the system and therefore also to Micrologic trip unit. See wiring diagram later in this section. The Micrologic trip unit connects to the internal communication terminal block on the PowerPact or Compact circuit breaker with the circuit breaker ULP cord. Connection to one of the RJ45 connectors on the FDM121 automatically establishes communication between the Micrologic trip unit and the FDM121 and supplies power to the Micrologic trip unit measurement functions. When the second connector is not used, it must be fitted with a line terminator. Navigation Five buttons are used for intuitive and fast navigation. The “Context” button may be used to select the type of display (digital, bargraph, analogue). The user can select the display language (Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Portuguese, Spanish, etc.). 1 Escape 2 Down 3 OK 4 Up 5 Context 6 Alarm LED I I1 310 A I2 % I3 302 A % IN 23 % ESC 1 315 A A % 2 3 4 5 6 Produit Id Serial number: Part number: Firmware: NonResettableEnergy Metering Micrologic 5.3A I EpIN P07451 LU432091 1.02 Product Identification Load Profile 2/3 0..49% kWh 50...79% 15 H PQS 80..89% 360 H E 90..100% EpOut F - PF - cos F ESC OK ESC 1/3 kWh U-V 5111947 12345678 ESC Metering: Submenu Metering: Meter 610 H 3H ESC Services Screens Main Menu When powered up, the FDM121 screen automatically displays the ON/OFF status of the device. Quick View Metering Control Alarms Services When not in use, the screen is not backlit. Backlighting can be activated by pressing one of the buttons. It goes off after three minutes. 32 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 2—Energy Management Fast Access to Essential Information • “Quick view” provides access to five screens that display a summary of essential operating information (I, U-V, f, P, E, THD, circuit breaker ON/OFF). Access to Detailed Information • “Metering” can be used to display the measurement data (I, U-V, f, P, Q, S, E, THD, PF) with the corresponding min/max values. • • “Alarms” displays active alarms and the alarm history. “Services” provides access to the operation counters, energy and maximum ammeter reset function, maintenance indicators, identification of modules connected to the internal bus, and FDM121 internal settings (language, contrast, etc.). Communication Components and FDM121 Connections The FDM121 degree of protection is IP54 in front. IP54 is maintained after switchboard mounting by using the supplied gasket during installation. Figure 1: FDM121 Connections Ethernet Modbus-SL External power supply 24 Vdc External power supply 24 Vdc A A - + B B - + D0 = A’ / Rx-, A / TxD1 = B’ / Rx+, B / Tx+ 24VDC ETH1 D IFM 4.3 ft. (1.3 m) 9.8 ft. (3 m) ETH2 D D IFE OR E E 0.98 ft. (0.35 m) F F C C Red Black LV434195 LV434196 A’ / Rx- D0 B’ / Rx+ D1 B / Tx+ D1 A / Tx- D0 0V Lengths up to 32.9 ft. (10 m) are possible using extensions. 24 V • A’ / Rx- D0 Cord is available in three lengths: 0.98 ft. (0.35 m), 4.3 ft. (1.3 m) and 9.8 ft. (3 m). Customer Terminal Block A. B. C. D. E. F. White Blue E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 B’ / Rx+ D1 • Red Black White Blue B / Tx+ D1 PowerPact and Compact circuit breakers are connected to the ULP devices (FDM121 display, IFM, IFE or I/O unit) via the circuit breaker ULP cord. A / Tx- D0 Connections 0V 24 V Circuit Breaker ULP Cord FF C C E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 LV434197 E Customer Terminal Block Modbus Network Ethernet Network Circuit Breaker ULP Cord FDM Display ULP Termination ULP Cable 33 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 2—Energy Management FDM128 Display The Micrologic trip unit measurement capabilities are fully utilized with the FDM128 display. The FDM128 display connects to Ethernet communication using the RJ45 port and displays Micrologic trip unit information. The result is an integrated unit combining a circuit breaker with a power meter. Additional operating assistance functions can also be displayed. The FDM128 display unit can be connected to a Micrologic COM option (BCM ULP through an IFE). It uses the sensors and processing capacity of the Micrologic trip unit and requires no special software or settings. The FDM128 is a large display, but requires very little depth. The anti-glare graphic screen is backlit for easy reading even under poor ambient lighting and at sharp angles. The FDM128 display is designed to manage up to eight devices (PowerPact H/J/L/P/R or Masterpact NW/NT circuit breakers). Display of Micrologic Trip Unit Measurements and Trips The FDM128 is intended to display Micrologic A/P/H trip unit measurements, trips, and operating information. It cannot be used to modify the protection settings. • • • Measurements may be easily accessed using a menu. Trips are automatically displayed. A pop-up window displays the time-stamped description of the trip. Status Indications When the circuit breaker is equipped with the COM option (BCM ULP) (including its set of sensors) the FDM128 display can also be used to view circuit breaker status conditions: • • • • • O/F: ON/OFF SDE: Fault-trip indication (overload, short-circuit, ground fault) PF: ready to close CH: charged (spring loaded). CE, CD, CT cradle management with I/O application module. Remote Control When the circuit breaker is equipped with the COM option (BCM ULP) (including connection to shunt close [XF] and shunt trip [MX1] communication voltage releases), the FDM128 display can also be used to operate (open/close) the circuit breaker. Two operating mode are available: • Local mode: open/close commands are enabled from the FDM128 while disabled from the communication network. • Remote mode: open/close commands are disabled from the FDM128 while enabled from the communication network. 34 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 2—Energy Management Main Characteristics FDM128 Display • • • • • • • • 4.54 x 3.40 in. (115.2 x 86.4 mm) with 5.7 in. (145 mm) QVGA display 320 x 240 pixels. Color TFT LCD, with LED backlight. Wide viewing angle: vertical ±80°, horizontal ±70°. High resolution: excellent reading of graphic symbols. Operating temperature range: +14°F (-10°C) to +131°F (+55°C). CE / UL / CSA marking. 24 Vdc power supply, -10%/+20% (limit 20.4 - 28.8 Vdc). Consumption 6.8 W. Mounting The FDM128 is easily installed in a switchboard. • • Standard door hole Ø 0.87 in. (22 mm). The FDM128 degree of protection is IP65 at the touch screen cover. IP54 is maintained after installation by using the supplied gasket. Surface Mount Accessory Connection The FDM128 is equipped with: • a 24 Vdc terminal block: — power supply range of 24 Vdc (limit 20.4 - 28.8 Vdc). — The FDM128 display unit has a 2-point screw connector on the rear panel of the module for this purpose. Connection with Display Unit • One RJ45 Ethernet jacks. The Micrologic trip unit connects to the internal communication terminal block on the Masterpact circuit breakers through the circuit breaker ULP cord and Ethernet connection through the IFE. Navigation • • A touch screen is used for intuitive and fast navigation. The user can select the display language (Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Portuguese, Spanish, etc.). 20.12.2011 12:00:05 20.12.2011 S1-1 - Lighting/Level1 Quick view Product ID Measures Alarm history Control Information Reset all Counter Operation xxx Trip SDE xxx Close command xxx Quick view Energy Measures Ep Eq Es Alarm history Control Maintenance ESC 12:00:05 Quick view 11 318 kWh 257 kVArh 13 815 kVAh Alarm history Control ESC 6/7 Metering: Meter Product Identification Measures Maintenance Maintenance ESC 3/3 20.12.2011 12:00:05 S1-1 - Lighting/Level1 S1-1 - Lighting/Level1 Product ID Information Reset all Load profile 0 to 49% 50 to 79% 80 to 89% 90 to 100% 2/3 Services Screens Main Menu Quick View Metering Control Alarms Services When not in use, the screen is automatically shifted to low back-lighting. 35 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 2—Energy Management Fast Access to Essential Information • “Quick view” provides access to five screens that display a summary of essential operating information (I, U-V, f, P, E, THD, circuit breaker On / Off). Access to Detailed Information • "Metering" can be used to display the measurement data (I, U-V, f, P, Q, S, E, THD, PF) with the corresponding min/max values. • • “Alarms” displays the trip history. “Services” provides access to the operation counters, energy and maximum ammeter reset function, maintenance indicators, identification of modules connected to the internal bus and FDM128 internal settings (language, contrast, etc.). Communication Components and FDM128 Connections The FDM128 degree of protection is IP65 at the touch screen cover. IP54 is maintained after installation by using the supplied gasket. Figure 2: FDM128 Connections B 4.3 ft (1.3 m) 9.8 ft (3 m) 0.98 ft (0.35 m) LV434195 D D D LV434196 E A. B. C. D. E. FDM128 Ethernet Network Circuit Breaker ULP Cord UFE ULP Termination E E LV434197 Circuit Breaker ULP Cord C C Connections C PowerPact and Compact circuit breakers are connected to the ULP devices (FDM display, IFM, IFE or I/O unit) via the circuit breaker ULP cord. • Cord is available in three lengths: 0.98 ft. (0.35 m), 4.3 ft. (1.3 m) and 9.8 ft. (3 m). • Lengths up to 32.9 ft. (10 m) are possible using extensions. 36 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 2—Energy Management Figure 3: Panelboard and Switchboard Connections D F E E E E ULP F ULP C PowerPact PowerPact and Compac t B Internet (cloud) A Table 17: Smart System Communication Devices and Displays Port Name Function To Device To Server Bin. Input Analog. Input Bin. Output A Com’X 200 Energy Server with Ethernet Gateway® Function Modbus Master Ethernet Cable + WiFI 6 2 — B FDM128 Ethernet LCD Color Touch Screen — Ethernet — — — C FDM121 LCD Display for Circuit Breaker ULP — — — — Continued on next page 37 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 2—Energy Management Table 17: Smart System Communication Devices and Displays (continued) Port Name Bin. Input Analog. Input Bin. Output Ethernet — — — Function IFE Interface Ethernet Interface & + Gateway Gateway To Device To Server Modbus Master & ULP D IFE Interface Ethernet Interface for ULP Circuit Breakers Ethernet — — — E IFM Modbus Interface for Circuit Breakers ULP Modbus Slave — — — F I/O Input/Output Application Module for Circuit Breakers ULP ULP 6 1 1 38 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems M-frame circuit breakers are available with the type ET 1.0 electronic trip system. P-frame and R-frame circuit breakers are available with either the ET1.0I basic electronic trip system or the Micrologic™ electronic trip system. The NS630b–NS3200 circuit breakers are available with the Micrologic electronic trip system. The sensing system responds to the flow of current through the circuit breaker. Thermal Imaging The thermal imaging function protects the cables or bus bars from overheating in case of low amplitude repetitive faults. Such overheating can be due to repetitive motor startings, fluctuating load, intermittent ground faults, or subsequent closing after a fault. Traditional electronic protection does not protect against repetitive faults because the duration of each overload above the pickup setting is too short to achieve effective tripping. Nevertheless, each overload involves a temperature rise in the installation, the cumulative effect of which could lead to overheating of the system. The thermal imaging function remembers and integrates the thermal heating caused by each pickup setting overrun. Before tripping, the integrated heating value will reduce the associated time delay and, therefore, the reaction of the trip unit will be closer to the real heating of the power network system. After tripping, the function will also reduce the time delay when closing the circuit breaker on an overload. True RMS Current Sensing The sensing system responds to the flow of current through the circuit breaker. The trip unit samples the current waveform to provide true RMS protection through the fifteenth harmonic. This true RMS sensing gives accurate values for the magnitude of a non-sinusoidal waveform. Therefore, the heating effects of harmonically distorted waveforms are accurately evaluated. The Micrologic H trip unit provides additional sampling of the waveforms to measure and provide waveform capture of harmonic distortion to the thirty-first harmonic. Type ET Electronic Trip System Type ET trip units are available with M-frame, P-frame and R-frame UL/IEC circuit breakers. Circuit breakers with type ET trip units have a fixed ampere rating. The trip units are not field-interchangeable and will not accept any communications or other trip unit accessories. The trip system uses a set of current transformers (called CTs or sensors) to sense current, a trip unit to evaluate the current, and a tripping solenoid to trip the circuit breaker. ET1.0 (M-Frame only) The ET1.0 trip system is available on M-frame circuit breakers and is equipped with fixed long-time and adjustable instantaneous tripping functions only. The long-time pickup is fixed at 1.0 x sensor rating (In), while the instantaneous pickup is adjustable (dial settings from 2–10 x In) with no intentional time delay. ET1.0I (P-Frame and R-Frame only) The ET1.0I trip system is available on both P-frame and R-frame circuit breakers and is equipped with fixed long-time and adjustable instantaneous tripping functions only. The long-time pickup is fixed at 1.0 x sensor rating (In), while the instantaneous pickup is adjustable (dial settings from 1.5–12 x In) with no intentional time delay. ET1.0M (P-Frame only) The ET1.0M trip system is only available on P-frame motor circuit protectors and provides protection for short circuit conditions only. The trip unit has a single adjustment for instantaneous pickup that, if 39 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems exceeded, will trip the circuit breaker with no intentional delay. Instantaneous trip dial settings are 2–16 x In for 600 A circuit breakers and 1.5–12 x In for 800–1200 A circuit breakers. Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Systems The P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 electronic trip circuit breakers can be equipped with the optional Micrologic trip systems listed below: Table 18: Micrologic Trip Systems Model (LS0) Long-time + Short-time + Zero delay (IEC Rated Only) (LI) Long-time + Instantaneous Protection (UL Listed, IEC Rated) (LSI) Long-time + Short-time + Instantaneous Protection (UL LIsted, IEC Rated) Micrologic Basic Trip Unit 2.0 3.0 5.0 — Micrologic A Trip Unit 2.0A 3.0A 5.0A 6.0A Micrologic P Trip Unit — — 5.0P 6.0P Micrologic H Trip Unit — — 5.0H 6.0H (LSIG) Long-time + Short-time + Instantaneous Protection + Equipment Ground-fault Protection (UL LIsted, IEC Rated) Trip units are designed to protect power circuits and loads. Micrologic trip systems use a set of current transformers (called CTs or sensors) to sense current, a trip unit to evaluate the current, and a tripping solenoid to trip the circuit breaker. Adjustable rotary switches on the trip unit allow the user to set the proper overcurrent or equipment ground-fault current protection required in the electrical system. If current exceeds a set value for longer than its set time delay, the trip system opens the circuit breaker. Alarms may be programmed for remote indications. Measurements of current, voltage, frequency, power, and power quality optimize continuity of service and energy management. Integration of protection functions in the Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC) electronic component used in all Micrologic trip units guarantees a high degree of reliability and immunity to conducted or radiated disturbances. On Micrologic P and H trip units, advanced functions are managed by an independent microprocessor. Circuit breakers are shipped with the trip unit long-time pickup switch set at 1.0 and all other trip unit adjustments set at their lowest settings. Actual settings required for a specific application must be determined by a qualified consultant or plant engineer. A coordination study is recommended to provide coordination between all circuit breakers in the distribution system. Table 19: Micrologic™ Trip Unit Features Micrologic Trip Unit (X = Standard Feature O = Available Option) Feature Standard 2.0 Field-Installable X LI 3.0 5.0 2.0A X X X X LS0 Power Harmonics 3.0A 5.0A 6.0A 5.0P 6.0P 5.0H 6.0H X X X X X X X X X X LSI LSIG/Ground-Fault Ammeter X X Trip1 X X Ground-Fault Alarm/No Trip1, 2 X X X Ground-Fault Alarm and Trip1, 2 X X X X Adjustable Rating Plugs X X X X X X X X X X X True RMS Sensing X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X UL Listed Thermal Imaging X Phase-Loading Bar Graph 40 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems Table 19: Micrologic™ Trip Unit Features (continued) Micrologic Trip Unit (X = Standard Feature O = Available Option) Feature Standard LED for Long-Time Pick-Up Ammeter 2.0 3.0 5.0 2.0A 3.0A 5.0A 6.0A 5.0P 6.0P 5.0H 6.0H X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Digital Ammeter X X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O X X X X LCD Dot Matrix Display X X X X Advanced User Interface X X X X Interlocking3 X Communications O X X X X Neutral Protection1 X X X X Contact Wear Indication X X X X Incremental Fine Tuning of Settings X X X X Selectable Long-Time Delay Bands X X X X Power Measurement X X X X Power Quality Measurements X X Waveform Capture X X 1 3Ø, 4W circuits require either a neutral current transformer or a 4-pole breaker. 2 Requires M6C Programmable Contact Module. 3 Not available for 2.0A trip units as upstream devices. Micrologic 5.0A Micrologic 3.0A Micrologic 5.0 t= I n= tsd= tr= Isd= Ii= Ir= Ig= tg= MAX s kA long time (s) 4 .5 instantaneous Im 4 5 6 3 8 2 10 1.5 12 x Ir 8 2 1 @6 Ir alarm 12 16 20 24 Ir .63 .6 .7 .5 .8 .45 .9 .4 1 x In Isd 8 .5 alarm 12 16 20 24 @ 6 Ir short 3 2.5 2 1.5 tsd 4 x Ir 5 6 8 10 setting setting 4 2 1 .4 .4 .3 .3 .2 .2 .1 .1 2 0 Ii on I t off delay 4 3 6 8 10 12 15 2 off x In s kA 100 % 40 % 40 % 40 % Ir .63 .6 .7 .5 .8 .45 .9 .4 1 x In instantaneous (s) t= I n= tsd= tr= Isd= Ii= Ir= Ig= tg= MAX 100 % menu tr (s) 4 2 1 .5 8 alarm 12 16 20 24 @ 6 Ir Ir .63 .6 .7 .5 .8 .45 .9 .4 1 x In tr (s) 4 8 2 1 .5 alarm 12 16 20 24 @ 6 Ir Isd 4 5 3 2.5 6 2 8 1.5 10 x Ir 4 5 6 3 8 2 10 1.5 10 x Ir setting setting s kA long time Ir .63 .6 .7 .5 .8 .45 .9 .4 1 x In instantaneous short instantaneous Im MAX menu long time long time tr (s) t= I n= tsd= tr= Isd= Ii= Ir= Ig= tg= Micrologic 6.0A 100 % menu tr O Protective Relay Functions Micrologic 3.0 long time Harmonics LED for Trip Indication Zone-Selective Ir .63 .6 .7 .5 .8 .45 .9 .4 1 x In Power tsd .4 .4 .3 .3 .2 .2 .1 0 .1 (s) on I2t off Ii 4 5 3 2.5 6 2 8 1.5 10 x In Isd 4 8 2 1 .5 alarm 12 16 20 24 @ 6 Ir short 3 2.5 2 1.5 delay tr (s) tsd 4 x Ir 5 6 8 10 .4 .4 .3 .3 .2 .2 .1 .1 2 0 on setting Ig D C B A E Ii instantaneous (s) I t off 4 3 6 8 10 12 15 off x In 2 delay test tg F G H J .4 .4 .3 .3 .2 .2 .1 .1 2 0 (s) on I t off ground fault Micrologic 3.0 and 5.0 Basic Trip Units Micrologic 3.0A, 5.0A and 6.0A Trip Units 41 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems Micrologic 5.0P I(A) I(A) Trip Trip 5000A 24s 5000A 24s 30kA 0.4s 85kA 30kA 0.4s 85kA long time Ir .6 .5 .45 .4 .63 x In tr .7 .8 .9 1 8 (s) 4 2 1 .5 Ir .6 .5 .45 .4 @ 6 Ir instantaneous tsd .4 .4 .3 .3 .2 .2 .1 .1 2 0 Ii (s) on I t setting 4 3 off Isd 6 8 10 12 15 off 2 x In x In (s) 4 8 2 1 .5 (s) 5 6 8 10 @ 6 Ir .3 .2 .1 on .2 .1 0 2 I t off delay .63 x In tr .7 .8 .9 1 (s) 4 8 2 1 .5 6 8 10 4 12 3 15 off 2 x In Ir .63 .6 .7 .5 .8 .45 .9 .4 1 x In @ 6 Ir instantaneous tsd .4 .4 .3 .2 .3 .1 .2 0 .1 (s) on setting test long time alarm 12 16 20 24 short Isd 4 5 3 2.5 6 2 8 1.5 10 x Ir Ii .4 .4 .3 setting Ig D C B A .6 .5 .45 .4 instantaneous tsd 4 x Ir Ir alarm 12 16 20 24 short 3 2.5 2 1.5 delay .7 .8 .9 1 (A) I (V) V (kW) P E (kWh) Harmonics long time tr .63 Micrologic 6.0H (A) I (V) V (kW) P E (kWh) Harmonics long time alarm 12 16 20 24 short Isd 4 5 3 2.5 6 2 8 1.5 10 x Ir Micrologic 5.0H Micrologic 6.0P I2t off J delay I t .5 tsd (s) alarm 12 16 20 24 @ 6 Ir D C B A off ground fault Ii .4 .4 .3 .2 .1 .3 .2 .1 2 on setting Ig .4 .4 .3 .3 .2 .2 .1 .1 2 0 on 2 1 instantaneous Isd 4 5 3 2.5 6 2 8 1.5 10 x Ir 6 8 10 4 12 3 15 off 2 x In (s) G H 8 (s) 4 short Ii tg E tr I t 0 off 4 3 6 8 10 12 15 off 2 x In delay test tg E .4 .4 .3 .2 .3 .1 .2 .1 2 0 (s) G H J on I t off ground fault Micrologic 5.0P and 6.0P Trip Units Micrologic 5.0H and 6.0H Trip Units Micrologic™ 2.0, 3.0 and 5.0 Basic Trip Units Micrologic 5.0 The Micrologic 2.0, 3.0, and 5.0 basic trip units protect power circuits. Protection Settings long time Ir .7 1 .6 .5 .4 .8 x In alarm tr 8 (s) 4 .9 12 16 .95 2 .98 1 20 24 1 .5 • Overload protection instantaneous Isd 4 5 3 2.5 6 2 8 1.5 10 x Ir tsd . 4 . 4 .3 .2 .3 .1 .2 0 2 .1 Ii (s) on setting off I t Protection thresholds and delays are set using the rotary switches. A full-range of longtime settings are available via field-installable adjustable rating plugs. 4 @6 Ir short time 2 3 4 3 6 8 10 12 2 — True RMS long-time protection 5 15 off x In — Thermal imaging: Active thermal imaging before and after tripping • Short-circuit protection delay — Short-time RMS 6 — Selection of I2t type (ON or OFF) for short-time delay • Instantaneous protection 1—Long-time current setting and tripping delay 2—Short-time pickup and tripping delay 3—Overload signal (LED) 4—Long-time rating plug screw 5—Instantaneous pickup 6—Test connector • Table 20: t Ir Long-Time Protection tr Ii 0 I • Neutral protection on four-pole circuit breakers Micrologic 2.0 and 3.0 Basic Trip Unit Settings 0.98 0.90 1.00 1.00 500 20 13.8 600 24 16.6 Isd = Ir x ... 2.0: 1.5 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 8 10 Ii = In x ... 3.0: 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 Ir = ln x ... Maximum Time Delay (s) Accuracy: 0 to –20% tr at 1.5 x Ir tr at 6 x Ir tr at 7.2 x Ir Thermal Imaging Current Setting (A) Accuracy: ±10% No delay Instantaneous Current Setting (A) Protection Accuracy: ±10% Short-Time Protection 2.0: 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 0.95 3.0: 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.60 0.63 0.70 0.80 Other ranges are available by changing rating plug 12.5 25 50 100 200 300 400 0.5 1 2 4 8 12 16 0.34 0.69 1.38 2.7 5.5 8.3 11 20 minutes before or after tripping Current Setting (A) Tripping between 1.05 and 1.20 x Ir 42 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems Table 21: t Ir Current Setting (A) Tripping Between 1.05 and 1.20 x Ir tr Long-Time Protection lsd tsd li 0 Micrologic 5.0 Basic Trip Unit Settings Short-Time Protection IEC: 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 0.95 0.98 1.00 UL: 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.60 0.63 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 600 Other Ranges are Available by Changing Rating Plug tr at 1.5 x Ir Maximum Time Delay (s) tr at 6 x Ir Accuracy: 0 to –20% tr at 7.2 x Ir 12.5 25 50 100 200 300 400 500 0.5 1 2 4 8 12 16 20 24 0.34 0.69 1.38 2.7 5.5 8.3 11 13.8 16.6 Thermal Imaging 20 Minutes Before or After Tripping 5 6 8 10 10 12 15 off Current Setting (A) Accuracy: ±10% I Ir = ln x ... lsd = Ir x ... Settings Maximum Time Delay (s) at 10 x Ir Instantaneous Current Setting (A) Protection Accuracy: ±10% tsd 1.5 2 2.5 3 4 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 I2t ON 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 Min. Trip 20 Time (ms) 80 140 230 350 Max. Trip 80 Time (ms) 140 200 320 500 3 4 6 8 I2t OFF Ii = In x ... 2 43 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems Micrologic™ 2.0A, 3.0A, 5.0A and 6.0A Trip Units with Ammeter Micrologic 6.0 A 6 Micrologic A trip units protect power circuits and provide current measurements, overload protection, and short-circuit protection. In addition, the 6.0A trip units also provide ground-fault protection for equipment. Protection Settings 1 t= I n= tsd= tr= Isd= Ii= Ir= Ig= tg= MAX s kA 7 Protection thresholds and delays are set using the rotary switches. The selected values are momentarily displayed in amperes and in seconds. A full-range of long-time settings are available via the field-installable rating plug: • Overload protection (true RMS long-time protection) • Thermal imaging (active thermal imaging before and after tripping) • Short-circuit protection: 100 % — Short-time RMS 8 40 % — I2t ON or OFF for short-time delay • Instantaneous protection • Ground-fault protection for equipment: 2 — Residual ground-fault protection for equipment — Source ground-return ground-fault protection for equipment menu — Modified differential ground-fault protection (MDGF) for equipment long time Ir 3 .7 .6 .5 .4 x In 10 Isd 4 5 3 2.5 6 2 8 1.5 10 x Ir instantaneous tsd (s) 5 D C B A E .3 .2 .1 on .2 .1 0 2 I t off delay tg F G H J Ii .4 .4 .3 setting Ig • Neutral protection on four-pole circuit breakers • ZSI: Zone-selective interlocking: @ 6 Ir short time 4 9 alarm tr 8 (s) 4 .9 12 16 .95 2 .98 1 20 24 1 .5 .8 (s) 6 8 10 4 12 3 15 off 2 x In test .4 .4 .3 .3 .2 .1 on 12 .2 .1 2 I t 11 0 off ground fault 1—Indication of tripping cause 2—Navigation buttons 3—Long-time current setting and tripping delay 4—Short-time pickup and tripping delay 5—Ground-fault pickup and tripping delay 6—Test lamp and reset 7—Digital display 8—Three-phase bar graph and ammeter 9—Overload signal (LED) 10—Long-time rating plug screw 11—Instantaneous pickup 12—Electronic push-to-trip 13—Test connector 13 — ZSI terminal block may be used to interconnect a number of trip units to provide total discrimination for short-time and equipment ground-fault protection, without delay for tripping). — Not available for 3.0A trip units or for 2.0A trip units installed as upstream devices. Ammeter Measurements Micrologic A trip units measure the true RMS value of currents. They provide continuous current measurement from 0.2 to 20 x In with an accuracy of 1.5% (including sensors). No auxiliary source is needed where I > 0.2 x In. The optional external power supply (24 Vdc) makes it possible to display currents where I < 0.2 x In and to store values of the interrupted current. A digital LCD screen continuously displays the most heavily loaded phase (Imax) or displays the IA, IB, IC, Ig, and (on 4P circuit breakers only) IN stored current and setting values by successively pressing the navigation button. Communication Network In conjunction with an optional communication network, the trip unit transmits the following parameters: • Setting values • All ammeter measurements • Tripping causes 44 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems Table 22: Micrologic 2.0A and 3.0A Trip Unit Settings t Ir Current Setting (A) Tripping Between 1.05 and 1.20 x Ir Long-Time Protection tr Ir = ln x... Maximum Time Delay (s) Accuracy: 0–20% Table 23: Ir Current Setting (A) Accuracy: ±10%, No delay Long-Time Protection tsd li 0 Short-Time Protection Table 24: lg tg I2 t off I 0.98 1.00 0.80 0.90 1.00 12.5 25 50 100 200 300 400 500 600 tr at 6 x Ir 0.5 1 2 4 8 12 16 20 24 tr at 7.2 x Ir 0.34 0.69 1.38 2.7 5.5 8.3 11 13.8 16.6 Isd = Ir x... 2.0A: 1.5 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 8 10 Ii = In x... 3.0A: 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 IEC: 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 0.95 0.98 1.00 UL: 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.60 0.63 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 Other ranges are available by changing rating plug 12.5 25 50 100 200 300 400 500 600 0.5 2 4 8 12 16 20 24 5.5 8.3 11 13.8 16.6 Thermal Imaging 20 minutes before or after tripping 5 6 8 10 10 12 15 off Settings I2t OFF 1.5 2 2.5 3 4 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 80 140 230 350 I2t ON Min. trip time (ms) tsd 1 0.34 0.69 1.38 2.7 lsd = Ir x... Maximum Time Delay (s) at 10 x Ir 20 Max. trip time (ms) 80 Ii = In x... 2 140 200 320 500 3 4 6 8 Micrologic 6.0A Trip Unit Ground-Fault Settings Ground-Fault Pickup (A) Accuracy: ±10% Settings 0 0.95 0.70 tr at 1.5 x Ir Maximum Time Delay (s) tr at 6 x Ir Accuracy: 0–20% tr at 7.2 x Ir Instantaneous Current Setting (A) Protection Accuracy: ±10% I2t on 0.90 0.63 tr at 1.5 x Ir Ir = ln x... Current Setting (A) Accuracy: ±10% I t 0.80 0.60 Micrologic 5.0A and 6.0A Trip Unit Settings Current Setting (A) Tripping Between 1.05 and 1.20 x Ir lsd 0.70 0.50 20 Minutes Before or After Tripping Instantaneous Current Setting (A) Protection Accuracy: ±10% tr 0.60 0.45 Thermal Imaging I Short-Time Protection t 0.50 3.0A: 0.40 Other Ranges are Available by Changing Rating Plug Ii 0 2.0A: 0.40 Maximum Time Delay (s) at 1 x Ig tg Ig = ln x... A B C D E F G H J ln ≤ 400 A 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 400 A < ln ≤ 1200 A 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 ln > 1200 A 500 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 I2t OFF 0 I2t ON 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 Minimum Trip Time (ms) 20 80 140 230 350 Maximum Trip Time (ms) 80 140 200 320 500 External Power Supplies for Micrologic Trip Units Current-based protection functions require no auxiliary power source. Table 25: Micrologic A Use of External 24 Vdc Power Supply Function Without 24 Vdc Power Supply at F1 and F2 With 24 Vdc Power Supply at F1 and F2 Fault Protection for LSIG Functions Yes Yes LED Trip Indication Yes Yes Ammeter and bar graph displays Yes Yes Trip Setting and Max. Current Readings Can Be Accessed on the Display by Using Navigation Buttons Yes, If Current Flow on One Phase is Equal To or Greater Than: Sensor Plug Value (In) Ground-Fault Push-to-Trip Button Works for Testing Ground Fault1 Modbus® Communications (Optional) Back-lit Display 1 Minimum Ground-fault Pickup 100–250 A 30% of sensor rating 400–1200 A 20% of sensor rating 1600–6300 A 500 A Yes No Yes, with separate 24 Vdc power supply for the circuit breaker communication module No Yes Ground fault Push-to-trip button will also be functional if hand-held test kit or full-function test kit is powering the trip unit. 45 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems Micrologic™ 5.0P and 6.0P Trip Units with Power Metering Micrologic P trip units provide power metering and extended protection in addition to the adjustable protection functions of the Micrologic A trip unit. Micrologic 6.0 P 9 1 The adjustable protection functions of the 5.0P and 6.0P trip units are identical to those of Micrologic A trip unit (overloads, short circuits, equipment ground-fault protection; see page 44). These units also feature: I(A) Trip • Fine adjustment 5000A 24s 2 Within the range below the rotary switch setting, fine adjustments of pickups/delays in steps of 1 A/s (except for short-time and ground-fault) are possible on the keypad or remotely by the communication network. 30kA 0.4s 85kA • Inverse definite minimum time lag (IDMTL) setting. 10 11 3 long time Ir .7 .6 .5 .4 x In 7 13 8 • Neutral protection instantaneous tsd .4 .4 .3 .2 .3 .1 .2 .1 2 0 D C B A E on I t off delay tg F G H J Ii (s) setting (s) 4 3 6 8 10 12 15 off 2 x In on 15 .2 .1 2 I t 14 test .4 .4 .3 .3 .2 .1 NOTE: Neutral protection is disabled if long-time curve is set to one of the IDMTL protection settings. • Configuring Alarms and Other Protection Functions @ 6 Ir Isd 4 5 3 2.5 6 2 8 1.5 10 x Ir Ig 12 alarm tr 8 (s) 4 .9 12 16 .95 2 .98 1 20 24 1 .5 .8 short time 6 Coordination with fuse-type or medium-voltage protection systems is optimized by adjusting the long-time delay curve around 6 x Ir axis. This setting ensures better coordination with certain loads. On three-pole circuit breakers, neutral protection may be set using the keypad or remotely using the communication network to one of four positions: OFF, 1/2N (1/2 x In), 1N (1 x In), or 1.6N (2 x In). 4 5 Protection Settings 16 0 off ground fault 1—Indication of tripping cause 2—High resolution screen 3—Measurement display 4—Navigation buttons 5—Long-time current setting and tripping delay 6—Short-time pickup and tripping delay 7—Hole for settings lockout pin 8—Ground-fault pickup and tripping delay 9—Test lamp and indication reset 10—Maintenance indicators 11—Protection settings 12—Overload signal (LED) 13—Long-time rating plug screw 14—Instantaneous pickup 15—Electronic push-to-trip 16—Test connector When the cover is closed, the keypad may no longer be used to change the protection settings, but it still provides access to the displays for measurements, histories, indicators, etc. Depending on the thresholds and time delays set, the Micrologic P trip unit monitors current, voltage, power, frequency, and phase sequence. Each threshold overrun may be signalled remotely via the communication network. Each threshold overrun may be combined with tripping (protection) or an indication carried out by an optional M6C programmable contact (alarm), or both (protection and alarm). Maintenance Record The maintenance record can be consulted using the full-function test kit or remotely via the communication network. It can be used as an aid in troubleshooting and to assist scheduling for device maintenance operations. Recorded indications include: • Highest current measured • Operation counter (cumulative total and total since last reset) • Number of test kit connections • Number of trips in operating mode Load Shedding and Reconnection Parameters Load shedding and reconnection parameters can be set according to the power or the current flowing through the circuit breaker. Load shedding is carried out by a remote computer via the communication network or by an M6C programmable contact. 46 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems Indication Option Via Programmable Contacts The M6C programmable contact may be used to signal threshold overruns or status changes. It can be programmed using the keypad on the Micrologic P trip unit or remotely using the communication network. The contact is required to obtain data from the protective relay functions on Type P and Type H trip units. Table 26: t Ir Current Setting (A) Tripping Between 1.05 and 1.20 x Ir tr Long-Time (RMS) Protection Isd IDMTL tsd Ii 0 Ir Micrologic 5.0P and 6.0P Trip Unit Settings Isd I Table 27: tg Time Delay (s) at 1 x In Current tsd I2t OFF Power Frequency Phase Table 29: 100 200 300 400 500 600 2 4 8 12 16 20 24 0.34 0.69 1.38 2.7 5.5 8.3 11 13.8 16.6 SIT EIT 1 VIT 1.5 2 2.5 3 4 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 80 140 230 350 I2t ON Min. Trip Time (ms) 20 Max. Trip Time (ms) 80 Ii = IN x... 2 HV Fuse DT 5 6 8 10 140 200 320 500 3 4 6 8 10 12 15 off tg Ig = ln x... A B C D E F G H J ln ≤ 400 A 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 400 A < ln ≤ 1200 A 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 ln > 1200 A 500 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 I2t OFF 0 I2t ON 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 Min. Trip Time (ms) 20 80 140 230 350 Max. Trip Time (ms) 80 140 200 320 500 Micrologic 5.0P and 6.0P Trip Unit Settings for Protection Functions Current Imbalance Maximum Current Imax: IA, IB, IC, IN, Ig Voltage Imbalance Voltage 50 0.5 Micrologic 6.0P Trip Unit Ground-Fault Settings Ground-Fault Pickup (A) Accuracy: ±10% Table 28: lsd = Ir x... Settings Maximum Time Delay (s) at 10 x Ir I2 t off I 12.5 25 20 Minutes Before or After Tripping Settings 0 Other Ranges are Available by Changing Rating Plug Curve slope Instantaneous Current Setting (A) Protection Accuracy: ±10% lg 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.60 0.63 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 Thermal Imaging Short-Time (RMS) Protection I2t on 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 0.95 0.98 1.00 UL Maximum Time Delay (s) tr at 6 x Ir Accuracy: 0 to –20% tr at 7.2 x Ir Current Setting (A) Accuracy: ±10% t IEC Ir = ln x... tr at 1.5 x Ir IDMTL Setting Ii Ir = ln x... Threshold Time Delay 0.05 to 0.6 x Imax 1 to 40 s 0.2 to 1.0 x In 15 to 1500 s 0.02 to 0.3 x Vn 1 to 40 s 0.25 to 0.5 s Minimum Voltage Vmin 100 to 725 V (Phase Total) Maximum Voltage Vmax 100 to 1200 V (Between Phases) 0.20 to 5.0 s Maximum Power Pmax 5 to 500 kW 0.2 to 20 s Reverse Power Pr 0.02 to 0.2 x Pn 0.5 to 20 s Minimum Frequency Fmin 45 to 65 Hz 0.2 to 5 s Maximum Frequency Fmax 45 to 540 Hz 0.2 to 5 s Sequence ΔØ ØA-ØB-ØC or ØA-ØC-ØB Instantaneous Micrologic 5.0P and 6.0P Trip Unit Settings for Current and Power Load-Shedding Pickup Drop-out Threshold Time Delay Threshold Time Delay Current I 0.5 to 1.0 x Ir Per Phase 20% to 80% x tr 0.3 to 1.0 x Ir per phase 10 to 600 s Power P 200 kW to 10 MW 10 to 3600 s 100 kW to 10 MW 10 to 3600 s Micrologic P trip units are designed to be used with an external 24 Vdc power supply. Current-based protection functions require no auxiliary power source. 47 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems Table 30: Micrologic P Use of External 24 Vdc Power Supply Without 24 Vdc Power Supply at F1 and F2 Function With 24 Vdc Power Supply at F1 and F2 Fault Protection for LSIG Functions Yes Yes LED Trip Indication Yes Yes LCD Display and Backlight are Functional Yes1 Yes Ground-Fault Push-to-Trip Button Works for Testing Ground Fault2 Yes1 Yes Metering, Monitoring, and History Logs are Functional Yes1 Yes Communications Between Trip Unit and M2C and M6C Programmable Contact Modules No Yes Operation of M6C Programmable Contact Module No Yes, with separate 24 Vdc power supply for the module Modbus Communications No Yes, with separate 24 Vdc power supply for the circuit breaker communication module 1 If circuit breaker has 100 Vac or more between two phases or phase to neutral and is bottom fed or closed in a top fed application. 2 Ground-fault push-to-trip button will also be functional if hand-held test kit or full-function test kit is powering the trip unit. Tripping and Alarm Histories The last ten trips and ten alarms are recorded in two separate history files that can be displayed on the screen (sample displays are shown). The following information is contained in these files: Trip history Trip 03/08/1999 11:04:18 am Trip History 03/08/1999 Ir = 4000 A • Type of fault • Type of alarm Isd I1 = 4800 A • Date and time of fault • Date and time of alarm 27/07/1999 I2 = 5600 A • Interrupted current • Values measured at time of alarm Vmax I3 = 4000 A Ir 30/06/1999 Trip History Alarm History IN = 200 A Alarm History Metering The Micrologic P trip unit calculates in real time the electrical values V, A, W, VAR, VA, Wh, VARh, VAh, Hz, power factor and crest factor. It also calculates demand current and power over an adjustable time period. I(A) Trip 5000 A 24s 30kA 0.4s 85kA Current Metering Iinstant. max IA = 4800 A IB = 4600 A IC = 4000 A IN = 200 A I = 13 A Maximum Current Vinst. VAB = 460 V VBC = 464 V VCA = 461 V VAN = 270 V VBN = 279 V VCN = 273 V Voltage Metering Pinst. P (kW) 2180 Q (kVAR) - 650 S (kVA) 2280 Power Metering F (Hz) 60.0 Frequency Pdemand P (kW) 2180 Q (kVAR) - 650 S (kVA) 2280 Power Demand 48 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems Real-Time Metering The value displayed on the screen is refreshed every second. Minimum and maximum measurement values are stored in memory. Table 31: Real-Time Metering Unit of Measurement Measurement Source IRMS A ØA, ØB, ØC or N IAVERAGE A (ØA + ØB + ØC) / 3 IPEAK/√ 2 A ØA, ØB, ØC or N VRMS V (ØA–ØB), (ØB–ØC) and (ØC–ØA) VRMS V (ØA–N), (ØB–N) and (ØC–N) ΔVIMBALANCE % VRMS P, Q and S W, VAR, VA Total EP, EQ and ES Wh, VARh, VAh Total Hz 50/60 Type of Measurement Current Voltage Power Power factor Frequency F Total Demand Metering The demand is calculated over a fixed or sliding time window that can be programmed from five to sixty minutes. Depending on the contract signed with the power supplier, specific programming makes it possible to avoid or minimize the cost of overrunning the subscribed power. Maximum demand values are systematically stored and time stamped. Table 32: Demand Metering Type of Measurement Unit of Measurement Measurement Source Current IDEMAND A ØA, ØB, ØC or N Power P, Q and SDEMAND W, VAR, VA Total Communication Network The communication network may be used to: • • • • Remotely read parameters for the protection functions. Transmit all the measurements and calculated values. Signal the causes of tripping and alarms. Consult the history files and the maintenance indicator record. In addition, an event log of the last 100 events and a maintenance record, which is stored in the trip unit memory but not available locally, may be accessed via the communication network. This Modbus communication system is compatible with the Powerlogic™ System Manager™ software (SMS). Event Log The event log may be accessed by a remote computer via the communication network. All events are time stamped and include: • • • • • • • Trips Beginning and end of alarms Modifications to settings and parameters Loss of time Test kit connections Counter resets System faults (thermal self-protection, major fault and minor fault alarms) 49 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems Micrologic™ 5.0H and 6.0H Trip Units with Harmonic Metering In addition to the P functions, the Micrologic H trip units offer: Micrologic 6.0 H (A) I (V) V (kW) P E (kWh) Harmonics • • • In-depth analysis of power quality including calculation of harmonics and the fundamentals. • Systematic time stamping of all events and creation of logs. Diagnostics aid and event analysis through waveform capture. Customized alarm programming to analyze and track down a disturbance on the ac power system. Metering The Micrologic H trip unit offers all the measurements carried out by the Micrologic P trip unit, with the addition of phase-by-phase measurements of power and energy as well as calculation of: • • • • Current and voltage total harmonic distortion (THD, thd) Current, voltage and power fundamentals (50/60 Hz) Harmonic components (amplitude and phase) up to the 31st current and voltage harmonic Real-time metering: The value displayed on the screen is refreshed every second. The table below shows what is measured in real-time metering Table 33: Measurements Type of Measurement Current long time Ir .7 .6 .5 .4 alarm tr 8 (s) 4 .9 12 16 .95 2 .98 1 20 24 1 .5 .8 x In tsd (s) .3 .2 .1 on .2 .1 2 I t 0 off delay lg F G H J Ii .4 .4 .3 setting Ig Voltage instantaneous short time D C B A Measurement Source A ØA, ØB, ØC or N IAVERAGE A (ØA + ØB + ØC) / 3 IPEAK/√2 A ØA, ØB, ØC or N ΔIIMBALANCE % ØA, ØB, ØC or N VRMS V VRMS V ΔVIMBALANCE % VRMS P, Q and S W, VAR, VA Total EP, EQ and ES Wh, VARh, VAh Total (ØA–ØB), (ØB–ØC) and (ØC–ØA) @ 6 Ir Isd 4 5 3 2.5 6 2 8 1.5 10 x Ir E Unit of Measurement IRMS (s) 6 8 10 4 12 3 15 off 2 x In Power test Power factor .4 .4 .3 .3 .2 .1 on (ØA–N), (ØB–N) and (ØC–N) .2 .1 Frequency 0 2 I t off F Fundamentals Power Quality THD Indicators V and I harmonics ground fault • Total Hz ØA, ØB, or ØC 50/60 Hz component V, I, P, Q, and S % V/I Amplitude to phase 1, 2, 3, 4...50 Demand Metering: Similar to the Micrologic P trip unit, demand values are calculated over a fixed or sliding time window that can be set from five to sixty minutes. Table 34: Demand Metering Type of Measurement Unit of Measurement Measurement Source Current IDEMAND A ØA, ØB, ØC or N Power P, Q and SDEMAND W, VAR, VA Total Waveform Capture The Micrologic H trip units can capture and store current and voltage waveforms using digital sampling techniques similar to those used in oscilloscopes. Using the information available in the captured waveform, it is possible to determine the level of harmonics as well as the direction and amplitude of the flow of harmonic power. The Micrologic™ H trip unit can record manually via the keypad the following waveforms: • • Currents IA, IB, IC and IN Phase-to-phase voltages VAB, VBC, and VCA 50 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems Waveforms may be displayed on the graphic screen of the control unit or communicated over a networked system. The recording takes place over one cycle with a measurement range of 1 to 1.5 In for current and 0 to 690 volts for voltage. Resolution is 64 points per cycle. Customized Alarm Programming The instantaneous value of each measurement can be compared to user-set high and low thresholds. Overrun of a threshold generates an alarm. Programmable action can be linked to each alarm, including circuit breaker opening, activation of an M6C contact, recording of measurements in a log, etc. Event Logs Each event is recorded with: • • The date, time, and name of the event The event characteristics Micrologic H trip units are designed to be used with an external 24 Vdc power supply. Current-based protection functions require no auxiliary power source. Table 35: Micrologic H Use of External 24 Vdc Power Supply Function Without 24 Vdc Power With 24 Vdc Power Supply Supply at F1 and F2 at F1 and F2 Fault Protection for LSIG Functions Yes LED Trip Indication Yes Yes LCD Display and Backlight are Functional Yes1 Yes Ground-Fault Push-to-Trip Button Works for Testing Ground Fault2 Yes1 Yes Metering, Monitoring, and History Logs are Functional Yes1 Yes Communications Between Trip Unit and M2C and M6C Programmable Contact Modules No Yes Operation of M6C Programmable Contact Module No Yes, with Separate 24 Vdc Power Supply for the Module Modbus™ Communications No Yes, with Separate 24 Vdc Power Supply for the Circuit Breaker Communication Module 1 2 Yes If circuit breaker has 100 Vac or more between two phases or phase to neutral and is bottom fed or closed in a top fed application. Ground-fault push-to-trip button will also be functional if hand-held test kit or full-function test kit is powering the trip unit. Additional Characteristics for Type P and H Trip Units • Setting the display language: System messages can be displayed in six different languages (English - US, English - UK, French, German, Spanish, and Italian). The desired language is selected via the keypad. • Protection functions: All current-based protection functions require no auxiliary source. Voltagebased protection functions are connected to ac power via a voltage measurement input built into the circuit breaker on the bottom side. (Optional external voltage measurement is available as a factory-installed option.) • Accuracy of measurements (including sensors): — Voltage (V) 1% — Current (A) 1.5% (higher accuracy [1%] may be achieved with special calibration on the current transformer [CT characterization option]) — Frequency (Hz) 0.1 Hz — Power (W) and energy (Wh) 2.5% The Micrologic H trip unit uses a dedicated metering data chain separate from the protection data chain so that a greater number of data samples can be used for metering. This increases the number of samples taken per time period, which in turn gives the H trip unit a higher degree of metering accuracy. 51 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems • Stored information: The fine setting adjustments, the last 100 events and the maintenance record remain in the trip unit memory even when power is lost. • Reset: An individual reset, via the keypad or remotely, will reset alarms, minimum and maximum data, peak values, counters and indicators. Micrologic™ Trip Unit Functions Long-time Pickup Long-time Delay long time Ir .7 .6 .5 .4 alarm tr 8 (s) 4 .9 12 16 .95 2 .98 1 20 24 1 .5 .8 x In Alarm Indicator @ 6 Ir instantaneous short time Isd 4 5 3 2.5 6 2 8 1.5 10 x Ir tsd .4 .4 .3 .2 .3 .1 .2 0 .1 on I2t setting Ig D C B A E 4 3 2 off x In 15 off test .4 .4 .3 (s) .3 .2 .1 on The long-time pickup switch sets the maximum current level the circuit breaker will carry continuously. The maximum current level (Ir) is the long-time pickup setting multiplied by the sensor plug amperage (In). If the current exceeds this value for longer than the long-time delay time, the circuit breaker will trip. The long-time delay switch sets the length of time that the circuit breaker will carry a sustained overload before tripping. Delay bands are labeled in seconds of overcurrent at six times the ampere rating. For maximum coordination, there are eight delay bands. Long-time delay is an “inverse time” characteristic in that the delay time decreases as the current increases. 6 8 10 12 delay tg F G H J Ii (s) Long-Time Trip Functions .2 .1 0 I2t off The trip unit includes an alarm indicator that will be lit continuously when the current is above 100% of the pickup setting. ground fault Long-time Trip Functions Short-Time Trip Functions Short-time Pickup long time Ir .7 .6 .5 .4 tr .8 (s) 4 .9 .95 2 .98 1 1 .5 x In 8 alarm 12 16 20 24 Short-time Delay Instantaneous @ 6 Ir instantaneous short time Isd 4 5 3 2.5 6 2 8 1.5 10 x Ir tsd (s) .3 .2 .1 on setting Ig D C B A E .2 .1 0 I2t off delay tg F G H J Ii .4 .4 .3 (s) 6 8 10 12 4 3 15 2 off x In test .4 .4 .3 .2 .1 .3 .2 .1 on I2t 0 off ground fault Short-time Trip Functions The short-time pickup switch sets the short-circuit current level at which the circuit breaker will trip after the set short-time delay. The short-time current (Isd) equals the short-time pickup setting multiplied by the long-time pickup (Ir). The short-time delay switch sets the length of time the circuit breaker will carry a short circuit within the short-time pickup range. The delay (based on 10 times the ampere rating Ir) can be adjusted to four positions of I2t ramp operation (I2t ON) or five positions of fixed time delays (I2t OFF). I2t ON delay is an “inverse time” characteristic in that the delay time decreases as the current increases. Short-time delay for the 2.0 trip unit is fixed at a delay band of 20 to 80 ms. Instantaneous Trip Function The instantaneous pickup switch sets the short-circuit current level at which the circuit breaker will trip with no intentional time delay. The instantaneous current (Ii) is equal to the instantaneous pickup setting multiplied by the sensor plug amperage (In). The instantaneous function will override the short-time function if the instantaneous pickup is adjusted at the same or lower setting than the short-time pickup. In trip units with both adjustable short-time and instantaneous trip functions, the adjustable instantaneous trip can be disabled by setting Instantaneous pickup to OFF. 52 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems Ground-Fault Trip Functions The ground-fault pickup switch sets the current level at which the circuit breaker will trip after the set ground-fault delay. Ground-fault pickup values (Ig) are based on circuit breaker sensor plug (In) only, not on the rating plug multiplier (Ir). Changing the rating plug multiplier has no effect on ground-fault pickup values. long time Ir .7 .6 .5 .4 tr .8 (s) 4 .9 .95 2 .98 1 1 .5 x In 8 alarm 12 16 20 24 @ 6 Ir instantaneous short time Isd 4 5 3 2.5 6 2 8 1.5 10 x Ir tsd .4 .4 .3 .2 .3 .1 .2 0 .1 on setting Ig D C B A E tg F G H J Ii (s) (s) I2t delay off 4 3 6 8 10 12 15 2 off x In Ground-fault Pickup Ground-fault Delay test .4 .4 .3 .3 .2 .1 on .2 .1 0 I2t off The ground-fault delay switch sets the length of time the circuit breaker will carry ground-fault current which exceeds the ground-fault pickup level before tripping. The delay, based on the sensor plug amperage (In), can be adjusted to four positions of I2t ramp operation (I2t ON) or five positions of fixed time delays (I2t OFF). I2t ON delay is an “inverse time” characteristic in that the delay time decreases as the current increases. ground fault 53 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems Smart System Communication Wiring System Wiring System ULP The wiring system is designed for low-voltage power switchboards. Installation does not require special tools or training. The prefabricated wiring ensures both data transmission (Modbus protocol) and 24 Vdc power distribution for the communications modules on the Micrologic trip units. 24 Vdc 24 Vdc H H H I I I I J J K K K L A. B. C. D. E. F. FDM128 display for 8 LV devices IFE Ethernet interface for LV circuit breaker and gateway IFM Modbus-SL interface for LV circuit breaker FDM121 display for LV circuit breaker IO input/output interface module for LV circuit breaker Masterpact NT/NW circuit breaker G. H. I. J. K. L. PowerPact H-, J-, or L-frame circuit breaker ULP line terminator ULP cable Breaker ULP cord NSX cord PowerPact P/R or Compact NS 54 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems Four Functional Levels The PowerPact and Compact devices can be integrated into Ethernet and Modbus communication environment. There are four possible functional levels that can be combined. Functional Level Switch Circuit Breaker ON/OFF (O/F) \ X A P H Spring charged X A P H Ready to close X A P H Fault-trip SDE X A P H Connected / disconnected / test position CE/CD/CT (CCM only) — A P H MX1 shunt trip X A P H XF shunt close X A P H Instantaneous measurement information — A P H Averaged measurement information — — Maximum / minimum Ammeter — A P H Energy metering — — P H Demand for current and power — — P H Power quality — — — H Protection and alarm settings — — P H Histories — — P H Time stamped event tables — — P H Maintenance indicators — A P H Status Indications Controls Measurements A: Micrologic trip unit with ammeter P: Micrologic trip unit “Power” H: Micrologic trip unit “Harmonics” NOTE: See the section on the Micrologic trip units for details about the trip units. H Operating Assistance Modbus Principle The Modbus RS 485 (RTU protocol) system is an open bus on which communicating Modbus devices (Masterpact NW with Modbus COM, Power Meter PM700, PM800, PowerPact P/R-frame, etc.) are installed. All types of PLCs and microcomputers may be connected to the bus. Addresses The Modbus communication parameters (address, baud rate, parity) are entered using the keypad on the Micrologic A, P, or H trip unit. For a switch, it is necessary to use the Electrical Asset Manager or RSU (Remote Setting Utility) Micrologic utility. Number of Devices The maximum number of devices that may be connected to the Modbus bus depends on the type of device (PowerPact circuit breaker with Modbus COM, PM700, PM800, Masterpact circuit breaker, etc.), the baud rate (19200 is recommended), the volume of data exchanged and the desired response time. The RS 485 physical layer offers up to thirty-two connection points on the bus (one master, thirtyone slaves). Length of Bus The maximum recommended length for the Modbus bus is 3940 feet (1200 meters). Bus Power Source A 24 Vdc power supply is required (less than 20% ripple, insulation class II). 55 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems Ethernet Principle Ethernet is a data link and physical layer protocol defined by IEEE 802 10 and 100 Mbps specifications that connects computer or other Ethernet devices. Ethernet is an asynchronous Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision detection (referred as CSMA/CD) protocol. Carrier Sense means that the hosts can detect whether the medium (coaxial cable) is idle or busy. Multiple Access means that multiple hosts can be connected to the common medium. Collision Detection means a host detects whether its transmission has collided with the transmission of another host (or hosts). IFE Ethernet interface can be connected to a PC or a laptop over Ethernet. The maximum length of Ethernet cable is 325 feet (100 meters). IFE Ethernet interface + gateway provides a Modbus TCP/IP gateway over Ethernet to enable Modbus TCP communication from a Modbus TCP master to any Modbus slave devices connected to it. The maximum active Modbus TCP client connection is twelve. IFE Ethernet interface has an embedded web server (web page). COM Option in PowerPact and Compact Circuit Breakers All PowerPact and Compact devices can be fitted with the communication function thanks to the COM option. PowerPact and Compact uses the Ethernet or Modbus communications protocol for full compatibility with the supervision management systems. For fixed and drawout devices, the common communication option is made up of: • BCM ULP Module A BCM ULP module, installed behind the Micrologic trip unit and supplied with a set of switches (OF, SDE, PF and CH switches), a kit for connection to shunt close (XF) and shunt trip (MX1) communicating voltage releases (for electrically operated devices), and a COM terminal block (inputs E1 to E6). This module is independent of the trip unit and receives and transmits information on the communication network. An infra-red link transmits data between the trip unit and the communication module. Consumption: 30 mA, 24 V. and • The IFM module, the Modbus interface for connection to the network, contains the Modbus address (1 to 99) declared by the user using the two dials in front. It automatically adapts (baud rate, parity) to the Modbus network in which it is installed. or • The IFE module, the Ethernet interface for low-voltage circuit breakers, enables an intelligent modular unit (IMU) such as a Masterpact NT/NW or PowerPact circuit breaker to be connected to an Ethernet network. Each circuit breaker has its own IFE and a corresponding IP address. For drawout device the Cradle Management option must be added: The I/O (Input/Output) application module for low-voltage circuit breakers is delivered with the drawout devices ordered with the COM option for cradle management. It must be installed on a steel DIN rail that is properly grounded near the device. The I/O module must be connected to the ULP system and to the cradle position contacts (CD, CT, CE) that transmit the position of the circuit breaker in the cradle. I/O Application Module For communicating remote control for electrically operated devices, shunt close (XF) and shunt trip (MX1) communicating voltage releases must be added: The shunt close (XF) and shunt trip (MX1) communicating voltage releases are equipped for connection to the communication module. The remote-tripping function shunt trip (MX2) and undervoltage release (MN) are independent of the communication option. They are not equipped for connection to the communication module. 56 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems Communication Connections Drawout Devices Fixed Devices Modbus DB417122.eps Ethernet 24 Vdc 24VD C Modbus Ethernet DB417123.eps Figure 4: 24 Vdc 24VD C 24 Vdc C 24VD ETH2 ETH1 II Y.ZZ XX.Y IFE_ IFE bus-SL Mod E TH2 ET H2 ETH2 ETH1 (factory ETH1 JJ Modbus Ethernet ETH2 E TH1 JJ E TH1 II ETH2 II set) Y.ZZ XX.Y IFE_ CT 00/A 10-1 1 LK/ ETH CT 00/A 10-1 2 LK/ us ETH ule Stat Mod us k Stat Networ IFE bus-SL Mod 11 LV4340 (factory set) Y.ZZ (factory set) XX.Y IFE_ CT 00/A 10-1 1 LK/ ETH CT 00/A 10-1 2 LK/ us ETH ule Stat Mod us k Stat Networ IF E bus-SL Mod CT 00/A 10-1 1 LK/ ETH CT 00/A 10-1 2 LK/ us ETH ule Stat Mod us k Stat Networ 11 LV4340 11 LV4340 or or JJ ETH1 or ULP system I2 C I1 I6 C I5 I4 C I3 I2 C I1 I2 C I1 I4 C I3 I6 C I5 I4 C I3 I6 C I5 I2 C I1 I4 C I3 I6 C I5 + C 24VD + C 24VD A1 A1 A1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 HH O3 O2 F F O1 13 23 33 T1 ule IO Mod odule H A1 T2 34 24 14 O3 H O2 O1 13 AA 33 T1 A1 T2 34 24 FF E E C C D B AA A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. 23 14 G G G G FF B B I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 APP IO M O1 O2 O3 I1 O1 O2 O3 I1 APP CC E E D B A A BD BCM ULP OF, SDE, SD, PF, CH (tripped, Open/closed, overcurrent trip, ready to close, charged Switches COM Terminal Block (E1 to E6) Shunt Trip (MX1) and Shunt Close (XF) CE, CD, and CT (connected, disconnected, test) Contacts Circuit Breaker ULP Cord I/O Application Module ULP Cable IFE Module IFM Module 57 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems IFE Ethernet Interface IFE Interface, IFE Interface + Gateway Description Introduction The IFE interface and IFE interface + gateway enable low-voltage circuit breakers such as Masterpact NT/NW or PowerPact P/R-frame to be connected to an Ethernet network. IFE Interface Provides Ethernet access to a single low-voltage circuit breaker. Function: Interface - one circuit breaker is connected to the IFE interface using its ULP port. IFE Interface IFE Interface + Gateway Provides Ethernet access to one or several low-voltage circuit breakers. Functions: • • Interface - one circuit breaker is connected to the IFE interface using its ULP port. Gateway: several circuit breakers on a Modbus network are connected using the IFE interface + gateway master Modbus port. IFE Interface, IFE Interface + Gateway Features IFE Interface + Gateway • • • • • • • • Dual 10/100 Mbps Ethernet port for simple daisy chain connection. Device profile web service for discovery of the IFE interface, IFE interface + gateway on the LAN. Ethernet interface for Masterpact and PowerPact circuit breakers. Gateway for Modbus-SL connected devices (IFE interface + gateway only). Embedded set-up web pages. Embedded monitoring web pages. Embedded control web pages. Built-in e-mail alarm notification. Figure 5: IFE Interface, IFE Interface + Gateway Screen 58 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems Mounting The IFE interface and IFE interface + gateway are DIN rail mounting devices. A stacking accessory enables the user to connect several IFMs (ULP to Modbus interfaces) to an IFE interface + gateway without additional wiring. 24 Vdc Power Supply The IFE interface and the IFE interface + gateway must always be supplied with 24 Vdc. The IFMs stacked to an IFE interface + gateway have power supplied by the IFE interface + gateway, thus it is not necessary to supply them separately. It is recommended to use a UL listed and recognized limited voltage/limited current or a class 2 power supply with a 24 Vdc, 3 A maximum. Required Circuit Breaker Communication Modules The connection to an IFE interface or IFE interface + gateway requires a communication module embedded into the circuit breaker: • • PowerPact and Compact circuit breakers: BCM ULP communication module Drawout PowerPact and Compact circuit breakers: BCM ULP and its respective I/O (Input/Output) application module. All connection configurations for the circuit breakers require the circuit breaker ULP cord. The insulated NSX cord is mandatory for system voltages greater than 480 Vac. When the second ULP RJ45 connector is not used, it must be closed with a ULP terminator (TRV00880). Table 36: Network Communication Interface Characteristic Value Modbus RTU, RS485 serial connection Type of interface module Modbus TCP/IP Ethernet • • • Modbus RS485 Transmission Transfer rate: 10/100 Mbps Ethernet Structure Device type Turnaround time Maximum length of cable Type of bus connector Transfer rate: 9,600–19,200 Baud Medium Double shielded twisted pair Impedance 120 ȍ Medium STP, Cat5e, straight cable Type Modbus, Ethernet Method Master/Slave Modbus Master Ethernet Server Modbus 10 ms Ethernet 1 ms Modbus 1000 m Ethernet 100 m Modbus 4-pin connector Ethernet RJ45 (Shielded) 59 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems Table 37: Characteristics General Characteristics IFE Web Page Description Environmental Characteristics Monitoring Web Page Conforming to standards UL 508, UL 60950, IEC 60950, 60947-6-2 Real time data X Certification cUIUs, FCC, CE Device logging X Ambient temperature Storage: -40 to +185°F (-40 to +85°C) Operation: -13 to +158°F (-25 to +70°C) Control Web Page Protective Treatment ULVO, conforming to IEC 60068-2-30 Diagnostics Web Page Pollution Level 3 Single device control Mechanical Characteristics X Statistics X Device information X Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 15g/11ms, 1/2 sinusoidal IMU (circuit breaker) information X Resistance to sinusoidal vibrations Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 Read device registers X Communication check X Electrical Characteristics Power Supply Consumption 24 Vdc, -20%/+10% (19.2 to 26.4 Vdc) Maintenance Web Page Typical: 4 Vdc, 120 mA at 68°F (20°C) Maintenance log X Maximum with gateway: 26.4 Vdc, 3 A at 140°F (60°C) Maintenance counters X Physical Characteristics Setup Web Page Dimensions 2.83 x 4.13 x 2.79 in. (72 x 105 x 71 mm) Device localization/name Mounting Mounting DIN rail Ethernet configuration (dual port) X X Weight 182.5 g (0.41 lb) IP configuration X On the front panel (wall mounted enclosure): IP4x Modbus TCP/IP filtering X Degree of protection of the installed module Connectors: IP2x Serial port X Other parts: IP3x Date and time X Connections Screw type terminal blocks E-mail server configuration X Technical Characteristics - 24 Vdc Power Supply Alarms to be e-mailed X Power supply type Device list X Regulated switch type Rated power Input voltage 72 W Device logging X 100–120 Vac for single phase Device log export X 200–500 Vac phase-to-phase SNMP parameters X PFC filter With IEC 61000-3-2 Documentation links X Output voltage 24 Vdc Preferences X Power supply out current 3A Advanced services control X User accounts X NOTE: Use a UL Listed/UL Recognized limited voltage/limited current or a Class 2 power supply with a 24 Vdc, 3 A maximum. II J J A. Ethernet 1 and Ethernet 2 communication port B. 24 Vdc power supply terminal block C. Ethernet communication LEDs: • yellow: 10 Mb • green: 100 Mb K K ETH1 ETH2 24VDC IFE ETH1 LK/10-100/ACT ETH2 LK/10-100/ACT Module Status ETH1 D. Module status LED: • steady off: no power • steady green: device operational • steady red: major fault • flashing green: standby • flashing red: minor fault • flashing green/red: self-test IFE-XX.YY.ZZ (factory set) Modbus-SL ETH2 Network Status T LV434011 C C D D E E E. Network status LED: • steady off: no power/no valid IP address • steady green: connected, valid IP address • steady orange: default IP address • steady red: duplicated IP address • flashing green/red: self-test FF R A A BB LL H H F. G. H. I. J. Sealable transparent cover ULP status LED Test button (accessible closed cover) Locking pad Modbus traffic status LED (IFE Interface + Gateway only) K. Device name label L. ULP ports G G 60 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems IFM Modbus Communication Interface Function An IFM Modbus communication interface is required for connection of a Masterpact or PowerPact circuit breaker to a Modbus network as long as this circuit breaker is provided with a ULP (Universal Logic Plug) port. The port is available on the BCM ULP. Once connected, the circuit breaker is considered as a slave by the Modbus master. Its electrical values, alarm status, open/close signals can be monitored or controlled by a Programmable Logic Controller or any other system. Characteristics ULP Port Two RJ45 sockets, internal parallel wiring. IFM Modbus Communication Interface. Ref.: TRV00210 • • Connection of a single circuit breaker. • • The RJ45 sockets deliver a 24 Vdc supply fed from the Modbus socket. A ULP line terminator or an FDM121 display unit must be connected to the second RJ45 ULP socket. Built-in test function, for checking the correct connection to the circuit breaker and FDM121 display unit. Modbus Slave Port • Top socket for screw-clamp connector, providing terminals for: — 24 Vdc input supply (0 V, +24 V) — Modbus line (D1, D2, Gnd) 2-wire Modbus system. • Lateral socket, for DIN-rail stackable connector. Both top and lateral sockets are internally parallel wired. • Multiple IFMs can be stacked, thus sharing a common power supply and Modbus line without individual wiring. • On the front face: — Modbus address setting (1 to 99): two coded rotary switches — Modbus locking pad: enables or disable the circuit breaker remote control and modification of IFM parameters. • Self-adjusting communication format (Baud rate, parity). 61 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. A A 5 3 9 0 5 6 7 4 3 8 2 1 BB 8 2 1 6 7 4 Modbus Screw Clamp Connector Modbus Address Switches Modbus Traffic LED Modbus Locking Pad ULP Activity LED Test Button Mechanical Lock ULP RJ45 Connectors Stacking Accessory Connection C C 9 0 DD E E Test FF I I HH G G Technical Characteristics Table 38: IFM Modbus Communication Interface Dimensions 0.71 x 2.83 x 3.78 in. (18 x 72 x 96 mm) Maximum number of stacked IFM Degree of protection of the installed module 12 Part projecting beyond the escutcheon IP4x Other module parts IP3x Connectors IP2x Operating temperature -25 to +70°C Power supply voltage Consumption 24 Vdc -20%/+10% (19.2–26.4 Vdc) Typical 21 mA/24 Vdc at 68°F (20°C) Maximum 30 mA/19.2 Vdc at 140°F (60°C) CE IEC/EN 60947-1 UL UL 508 - Industrial Control Equipment No. 142-M1987 - Process Control Equipment Certification • CSA • CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 0-M91 - General requirements - Canadian Electrical Code Part CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 14-05 - Industrial Control Equipment 62 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems Simplified IFM Installation Stacking an IFM Stacking Accessories Up to 12 Stacked IFM Stacking an IFE Interface + Gateway with IFMs 63 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems I/O Application Module Description The I/O (Input/Output) application module for an low-voltage circuit breaker is part of an ULP system with built-in functions and applications to enhance the application needs. The ULP system architecture can be built without any restrictions using the wide range of circuit breakers. The I/O application module is compliant with the ULP system specifications. Two I/O application modules can be connected in the same ULP network. The ranges of low-voltage circuit breakers enhanced by the I/O application module are: I/O Application Module • • • • • Masterpact NW Masterpact NT PowerPact R-Frame PowerPact P-Frame Compact NS I/O (Input/Output) Application Module for Low-Voltage Circuit Breaker Resources The I/O application module resources are: • • • Six digital inputs that are self powered for either NO and NC dry contact or pulse counter. Three digital outputs that are a bistable relay (5 A maximum). One analog input for PT100 temperature sensor. Pre-Defined Application The pre-defined application adds new functions to the I/O application module by: • Selection by the application rotary switch on the I/O application module, defining the application with pre-defined input/output assignment and wiring diagram. • No additional setting with the customer engineering tool required. The resources not assigned to the pre-defined application are free for additional user-defined applications: • • • cradle management circuit breaker operation cradle management + ERMS (Energy Reduction Maintenance Setting) NOTE: Use only Micrologic P or H trip units with the blue ERMS label for energy reduction maintenance setting systems. Review the I/O module user guide 0613IB1317 and ERMS installation instructions NHA67346 for details on installation, testing, and operation of the ERMS system. • • light and load control custom. 64 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems User-Defined Applications User-defined applications are processed by the I/O application module in addition to the pre-defined application selected. The user-defined applications are available depending on: • • the pre-defined application selected the I/O application module resources (inputs and outputs) not used by the application. The resources required by user-defined applications are assigned using the customer engineering tool: • • • • protection control energy management monitoring. Mounting The I/O application module is a DIN rail mounted device. Install on a steel DIN rail that is properly grounded near the device. Application Rotary Switch 4 5 6 3 2 7 8 1 The application rotary switch enables the selection of the pre-defined application. It has nine positions and each position is assigned to a pre-defined application. The factory set position of the switch is predefined application one. 9 Setting Locking Pad The setting locking pad on the front panel of the I/O application module enables the setting of the I/O application module by the customer engineering tool. 65 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems General Characteristics Conforming to standards Environmental Characteristics I1 C I2 I3 C I4 I5 C Electrical Characteristics A A I1 C I2 I3 C I4 I5 C Physical Characteristics I6 CC MM 5 6 3 2 7 8 1 I1 AI LL I3 O1 I4 O2 I5 O3 I6 KK D D I2 9 APP JJ Ambient temperature Protective Treatment ULVO, conforming to IEC 60068-2-30 Pollution Level 3 Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 15g/11ms, 1/2 sinusoidal Resistance to sinusoidal vibrations Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 Power Supply 24 Vdc, -20%/+10% (19.2 to 26.4 Vdc) Consumption Typical: 24 Vdc, 165 mA at 20°C Maximum with gateway: 26.4 Vdc, 420 mA at 60°C Dimensions 2.83 x 4.52 X 2.79 in. (72 x 115 x 71 mm) B B 24VDC 4 cULus, EAC, FCC, CE Storage: -40 to +185°F (-40 to +85°C) Operation: -13 to +158°F (-25 to +70°C) I6 Mechanical Characteristics T E E FF G G IO LV434063 Technical Characteristics 24 Vdc power supply UL 508, UL 60950, IED 60950, 60947-6-2 Certification Mounting DIN rail Weight 0.51 lb. (229.5 g) Degree of protection of the installed I/O application module • • • Connections Screw type terminal blocks On the front panel (wall mounted enclosure): IP4x I/O parts: IP3x Connectors: IP2x Power supply type Regulated switch type Rated power 72 W Input voltage • • PFC filter With IEC 61000-3-2 100–120 Vac for single phase 200–500 Vac phase-to-phase maximum Output voltage 24 Vdc Power supply out current 3A NOTE: It is recommended to use an UL listed/UL listed recognized limited voltage/limited current or a class 2 power supply with a 24 Vdc, 3 A maximum. 13 O1 14 23 O2 24 33 O3 34 A1 T2 T1 H H II Digital Inputs Digital input type Self powered digital input with current limitations as per IEC 61131-2 type 2 standards (7 mA) Input limit values at state 1 (close) 19.8–25.2 Vdc, 6.1–8.8 mA Input limit values at state 0 (open 0–19.8 Vdc, 0 mA Maximum cable length 33 ft (10 m) NOTE: For a length greater than 10 m (33 ft) and up to 300 m (1,000 ft), it is mandatory to use a shielded twisted cable. The shield cable is connected to the I/O functional ground of the I/O application module. 13 14 23 24 33 34 T1 Digital output type T2 1 2 Digital Outputs NN O O A. 24 Vdc power supply terminal block. B. Digital input terminal block: 6 inputs, 3 commons and 1 shield. C. 6 input status LEDs. D. Analog input status LED. E. 3 output status LEDs. F. I/O application module identification labels. G. Sealable transparent cover. H. Analog input terminal block. I. Digital output terminal blocks. J. ULP status LED. K. Test/reset button (accessible with cover closed). L. Setting locking pad. M. Application rotary switch: 1 to 9. N. Switch for I/O addressing (I/O 1 or I/O 2). O. ULP connectors. Bistable relay Rated load 5 A at 250 Vac Rated carry current 5A Maximum switching voltage 380 Vac, 125 Vdc Maximum switch current 5A Maximum switching power 1250 VA, 150 W Minimum permissible load 10 mA at 5 Vdc Contact resistance 30 mȍ Maximum operating frequency • • Digital output relay protection by an external fuse External fuse of 5 A or less Maximum cable length 10 m (33 ft) 18000 operations/hr (Mechanical) 1800 operations/hr (Electrical) The I/O application module analog input can be connected to a Pt100 temperature sensor Analog Inputs Range -22 to 392°F (-30 to 200°C) Accuracy -22 to 68°F (-30 to 20°C): ±3.6°F (2°C) 68 to 284°F (20 to 140°C): ±1.8°F (1°C) 284 to 392°F (140 to 200°C): ±3.6°F (2°C) Refresh interval 5s 66 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems Electrical Asset Manager Configuration Engineering Tool (Ecoreach™) Introduction The Ecoreach engineering tool is a software application that helps the user to manage a project as part of designing, testing, site commissioning, and maintenance of the project life cycle. It enables the user to prepare the settings of the devices offline (without connecting to the device) and configure them when connected with the devices. It also provides other value-added features for the user to manage the project such as: safe repository in cloud, attach artifacts to each device or at the project level, organize devices in switchboard, manage a hierarchical structure of the installation, etc. Compatible Devices (Configuration and Device Management) The Ecoreach engineering tool is compatible with the following devices: • • • • • • • Compact NSX100-630 (IEC) circuit breakers PowerPact (UL) circuit breakers Compact NS630b-3200 (IEC) circuit breakers Masterpact NT/NW (IEC and UL) circuit breakers Compatible devices (Device Management in the project) Switches (Compact NSX, Masterpact & PowerPact Family) Third party devices. References: The Ecoreach software package can be downloaded from our website: www.schneider-electric.com 67 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 3—Electronic Trip Systems Features The Ecoreach engineering tool includes the Schneider Electric customer engineering tools such as the Remote Setting Utility (RSU) and Remote Control Utility (RCU) with additional features. The Ecoreach engineering tool supports the connection of Schneider Electric communicable devices to: • • • • • • • • • • • • create projects by device discovery, selection of devices, and importing a Bill of Material (BOM) monitor the status of protection and I/O status read information (alarms, measurements, parameters) check protection discrimination between two devices upload and download of configuration or settings in batch mode to multiple devices. carry out commands and tests generate and print a device settings report and communication test report manage multiple devices with a electrical and communication hierarchy model manage artifacts (project documents) check consistency in settings between devices on a communication network compare configuration settings between PC and device (online) download latest firmware. The Ecoreach engineering tool enables the user to access the advanced features of the software once the project is saved in the Schneider Electric cloud. 68 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 4—PowerPact M-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers Section 4—PowerPact M-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers Performance PowerPact M-frame molded case circuit breakers provide improved performance and a compact solution for applications up to 800 A. They complement the existing PowerPact P- and R-frame circuit breakers, and replace the traditional MA/MH circuit breakers with a smaller footprint and competitive cost. • • Available in 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, and 800 A ratings. Available in two- and three-pole unit-mount and I-Line versions Table 39: Frame Termination Options Termination Letter M-Frame Unit-Mount F M-Frame Termination Option No Lugs L Lugs both ends M Lugs ON end Terminal Nut Kit Off end P Lugs OFF end Terminal Nut Kit On end For factory-installed termination, place termination letter in the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number. M G L 3 6 4 0 0 or D G L 3 6 4 0 0 E 2 0 Termination Letter M-Frame I-Line • Built-in electronic trip unit type ET 1.0 provides better accuracy than standard thermal-magnetic trip units. The ET 1.0 trip unit cannot be field replaced, nor does it allow adjustment of the trip point setting. (It is considered an electronic equivalent of a thermal-magnetic circuit breaker.) • FIxed long-time and adjustable instantaneous protection (2 to 10 times nominal ampere rating) is standard. • Same dimensions, common mounting, bussing, cabling and door cut-out as PowerPact P-frame circuit breakers. • • Approximately 15% smaller installed volume than the MA/MH circuit breakers. A full range of electrical accessories are available: — Shunt trip (various AC and DC voltages are available) — Undervoltage trip (various AC and DC voltages are available) — Time delayed undervoltage trip (various AC and DC voltages are available) — Auxiliary switches (up to 3A/3B); low-level switches are also available (voltage and amperage) — Alarm switch (1A/1B); low-level switches are also available (voltage and amperage) — Overcurrent trip switch (SDE) • A full range of mechanical accessories are available: — Standard mechanical lugs (aluminum or copper) — Crimp (compression) lugs (aluminum or copper) — Power distribution lugs (aluminum only) — Bus connector kit — Inter-phase barriers — Door escutcheons (for toggle or accessory cover) — Padlocking device (removable or fixed version), complies with OSHA requirements — Key-lock device (Kirk® or Schneider Electric™ keylocks) 69 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 4—PowerPact M-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers Catalog Numbers Table 40: UL/IEC Rated, Unit-Mount, Manually-Operated, Standard-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable 1.0 Electronic Trip (Fixed Long-Time and Adjustable Instantaneous Trip Settings) Current Rating Type Poles 300 A 350 A 400 A 450 A 500 A 600 A 700 A 800 A MG 2 MGL26300 MGL26350 MGL26400 MGL26450 MGL26500 MGL26600 MGL26700 MGL26800 MJ 2 MJL26300 MJL26350 MJL26400 MJL26450 MJL26500 MJL26600 MJL26700 MJL26800 MG 3 MGL36300 MGL36350 MGL36400 MGL36450 MGL36500 MGL36600 MGL36700 MGL36800 MJ 3 MJL36300 MJL36350 MJL36400 MJL36450 MJL36500 MJL36600 MJL36700 MJL36800 Table 41: UL/IEC Rated, I-Line™, Manually-Operated, Standard-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable 1.0 Electronic Trip (Fixed Long-Time and Adjustable Instantaneous Trip Settings) Current Rating Type Poles 300 A 350 A 400 A 450 A 500 A 600 A 700 A 800 A MG1 2 MGA263002 MGA263502 MGA264002 MGA264502 MGA265002 MGA266002 MGA267002 MGA268002 MJ1 2 MJA263002 MJA263502 MJA264002 MJA264502 MJA265002 MJA266002 MJA267002 MJA268002 MG2 3 MGA36300 MGA36350 MGA36400 MGA36450 MGA36500 MGA36600 MGA36700 MGA36800 MJ2 3 MJA36300 MJA36350 MJA36400 MJA36450 MJA36500 MJA36600 MJA36700 MJA36800 1 Suffix 2 is for AC phasing (standard offer), or use 5 for CA phasing (option). 2 No suffix is for ABC phasing (standard offer), or use 6 for CBA phasing (option). Interrupting Ratings Table 42: Interrupting Ratings Interrupting Ratings Mounting IndividuallyMounted M-Frame Unit-Mount I-Line Circuit Breaker MG MJ MG MJ IEC 60947-2 UL/CSA/NMX 240 Vac 380/415 Vac 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac Icu Ics Icu Ics 65 kA 100 kA 65 kA 100 kA 35 kA 65 kA 35 kA 65 kA 18 KA 25 kA 18 KA 25 kA 50 kA 65 kA 50 kA 65 kA 25 kA 35 kA 25 kA 35 kA 35 kA 50 kA 35 kA 50 kA 20 kA 25 kA 20 kA 25 kA Termination Information Unit-mount circuit breakers have mechanical lugs standard on both ends. I-Line circuit breakers have lugs standard on the O/OFF end. These lugs accept aluminum or copper wire. See Table 92 on page 115 for more lug options. Accessories M-Frame I-Line Accessories are available either factory- or field-installed. They can be installed in accessory compartments behind the circuit breaker accessory cover. See Table 68 on page 101 for available accessories. 70 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 4—PowerPact M-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers Control Wiring Control wiring is connected to terminals located under the circuit breaker accessory cover. NOTE: All diagrams show circuit breaker in open position Accessory Control Wiring Diagrams Auxiliary Contacts OF Open/Closed Circuit Breaker Position Contacts SD Bell Alarm Remote Operation MN Undervoltage Trip Device MX Shunt Trip Remote Operation SD Closed Open 92 94 82 84 31 32 34 12 14 OF3 21 22 24 32 34 OF2 D2/C2 Alarm Contacts C2 D1/C1 11 12 14 D2 MN/MX OF1 Tripped Connector Description Fault Function 22 24 Figure 6: 91 92 94 MN MX OF3 OF2 OF1 SDE SD 81 82 or 91 81 11 21 31 D1 C1 84 SDE 71 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 5—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers Section 5—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers Performance Providing unparalleled performance and control, the P-frame circuit breakers features the exclusive Micrologic electronic trip units, which allow for a range of sophisticated applications for metering and monitoring. In addition, trip units can be interchanged in the field to allow for maximum flexibility. The compact size and small footprint of the P-frame circuit breaker permits high density installations in I-Line panelboards and switchboards. These circuit breakers are available in 100% rated construction for all unit-mount circuit breakers and up to 800 A in I-Line circuit breakers to meet a broad range of commercial and industrial application needs. • Both standard (80%) and 100% rated construction circuit breakers are available in 1200 A with a sensor size range of 250–1200 A. • Interrupting ratings (AIR): P-Frame Unit-Mount P-Frame I-Line P-Frame Drawout Voltage G J K L 240 Vac 65 kA 100 kA 65 kA 125 kA 480 Vac 35 kA 65 kA 50 kA 100 kA 600 Vac 18 kA 25 kA 50 kA 25 kA • The P-frame circuit breakers with K interrupting rating are recommended for applications having high inrush and/or non-linear loads such as large motors, transformers, motors with soft starts, etc. • Compact circuit breaker size allows for small footprint installations using I-Line panelboards and switchboards. Nine inch width provides increased density installation. • • Most field-installable accessories are common to all frame sizes for easier stocking and installation • • • Field-installable sensor plugs (after January 2007). See Table 80 on page 109. • • Connection options include bus, cable or I-Line for installation flexibility. Selection of four interchangeable Micrologic trip units available, with Powerlogic power metering and monitoring capabilities available in advanced trip units. Compatible with Powerlogic systems and high amperage power circuit breakers. Built-in Modbus protocol provides an open communications platform and eliminates the need to purchase additional, proprietary network solutions. Additional options are available for 5-cycle closing, stored energy mechanisms and drawoutmounting. 72 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 5—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers Catalog Numbers Table 43: UL/IEC Rated, Unit-Mount1, Manually-Operated, Standard-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with Basic Electronic Trip and Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Unit Circuit Breaker Catalog Number2 Trip Unit Current Rating (Sensor Rating) Basic Electronic Trip Unit Type 250 A3 400 A 600 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A ET1.0I — — PGL36060 PGL36080 PGL36100 PGL36120 — — PJL36060 PJL36080 PJL36100 PJL36120 — — PKL36060 PKL36080 PKL36100 PKL36120 — — PLL34060 PLL34080 PLL34100 PLL34120 PGL36025U31A PGL36040U31A PGL36060U31A PGL36080U31A PGL36100U31A PGL36120U31A 2P4, 3P (Not Fixed Interchangeable) Long-time 3.0 (LI) 3P, Micrologic Interchangeable Standard Trip Unit 4P5 (G & K only) 5.0 (LSI) 3P 4P5 (G & K only) 3.0A (LI) 3P 4P5 (G & K only) Micrologic Interchangeable Ammeter Trip Unit6 5.0A (LSI) 3P 4P5 (G & K only) 6.0A (LSIG) 3P 4P5 (G & K only) 5.0P (LSI) 3P Micrologic 4P5 (G & K only) Interchangeable Power Trip Unit with Modbus® 6.0P (LSIG) Communications 3P 4P5 (G & K only) 5.0H (LSI) Micrologic Interchangeable Harmonic Trip Unit with Modbus Communications 3P 4P5 (G & K only) 6.0H (LSIG) 3P 4P5 (G & K only) PJL36025U31A PJL36040U31A PJL36060U31A PJL36080U31A PJL36100U31A PJL36120U31A PKL36025U31A PKL36040U31A PKL36060U31A PKL36080U31A PKL36100U31A PKL36120U31A PLL34025U31A PLL34040U31A PLL34060U31A PLL34080U31A PLL34100U31A PLL34120U31A PGL36025U33A PGL36040U33A PGL36060U33A PGL36080U33A PGL36100U33A PGL36120U33A PJL36025U33A PJL36040U33A PJL36060U33A PJL36080U33A PJL36100U33A PJL36120U33A PKL36025U33A PKL36040U33A PKL36060U33A PKL36080U33A PKL36100U33A PKL36120U33A PLL34025U33A PLL34040U33A PLL34060U33A PLL34080U33A PLL34100U33A PLL34120U33A PGL36025U41A PGL36040U41A PGL36060U41A PGL36080U41A PGL36100U41A PGL36120U41A PJL36025U41A PJL36040U41A PJL36060U41A PJL36080U41A PJL36100U41A PJL36120U41A PKL36025U41A PKL36040U41A PKL36060U41A PKL36080U41A PKL36100U41A PKL36120U41A PLL34025U41A PLL34040U41A PLL34060U41A PLL34080U41A PLL34100U41A PLL34120U41A PGL36025U43A PGL36040U43A PGL36060U43A PGL36080U43A PGL36100U43A PGL36120U43A PJL36025U43A PJL36040U43A PJL36060U43A PJL36080U43A PJL36100U43A PJL36120U43A PKL36025U43A PKL36040U43A PKL36060U43A PKL36080U43A PKL36100U43A PKL36120U43A PLL34025U43A PLL34040U43A PLL34060U43A PLL34080U43A PLL34100U43A PLL34120U43A PGL36025U44A PGL36040U44A PGL36060U44A PGL36080U44A PGL36100U44A PGL36120U44A PJL36025U44A PJL36040U44A PJL36060U44A PJL36080U44A PJL36100U44A PJL36120U44A PKL36025U44A PKL36040U44A PKL36060U44A PKL36080U44A PKL36100U44A PKL36120U44A PLL34025U44A PLL34040U44A PLL34060U44A PLL34080U44A PLL34100U44A PLL34120U44A PGL36025U63AE1 PGL36040U63AE1 PGL36060U63AE1 PGL36080U63AE1 PGL36100U63AE1 PGL36120U63AE1 PJL36025U63AE1 PJL36040U63AE1 PJL36060U63AE1 PJL36080U63AE1 PJL36100U63AE1 PJL36120U63AE1 PKL36025U63AE1 PKL36040U63AE1 PKL36060U63AE1 PKL36080U63AE1 PKL36100U63AE1 PKL36120U63AE1 PLL34025U63AE1 PLL34040U63AE1 PLL34060U63AE1 PLL34080U63AE1 PLL34100U63AE1 PLL34120U63AE1 PGL36025U64AE1 PGL36040U64AE1 PGL36060U64AE1 PGL36080U64AE1 PGL36100U64AE1 PGL36120U64AE1 PJL36025U64AE1 PJL36040U64AE1 PJL36060U64AE1 PJL36080U64AE1 PJL36100U64AE1 PJL36120U64AE1 PKL36025U64AE1 PKL36040U64AE1 PKL36060U64AE1 PKL36080U64AE1 PKL36100U64AE1 PKL36120U64AE1 PLL34025U64AE1 PLL34040U64AE1 PLL34060U64AE1 PLL34080U64AE1 PLL34100U64AE1 PLL34120U64AE1 PGL36025U73AE1 PGL36040U73AE1 PGL36060U73AE1 PGL36080U73AE1 PGL36100U73AE1 PGL36120U73AE1 PJL36025U73AE1 PJL36040U73AE1 PJL36060U73AE1 PJL36080U73AE1 PJL36100U73AE1 PJL36120U73AE1 PKL36025U73AE1 PKL36040U73AE1 PKL36060U73AE1 PKL36080U73AE1 PKL36100U73AE1 PKL36120U73AE1 PLL34025U73AE1 PLL34040U73AE1 PLL34060U73AE1 PLL34080U73AE1 PLL34100U73AE1 PLL34120U73AE1 PGL36025U74AE1 PGL36040U74AE1 PGL36060U74AE1 PGL36080U74AE1 PGL36100U74AE1 PGL36120U74AE1 PJL36025U74AE1 PJL36040U74AE1 PJL36060U74AE1 PJL36080U74AE1 PJL36100U74AE1 PJL36120U74AE1 PKL36025U74AE1 PKL36040U74AE1 PKL36060U74AE1 PKL36080U74AE1 PKL36100U74AE1 PKL36120U74AE1 PLL34025U74AE1 PLL34040U74AE1 PLL34060U74AE1 PLL34080U74AE1 PLL34100U74AE1 PLL34120U74AE1 1 Catalog numbers are for circuit breakers with lugs on line and load ends. Consult the Product Selector for catalog numbers for circuit breakers with alternate terminations. 2 The L interrupting rating at 600 Vac is 25 kA. 3 250 A is not available as a four pole circuit breaker. 4 For 2P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 2 (PGL36025 becomes PGL26025). 5 For 4P (available in G and K interrupting levels only), replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (PGL36040U31A becomes PGL46040U31A). 6 Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications. 73 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 5—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers Table 44: UL/IEC Rated, Unit-Mount1, Manually-Operated, 100%-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units Trip Unit, Interchangeable Circuit Breaker Catalog Number2 3P, 4P Current Rating (Sensor Rating) Type 250 A3 400 A 600 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A Micrologic Interchangeable Standard Trip Unit 3.0 (LI) 3P 4P4 (G & K only) 5.0 (LSI) 3P 4P4 (G & K only) PGL36025CU31A PGL36040CU31A PGL36060CU31A PGL36080CU31A PGL36100CU31A PGL36120CU31A PJL36025CU31A PJL36040CU31A PJL36060CU31A PJL36080CU31A PJL36100CU31A PJL36120CU31A PKL36025CU31A PKL36040CU31A PKL36060CU31A PKL36080CU31A PKL36100CU31A PKL36120CU31A PLL34025CU31A PLL34040CU31A PLL34060CU31A PLL34080CU31A PLL34100CU31A PLL34120CU31A PGL36025CU33A PGL36040CU33A PGL36060CU33A PGL36080CU33A PGL36100CU33A PGL36120CU33A PJL36025CU33A PJL36040CU33A PJL36060CU33A PJL36080CU33A PJL36100CU33A PJL36120CU33A PKL36025CU33A PKL36040CU33A PKL36060CU33A PKL36080CU33A PKL36100CU33A PKL36120CU33A PLL34025CU33A PLL34040CU33A PLL34060CU33A PLL34080CU33A PLL34100CU33A PLL34120CU33A Micrologic Interchangeable Ammeter Trip Unit5 3.0A (LI) 3P 4P4 (G & K only) 5.0A (LSI) 3P 4P4 (G & K only) 6.0A (LSIG) 3P 4P4 (G & K only) PGL36025CU41A PGL36040CU41A PGL36060CU41A PGL36080CU41A PGL36100CU41A PGL36120CU41A PJL36025CU41A PJL36040CU41A PJL36060CU41A PJL36080CU41A PJL36100CU41A PJL36120CU41A PKL36025CU41A PKL36040CU41A PKL36060CU41A PKL36080CU41A PKL36100CU41A PKL36120CU41A PLL34025CU41A PLL34040CU41A PLL34060CU41A PLL34080CU41A PLL34100CU41A PLL34120CU41A PGL36025CU43A PGL36040CU43A PGL36060CU43A PGL36080CU43A PGL36100CU43A PGL36120CU43A PJL36025CU43A PJL36040CU43A PJL36060CU43A PJL36080CU43A PJL36100CU43A PJL36120CU43A PKL36025CU43A PKL36040CU43A PKL36060CU43A PKL36080CU43A PKL36100CU43A PKL36120CU43A PLL34025CU43A PLL34040CU43A PLL34060CU43A PLL34080CU43A PLL34100CU43A PLL34120CU43A PGL36025CU44A PGL36040CU44A PGL36060CU44A PGL36080CU44A PGL36100CU44A PGL36120CU44A PJL36025CU44A PJL36040CU44A PJL36060CU44A PJL36080CU44A PJL36100CU44A PJL36120CU44A PKL36025CU44A PKL36040CU44A PKL36060CU44A PKL36080CU44A PKL36100CU44A PKL36120CU44A PLL34025CU44A PLL34040CU44A PLL34060CU44A PLL34080CU44A PLL34100CU44A PLL34120CU44A PGL36120CU63AE1 Micrologic Interchangeable Power Trip Unit with Modbus® Communications 5.0P (LSI) 3P 4P4 (G & K only) 6.0P (LSIG) 3P 4P4 (G & K only) PGL36025CU63AE1 PGL36040CU63AE1 PGL36060CU63AE1 PGL36080CU63AE1 PGL36100CU63AE1 PJL36025CU63AE1 PJL36040CU63AE1 PJL36060CU63AE1 PJL36080CU63AE1 PJL36100CU63AE1 PJL36120CU63AE1 PKL36025CU63AE1 PKL36040CU63AE1 PKL36060CU63AE1 PKL36080CU63AE1 PKL36100CU63AE1 PKL36120CU63AE1 PLL34025CU63AE1 PLL34040CU63AE1 PLL34060CU63AE1 PLL34080CU63AE1 PLL34100CU63AE1 PLL34120CU63AE1 PGL36025CU64AE1 PGL36040CU64AE1 PGL36060CU64AE1 PGL36080CU64AE1 PGL36100CU64AE1 PGL36120CU64AE1 PJL36025CU64AE1 PJL36040CU64AE1 PJL36060CU64AE1 PJL36080CU64AE1 PJL36100CU64AE1 PJL36120CU64AE1 PKL36025CU64AE1 PKL36040CU64AE1 PKL36060CU64AE1 PKL36080CU64AE1 PKL36100CU64AE1 PKL36120CU64AE1 PLL34025CU64AE1 PLL34040CU64AE1 PLL34060CU64AE1 PLL34080CU64AE1 PLL34100CU64AE1 PLL34120CU64AE1 PGL36120CU73AE1 Micrologic Interchangeable Harmonic Trip Unit with Modbus Communications 5.0H (LSI) 3P 4P4 (G & K only) 6.0H (LSIG) 3P 4P4 (G & K only) PGL36025CU73AE1 PGL36040CU73AE1 PGL36060CU73AE1 PGL36080CU73AE1 PGL36100CU73AE1 PJL36025CU73AE1 PJL36040CU73AE1 PJL36060CU73AE1 PJL36080CU73AE1 PJL36100CU73AE1 PJL36120CU73AE1 PKL36025CU73AE1 PKL36040CU73AE1 PKL36060CU73AE1 PKL36080CU73AE1 PKL36100CU73AE1 PKL36120CU73AE1 PLL34025CU73AE1 PLL34040CU73AE1 PLL34060CU73AE1 PLL34080CU73AE1 PLL34100CU73AE1 PLL34120CU73AE1 PGL36025CU74AE1 PGL36040CU74AE1 PGL36060CU74AE1 PGL36080CU74AE1 PGL36100CU74AE1 PGL36120CU74AE1 PJL36025CU74AE1 PJL36040CU74AE1 PJL36060CU74AE1 PJL36080CU74AE1 PJL36100CU74AE1 PJL36120CU74AE1 PKL36025CU74AE1 PKL36040CU74AE1 PKL36060CU74AE1 PKL36080CU74AE1 PKL36100CU74AE1 PKL36120CU74AE1 PLL34025CU74AE1 PLL34040CU74AE1 PLL34060CU74AE1 PLL34080CU74AE1 PLL34100CU74AE1 PLL34120CU74AE1 1 Catalog numbers are for circuit breakers with lugs on line and load ends. Consult the product selector for catalog numbers for circuit breakers with alternate terminations. 2 The L interrupting rating at 600 Vac is 25 kA. 3 250 A is not available as a four pole circuit breaker. 4 For 4P (available in G and K interrupting levels only), replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (PGL36040CU31A becomes PGL46040CU31A). 5 Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications. 74 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 5—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers Table 45: UL/IEC Rated, I-Line, Manually-Operated, Standard-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with Basic Electronic Trip and Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units Circuit Breaker Catalog Number1 Trip Unit Current Rating (Sensor Rating) Type2 250 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A Basic Electronic Trip Unit ET1.0I — — PGA36060 PGA36080 PGA36100 PGA36120 2P3, 3P — — PJA36060 PJA36080 PJA36100 PJA36120 Not Interchangeable Fixed Long-time — — PKA36060 PKA36080 PKA36100 PKA36120 PLA34120 Micrologic Interchangeable Standard Trip Unit Micrologic Interchangeable Ammeter Trip Unit4 — — PLA34060 PLA34080 PLA34100 PGA36025U31A PGA36040U31A PGA36060U31A PGA36080U31A PGA36100U31A PGA36120U31A 3.0 (LI) PJA36025U31A PJA36040U31A PJA36060U31A PJA36080U31A PJA36100U31A PJA36120U31A 3P PKA36025U31A PKA36040U31A PKA36060U31A PKA36080U31A PKA36100U31A PKA36120U31A PLA34025U31A PLA34040U31A PLA34060U31A PLA34080U31A PLA34100U31A PLA34120U31A PGA36025U33A PGA36040U33A PGA36060U33A PGA36080U33A PGA36100U33A PGA36120U33A 5.0 (LSI) PJA36025U33A PJA36040U33A PJA36060U33A PJA36080U33A PJA36100U33A PJA36120U33A 3P PKA36025U33A PKA36040U33A PKA36060U33A PKA36080U33A PKA36100U33A PKA36120U33A PLA34025U33A PLA34040U33A PLA34060U33A PLA34080U33A PLA34100U33A PLA34120U33A PGA36025U41A PGA36040U41A PGA36060U41A PGA36080U41A PGA36100U41A PGA36120U41A 3.0A (LI) PJA36025U41A PJA36040U41A PJA36060U41A PJA36080U41A PJA36100U41A PJA36120U41A 3P PKA36025U41A PKA36040U41A PKA36060U41A PKA36080U41A PKA36100U41A PKA36120U41A PLA34025U41A PLA34040U41A PLA34060U41A PLA34080U41A PLA34100U41A PLA34120U41A PGA36025U43A PGA36040U43A PGA36060U43A PGA36080U43A PGA36100U43A PGA36120U43A 5.0A (LSI) PJA36025U43A PJA36040U43A PJA36060U43A PJA36080U43A PJA36100U43A PJA36120U43A 3P PKA36025U43A PKA36040U43A PKA36060U43A PKA36080U43A PKA36100U43A PKA36120U43A PLA34025U43A PLA34040U43A PLA34060U43A PLA34080U43A PLA34100U43A PLA34120U43A PGA36025U44A PGA36040U44A PGA36060U44A PGA36080U44A PGA36100U44A PGA36120U44A 6.0A (LSIG) PJA36025U44A PJA36040U44A PJA36060U44A PJA36080U44A PJA36100U44A PJA36120U44A 3P PKA36025U44A PKA36040U44A PKA36060U44A PKA36080U44A PKA36100U44A PKA36120U44A PLA34025U44A PLA34040U44A PLA34060U44A PLA34080U44A PLA34100U44A PLA34120U44A PGA36025U63AE1 PGA36040U63AE1 PGA36060U63AE1 PGA36080U63AE1 PGA36100U63AE1 PGA36120U63AE1 PJA36025U63AE1 PJA36040U63AE1 PJA36060U63AE1 PJA36080U63AE1 PJA36100U63AE1 PJA36120U63AE1 PKA36025U63AE1 PKA36040U63AE1 PKA36060U63AE1 PKA36080U63AE1 PKA36100U63AE1 PKA36120U63AE1 PLA34025U63AE1 PLA34040U63AE1 PLA34060U63AE1 PLA34080U63AE1 PLA34100U63AE1 PLA34120U63AE1 PGA36025U64AE1 PGA36040U64AE1 PGA36060U64AE1 PGA36080U64AE1 PGA36100U64AE1 PGA36120U64AE1 PJA36025U64AE1 PJA36040U64AE1 PJA36060U64AE1 PJA36080U64AE1 PJA36100U64AE1 PJA36120U64AE1 PKA36025U64AE1 PKA36040U64AE1 PKA36060U64AE1 PKA36080U64AE1 PKA36100U64AE1 PKA36120U64AE1 PLA34025U64AE1 PLA34040U64AE1 PLA34060U64AE1 PLA34080U64AE1 PLA34100U64AE1 PLA34120U64AE1 PGA36025U73AE1 PGA36040U73AE1 PGA36060U73AE1 PGA36080U73AE1 PGA36100U73AE1 PGA36120U73AE1 PJA36025U73AE1 PJA36040U73AE1 PJA36060U73AE1 PJA36080U73AE1 PJA36100U73AE1 PJA36120U73AE1 PKA36025U73AE1 PKA36040U73AE1 PKA36060U73AE1 PKA36080U73AE1 PKA36100U73AE1 PKA36120U73AE1 PLA34025U73AE1 PLA34040U73AE1 PLA34060U73AE1 PLA34080U73AE1 PLA34100U73AE1 PLA34120U73AE1 PGA36025U74AE1 PGA36040U74AE1 PGA36060U74AE1 PGA36080U74AE1 PGA36100U74AE1 PGA36120U74AE1 PJA36025U74AE1 PJA36040U74AE1 PJA36060U74AE1 PJA36080U74AE1 PJA36100U74AE1 PJA36120U74AE1 PKA36025U74AE1 PKA36040U74AE1 PKA36060U74AE1 PKA36080U74AE1 PKA36100U74AE1 PKA36120U74AE1 PLA34025U74AE1 PLA34040U74AE1 PLA34060U74AE1 PLA34080U74AE1 PLA34100U74AE1 PLA34120U74AE1 5.0P (LSI) 3P Micrologic Interchangeable Power Trip Unit with Modbus® Communications 6.0P (LSIG) 3P 5.0H (LSI) Micrologic 3P Interchangeable Harmonic Trip Unit with Modbus Communications 6.0H (LSIG) 3P 1 The L interrupting rating at 600 Vac is 25 kA. 2 For 3P, no suffix is for ABC phasing (standard offer), or use 6 for CBA phasing (option). 3 For 2P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 2 (PGA36025 becomes PGA26025). Add the suffix 2 for AC phasing (standard offer), or use 5 for CA phasing (option). 4 Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications. 75 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 5—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers Table 46: UL/IEC Rated, I-Line, Manually-Operated, 100%-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units Circuit Breaker1 Trip Unit, Interchangeable Current Rating (Sensor Rating) Type2 250 A 400 A 600 A 800 A PGA36025CU31A PGA36040CU31A PGA36060CU31A PGA36080CU31A 3.0 (LI) PJA36025CU31A PJA36040CU31A PJA36060CU31A PJA36080CU31A 3P PKA36025CU31A PKA36040CU31A PKA36060CU31A PKA36080CU31A PLA34025CU31A PLA34040CU31A PLA34060CU31A PLA34080CU31A PGA36025CU33A PGA36040CU33A PGA36060CU33A PGA36080CU33A 5.0 (LSI) PJA36025CU33A PJA36040CU33A PJA36060CU33A PJA36080CU33A 3P PKA36025CU33A PKA36040CU33A PKA36060CU33A PKA36080CU33A PLA34025CU33A PLA34040CU33A PLA34060CU33A PLA34080CU33A PGA36025CU41A PGA36040CU41A PGA36060CU41A PGA36080CU41A 3.0A (LI) PJA36025CU41A PJA36040CU41A PJA36060CU41A PJA36080CU41A 3P PKA36025CU41A PKA36040CU41A PKA36060CU41A PKA36080CU41A PLA34025CU41A PLA34040CU41A PLA34060CU41A PLA34080CU41A PGA36025CU43A PGA36040CU43A PGA36060CU43A PGA36080CU43A 5.0A (LSI) PJA36025CU43A PJA36040CU43A PJA36060CU43A PJA36080CU43A 3P PKA36025CU43A PKA36040CU43A PKA36060CU43A PKA36080CU43A PLA34025CU43A PLA34040CU43A PLA34060CU43A PLA34080CU43A PGA36025CU44A PGA36040CU44A PGA36060CU44A PGA36080CU44A 6.0A (LSIG) PJA36025CU44A PJA36040CU44A PJA36060CU44A PJA36080CU44A 3P PKA36025CU44A PKA36040CU44A PKA36060CU44A PKA36080CU44A PLA34025CU44A PLA34040CU44A PLA34060CU44A PLA34080CU44A PGA36025CU63AE1 PGA36040CU63AE1 PGA36060CU63AE1 PGA36080CU63AE1 Micrologic Interchangeable Standard Trip Unit Micrologic Interchangeable Ammeter Trip Unit3 Micrologic Interchangeable Power Trip Unit with Modbus® Communications Micrologic Interchangeable Harmonic Trip Unit with Modbus Communications 5.0P (LSI) PJA36025CU63AE1 PJA36040CU63AE1 PJA36060CU63AE1 PJA36080CU63AE1 3P PKA36025CU63AE1 PKA36040CU63AE1 PKA36060CU63AE1 PKA36080CU63AE1 PLA34025CU63AE1 PLA34040CU63AE1 PLA34060CU63AE1 PLA34080CU63AE1 PGA36025CU64AE1 PGA36040CU64AE1 PGA36060CU64AE1 PGA36080CU64AE1 6.0P (LSIG) PJA36025CU64AE1 PJA36040CU64AE1 PJA36060CU64AE1 PJA36080CU64AE1 3P PKA36025CU64AE1 PKA36040CU64AE1 PKA36060CU64AE1 PKA36080CU64AE1 PLA34025CU64AE1 PLA34040CU64AE1 PLA34060CU64AE1 PLA34080CU64AE1 PGA36025CU73AE1 PGA36040CU73AE1 PGA36060CU73AE1 PGA36080CU73AE1 5.0H (LSI) PJA36025CU73AE1 PJA36040CU73AE1 PJA36060CU73AE1 PJA36080CU73AE1 3P PKA36025CU73AE1 PKA36040CU73AE1 PKA36060CU73AE1 PKA36080CU73AE1 PLA34025CU73AE1 PLA34040CU73AE1 PLA34060CU73AE1 PLA34080CU73AE1 PGA36025CU74AE1 PGA36040CU74AE1 PGA36060CU74AE1 PGA36080CU74AE1 6.0H (LSIG) PJA36025CU74AE1 PJA36040CU74AE1 PJA36060CU74AE1 PJA36080CU74AE1 3P PKA36025CU74AE1 PKA36040CU74AE1 PKA36060CU74AE1 PKA36080CU74AE1 PLA34025CU74AE1 PLA34040CU74AE1 PLA34060CU74AE1 PLA34080CU74AE1 1 The L interrupting rating at 600 Vac is 25 kA. 2 No suffix is for ABC phasing (standard offer), or use 6 for CBA phasing (option). 3 Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications. Table 47: P-Frame Termination Options F = No Lugs (Includes terminal nut kit on both ends) L = Lugs both ends M = Lugs I/ON end, terminal nut kit O/OFF end P = Lugs O/OFF end, terminal nut kit I/ON end D = Drawout A = I-Line For factory-installed termination, place termination letter in the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number. Table 48: Voltage P-Frame Interrupting Rating G J K L 240 Vac 65 kA 100 kA 65 kA 125 kA 480 Vac 35 kA 65 kA 50 kA 100 kA 600 Vac 18 kA 25 kA 50 kA 25 kA PGL36040U41A Termination Letter P-Frame Interrupting Ratings 76 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 5—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers Continuous Current Rating All circuit breakers marked as 100% rated can be continuously loaded to 100% of their rating. Because of additional heat generated when applying circuit breakers at 100% of continuous current rating, the use of specially-designed enclosures and 90°C (194°F) wire is required. The 90°C (194°F) wire must be sized according to the ampacity of the 75°C (167°F) wire column in the NEC. Minimum enclosure size and ventilation specifications are indicated on the circuit breaker and in it’s instruction bulletin and in Table 5 on page 11. Circuit breakers with 100% rating can also be used in applications requiring only 80% continuous loading. Interrupting Ratings Table 49: Interrupting Ratings Ampere Rating (A) Interrupting Ratings IEC 60947-2 Mounting Circuit Basic Breaker Electronic Trip Units UL/CSA/NMX Micrologic ™ Trip Units PG Individually- PJ Mounted PK I-Line™ 250, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200 380/415 Vac 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac Icu Ics Icu Ics 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA 50 kA 25 kA 35 kA 20 kA 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 65 kA 35 kA 50 kA 25 kA 65 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 25 kA 50 kA 25 kA PL 125 kA 100 kA 25 kA1 125 kA 65 kA 85 kA 45kA PG 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA 50 kA 25 kA 35 kA 20 kA PJ PK PL 1 600, 800, 1000, 1200 240 Vac 600, 800, 1000, 1200 250, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 65 kA 35 kA 50 kA 25 kA 65 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 25 kA 50 kA 25 kA 125 kA 100 kA 25 kA1 125 kA 65 kA 85 kA 45 kA Non-standard AIR. 77 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 5—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers Automatic Molded Case Switches1 Automatic molded case switches are available in individually-mounted and I-Line constructions from 600–1200 A. Automatic switches are similar in construction to electronic trip circuit breakers except that long-time tripping is not present. The switches open instantaneously at a non-adjustable magnetic trip point calibrated to protect only the molded case switch itself. They must be used in conjunction with a circuit breaker or fuse of equivalent rating. Table 50: Automatic Switch Information Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating PJ 2P1, 3P 1000 Withstand Rating Voltage Rating Catalog Number 600 600 Vac PJL36000S60 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 10 kA 800 600 Vac PJL36000S80 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 10 kA 600 Vac PJL36000S10 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 10 kA 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac Trip Point (±10%) 1200 600 Vac PJL36000S12 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 10 kA 600 600 Vac PKL36000S60 65 kA 50 kA 50 kA 24 kA PK 800 600 Vac PKL36000S80 65 kA 50 kA 50 kA 24 kA 2P, 3P, 4P2 1000 600 Vac PKL36000S10 65 kA 50 kA 50 kA 24 kA 1200 600 Vac PKL36000S12 65 kA 50 kA 50 kA 24 kA 600 480 Vac PLL34000S60 125 kA 100 kA — 10 kA PL 800 480 Vac PLL34000S80 125 kA 100 kA — 10 kA 2P, 3P 1000 480 Vac PLL34000S10 125 kA 100 kA — 10 kA 1200 480 Vac PLL34000S12 125 kA 100 kA — 10 kA 1 For 2P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 2 (PJL36000S60 becomes PJL26000S60). Add the suffix 2 for AC phasing (standard offer), or use 5 for CA phasing (option). 2 For 4P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (PKL36000S60 becomes PKL46000S60). 1 Catalog numbers for automatic switches are designated by “000” in positions 7–9 (ampere rating) and S60, S80, S10, or S12 in positions 11–14 (trip system). See Table 10. 78 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 5—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers Motor Circuit Protectors2 Motor circuit protectors are similar in construction to thermal-magnetic circuit breakers, but have only instantaneous trip functions provided by the ET1.0M trip unit. These motor circuit protectors comply with NEC requirements for providing short-circuit protection when installed as part of a listed combination controller having motor overload protection. Interrupting ratings are determined by testing the motor circuit protector in combination with a contactor and overload relay. Motor circuit protectors are available in PJ and PL individually-mounted and I-Line™ construction. According to the NEC, the instantaneous trip of the motor circuit protector may be set to a maximum of 8 to 17 times motor Full Load Amps (FLA), but a setting as close as possible to inrush current (without nuisance tripping) results in the best protection. The instantaneous trip pickup level is adjustable within the ranges shown below. Table 51: Motor Circuit Protector Trip Range Ampere Rating Adjustable Trip Range 600 A 800 A Catalog Number J-Interrupting—600 Vac L-Interrupting—480 Vac 1200–10,000 A PJL36060M68 PLL34060M68 1200–10,000 A PJL36080M68 PLL34080M68 1000 A 1500–10,000 A PJL36100M69 PLL34100M69 1200 A 1800–10,000 A PJL36120M70 PLL34120M70 NOTE: Continuous currents larger than the ampere rating can damage the motor circuit protector. Select motor circuit protectors as follows: 1. Determine motor horsepower (hp) rating from the motor nameplate. The selection table is suitable for motors with locked-rotor indicating code letters per NEC Table 430-7 (b) as follows: Horsepower Motor Code Letters 30–150 A–G 150 or More A–F For other motors contact the field office. 2. Select a motor circuit protector with an ampere rating recommended for the hp and voltage involved. 3. Select an adjustable trip setting of at least 800% but not to exceed 1300% (1700% for highefficiency motors) of the motor full load amperes (FLA). 4. The NEC 1300% maximum setting (1700% for high-efficiency motors) may be inadequate for motor circuit protectors to withstand current surges typical of the magnetization current of autotransformer type reduced voltage starters or open transition wye-delta starters during transfer from “start” to “run,” constant hp multi-speed motors and motors labeled “high efficiency”. 5. Part-winding motors, per NEC 430-3, should have two motor circuit protectors selected from the above at not more than one-half the allowable trip setting for the horsepower rating. The two circuit protectors should operate simultaneously as a disconnecting means per NEC 430-103. 2 Catalog numbers for motor circuit protectors are designated by M68, M69, or M70 in positions 11–14 (trip system). See Table 10. 79 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 5—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers Electrically-Operated Circuit Breakers Electrically-operated P-frame circuit breakers are available in I-Line and unit-mount construction up to 1200 A and are denoted in the catalog number by an “M_” suffix. These come equipped with a twostep stored energy mechanism and come standard with a motor assembly. These are available factory-installed only. Motor assemblies provide on and off control from remote locations. The assemblies contain a springcharging motor (MCH), a shunt trip (MX) and a shunt close (XF) and are available in standard or communicating versions. An SDE overcurrent trip switch is also included for trip indication. When remote indication of the circuit breaker status is required, use of a circuit breaker with an OF auxiliary switch for on-off indication. See Table 75 on page 106 for details. Table 52: Motors Assembly Voltage Ratings (Vn) Voltage Type Voltage Ratings (Vn) Vac 50/60 Hz 48, 100–130, 220–240, 380–415 Vdc 24–30, 48–60, 110–130, 200–250 Termination Information Unit-mount circuit breakers and switches have mechanical lugs standard on both ends. I-Line circuit breakers have lugs standard on the O/OFF end. These lugs accept aluminum or copper wire. Manually-operated P-frame circuit breakers are also available in drawout construction. See Table 92 on page 115 for more lug options. Control Wiring Control wiring for unit-mount and I-Line construction is connected to terminals located under the circuit breaker accessory cover. Control wiring for drawout construction is connected to terminals located on the cradle. 80 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 5—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers Tripped 92 94 32 34 A 82 84 D2 C2 Z3 Z4 Z5 Z1 Z2 VN V1 V2 V3 Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Z5 Fault Closed Downstream Open Upstream N A B C Alarm Contacts Remote Operation Trip Unit 12 14 Power Accessory Control Wiring Diagrams for Manually-Operated Circuit Breakers 22 24 Figure 7: MX MN OF3 OF2 OF1 SDE SD Trip Unit or 91 81 11 21 31 C1 D 24 V NOTE: All diagrams show circuit breaker in open position. T1 T2 T3 T4 C D1 F2+ T1/M3 T2 T3 T4/F1- M1 M2 B A–Do not remove factory-installed jumpers between Z3, Z4 and Z5 unless ZSI is connected. B–Do not remove factory-installed jumper between T1 and T2 unless neutral CT is connected. Do not install jumper between T3 and T4. C–For proper wiring of neutral CT, refer to Instruction Bulletin 48041-082-01 shipped with it. D–24 Vdc power supply for trip unit must be separate and isolated from 24 Vdc power supply for communication modules. Trip Unit Type E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 24 Vdc - + M1 M2 M3 F1 F2 Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Z5 T1 T2 T3 T4 MN/MX OF1 D1/C1 C3 OF2 11 12 14 Basic A P H Connector Description — Circuit breaker communication module • • • Com: E1-E6 E1 = +24 Vdc 21 22 24 E2 = Common D2/C2 VN OF3 SD E3 = A/Tx- D0 31 32 34 E4 = B/Tx+ D1 E5 = A/Rx- D0 91 92 94 E6 = B/Rx+ D1 — • • • Z V1 Z2 = ZSI OUT V2 V3 Zone-selective interlocking (ZSI) Z1 = ZSI OUT signal Z3 = ZSI IN signal 81 Z4 = ZSI IN short-time delay 82 Z5 = ZSI IN ground fault 84 SDE — • • • T External neutral sensor 24 Vdc external power supply Connector Recommended Wire Size — • • • F V1, V2, V3, Vn 22–16 AWG (0.3–1.5 mm2) 22 AWG (0.3 mm2) MIN shielded pair cable or twisted pair copper wires — — • • Vn1 External neutral voltage takeoff — — • • V1, V2, V3 External phase voltage takeoff T 22 AWG (0.3 mm2) stranded shielded cable — — • • M6C2: Q1, Q2, Q3 6 programmable contacts 24 Vdc external power supply required M Function E1–E2 Connector Description OF, SD, SDE Refer to MDGF instructions 22 AWG (0.3 mm2) shielded twisted pairs with drain (Belden 8723 or equal)3 18–16 AWG (0.8–1.5 mm2) SD Open/Closed circuit breaker or switch position contacts Bell alarm MN, MX 18–14 AWG (0.8–2.5 mm2) SDE Electrical fault alarm contact F Size per aux 24 Vdc power supply MN Undervoltage trip device Z1–Z5 22–18 AWG (0.3–0.8 mm2) MX Shunt trip E3–E6, Q1, Q2, Q3 1 Neutral voltage supplied with flying leads. 2 Optional M6C programmable contacts are supplied with flying leads. OF Auxiliary Contacts Remote Operation 81 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 5—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers Accessory Control Wiring Diagrams for Electrically-operated Circuit Breakers Z3 Z4 Z5 Z1 Z2 Close 82 84 B4 Motor Mechanism Module MX MN A2 A4 A 32 34 C2 D2 VN V1 V2 V3 Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Z5 Open Fault Downstream Closed Alarm Contacts Open Upstream N A B C Remote Operation 12 14 Trip Unit 22 24 Figure 8: Power OF3 Trip Unit OF2 OF1 SDE E or T1 T2 T3 T4 81 11 21 31 D A1 24 V C C1 D1 F2+ T1/M3 T2 T3 T4/F1- M1 M2 B NOTE: All diagrams show circuit breaker in open position. A–Do not remove factory-installed jumpers between Z3, Z4 and Z5 unless ZSI is connected. B–Do not remove factory-installed jumper between T1 and T2 unless neutral CT is connected. Do not install jumper between T3 and T4. C–For proper wiring of neutral CT, refer to Instruction Bulletin 48041-082-01 shipped with it. D–24 Vdc power supply for trip unit must be separate and isolated from 24 Vdc power supply for communication modules. E–Motor mechanism includes opening and closing coils. Trip Unit Type E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 24 Vdc - + M1 M2 M3 F1 F2 Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Z5 T1 T2 T3 T4 MN/MX Basic A P H Connector Description – • • Com: E1-E6 Circuit breaker communication module • D1/C1 E1 = +24 Vdc D2/C2 E2 = Common E3 = A/Tx- D0 VN, V1, V2, V3 E4 = B/Tx+ D1 E5 = A/Rx- D0 SDE OF3 OF2 OF1 81 31 21 11 82 32 22 12 84 34 24 14 E6 = B/Rx+ D1 – • • • Z Zone-selective interlocking (ZSI) Z1 = ZSI OUT signal Z2 = ZSI OUT Z3 = ZSI IN signal Z4 = ZSI IN short-time delay Z5 = ZSI IN ground fault B4 A4 A2 A1 – • • • T External neutral sensor – • • • F 24 Vdc external power supply External voltage takeoff – – • • Vn1 – – • • V1, V2, V31 External phase voltage takeoff • M6C1: Q1, Q2, Q3 6 programmable contacts 24 Vdc external power supply required Connector Recommended Wire Size E1–E2 22 AWG (0.3 mm2) MIN shielded pair cable or twisted pair copper wires – V1, V2, V3, Vn 22–16 AWG (0.3–1.5 mm2) Function T 22 AWG (0.3 mm2) M OF, SD, SDE 18–16 AWG (0.8–1.5 mm2) MN, MX 18–14 AWG (0.8–2.5 mm2) F Size per aux 24 Vdc power supply Z1–Z5 22–18 AWG (0.3–0.8 mm2) 1 • Connector Description stranded shielded cable mm2) 22 AWG (0.3 shielded twisted pairs with drain (Belden 8723 or equal)3 Refer to MDGF instructions E3–E6, Q1, Q2, Q3 – OF Open/Closed circuit breaker or switch position contacts SDE Electrical fault alarm contact Auxiliary Contacts Remote Operation Motor Mech Module MN Undervoltage trip device MX Shunt trip A4 Electrical opening A2 Electrical closing B4, A1 Power supply for control devices and gear motor Optional M6C and external voltage takeoff are supplied with flying leads. 82 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 6—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers Section 6—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers Performance Providing unparalleled performance and control, the R-frame circuit breakers features the exclusive Micrologic electronic trip units, which allow for a range of sophisticated applications for metering and monitoring. In addition, trip units can be interchanged in the field to allow for maximum flexibility. The compact size and smaller footprint of the R-frame circuit breaker permits higher density installations using I-Line panelboards and switchboards. These circuit breakers are available in 100% rated construction up to 3000 A to meet a broad range of commercial and industrial application needs. • Both standard and 100% rated construction circuit breakers are available in 3000 A with a sensor size range of 600–3000 A. • Interrupting ratings (AIR): R-Frame Unit-Mount Voltage G J K L 240 Vac 65 kA 100 kA 65 kA 125 kA 480 Vac 35 kA 65 kA 65 kA 100 kA 600 Vac 18 kA 25 kA 65 kA 50 kA • The K interrupting rating is recommended for applications having high inrush and/or non-linear loads such as large motors, transformers, motors with soft starts, etc. • Compact circuit breaker size allows for smaller footprint installations using I-Line panelboards and switchboards. Fifteen-inch width provides increased density installation. • • Most field-installable accessories are common to all frame sizes for easier stocking and installation • • Compatible with Powerlogic systems and high amperage power circuit breakers. • Connection options include bus, cable or I-Line for installation flexibility. R-Frame I-Line Selection of four interchangeable Micrologic trip units available, with Powerlogic power metering and monitoring capabilities available in advanced trip units. Built-in Modbus protocol provides an open communications platform and eliminates the need to purchase additional, proprietary network solutions. 83 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 6—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers Catalog Numbers Table 53: UL/IEC Rated, Unit-Mount, Manually-Operated, Standard-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with Basic Electronic Trip and Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units—600A to 1200A Circuit Breaker Catalog Number Trip Unit Type Current Rating (Sensor Rating) 600 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A Basic Electronic Trip Unit Not interchangeable ET1.0I 2P1, 3P Fixed Long-time RGF36060 RGF36080 RGF36100 RGF36120 RJF36060 RJF36080 RJF36100 RJF36120 RKF36060 RKF36080 RKF36100 RKF36120 RLF36060 RLF36080 RLF36100 RLF36120 RGF36120U31A Micrologic Interchangeable Standard Trip Unit 3.0 (LI) 3P, 4P2 5.0 (LSI) 3P, 4P2 RGF36060U31A RGF36080U31A RGF36100U31A RJF36060U31A RJF36080U31A RJF36100U31A RJF36120U31A RKF36060U31A RKF36080U31A RKF36100U31A RKF36120U31A RLF36060U31A RLF36080U31A RLF36100U31A RLF36120U31A RGF36060U33A RGF36080U33A RGF36100U33A RGF36120U33A RJF36060U33A RJF36080U33A RJF36100U33A RJF36120U33A RKF36060U33A RKF36080U33A RKF36100U33A RKF36120U33A RLF36060U33A RLF36080U33A RLF36100U33A RLF36120U33A RGF36120U41A Micrologic Interchangeable Ammeter Trip Unit3 RGF36060U41A RGF36080U41A RGF36100U41A RJF36060U41A RJF36080U41A RJF36100U41A RJF36120U41A RKF36060U41A RKF36080U41A RKF36100U41A RKF36120U41A RLF36060U41A RLF36080U41A RLF36100U41A RLF36120U41A RGF36060U43A RGF36080U43A RGF36100U43A RGF36120U43A RJF36060U43A RJF36080U43A RJF36100U43A RJF36120U43A RKF36060U43A RKF36080U43A RKF36100U43A RKF36120U43A RLF36060U43A RLF36080U43A RLF36100U43A RLF36120U43A RGF36060U44A RGF36080U44A RGF36100U44A RGF36120U44A 6.0A (LSIG) RJF36060U44A RJF36080U44A RJF36100U44A RJF36120U44A 3P, 4P2 RKF36060U44A RKF36080U44A RKF36100U44A RKF36120U44A RLF36060U44A RLF36080U44A RLF36100U44A RLF36120U44A 3.0A (LI) 3P, 4P2 5.0A (LSI) 3P, 4P2 Micrologic Interchangeable Power Trip Unit with Modbus® Communications RGF36060U63AE1 RGF36080U63AE1 RGF36100U63AE1 RJF36060U63AE1 RJF36080U63AE1 RJF36100U63AE1 RJF36120U63AE1 RKF36060U63AE1 RKF36080U63AE1 RKF36100U63AE1 RKF36120U63AE1 RLF36060U63AE1 RLF36080U63AE1 RLF36100U63AE1 RLF36120U63AE1 RGF36060U64AE1 RGF36080U64AE1 RGF36100U64AE1 RGF36120U64AE1 6.0P (LSIG) RJF36060U64AE1 RJF36080U64AE1 RJF36100U64AE1 RJF36120U64AE1 3P, 4P2 RKF36060U64AE1 RKF36080U64AE1 RKF36100U64AE1 RKF36120U64AE1 RLF36060U64AE1 RLF36080U64AE1 RLF36100U64AE1 RLF36120U64AE1 5.0P (LSI) 3P, 4P2 RGF36120U63AE1 Micrologic Interchangeable Harmonic Trip Unit with Modbus Communications RGF36060U73AE1 RGF36080U73AE1 RGF36100U73AE1 RJF36060U73AE1 RJF36080U73AE1 RJF36100U73AE1 RJF36120U73AE1 RKF36060U73AE1 RKF36080U73AE1 RKF36100U73AE1 RKF36120U73AE1 RLF36060U73AE1 RLF36080U73AE1 RLF36100U73AE1 RLF36120U73AE1 RGF36060U74AE1 RGF36080U74AE1 RGF36100U74AE1 RGF36120U74AE1 6.0H (LSIG) RJF36060U74AE1 RJF36080U74AE1 RJF36100U74AE1 RJF36120U74AE1 3P, 4P2 RKF36060U74AE1 RKF36080U74AE1 RKF36100U74AE1 RKF36120U74AE1 RLF36060U74AE1 RLF36080U74AE1 RLF36100U74AE1 RLF36120U74AE1 5.0H (LSI) 3P, 4P2 RGF36120U73AE1 1 For 2P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 2 (RGF36060 becomes RGF26060.) 2 For 4P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (RPF36060U31A becomes RGF46060U31A). 3 Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications. 84 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 6—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers Table 54: UL/IEC Rated, Unit-Mount, Manually-Operated, Standard-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with Basic Electronic Trip and Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units—1600A to 3000A Circuit Breaker Catalog Number Trip Unit Type Current Rating (Sensor Rating) 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3000 A Basic Electronic Trip Unit Not interchangeable ET1.0I 2P1, 3P Fixed Long-time RGF36160 RGF36200 RGF36250 — RJF36160 RJF36200 RJF36250 — RKF36160 RKF36200 RKF36250 — RLF36160 RLF36200 RLF36250 — Micrologic Interchangeable Standard Trip Unit 3.0 (LI) 3P, 4P2 5.0 (LSI) 3P, 4P2 RGF36160U31A RGF36200U31A RGF36250U31A RGF36300U31A RJF36160U31A RJF36200U31A RJF36250U31A RJF36300U31A RKF36160U31A RKF36200U31A RKF36250U31A RKF36300U31A RLF36160U31A RLF36200U31A RLF36250U31A RLF36300U31A RGF36160U33A RGF36200U33A RGF36250U33A RGF36300U33A RJF36160U33A RJF36200U33A RJF36250U33A RJF36300U33A RKF36160U33A RKF36200U33A RKF36250U33A RKF36300U33A RLF36160U33A RLF36200U33A RLF36250U33A RLF36300U33A Micrologic Interchangeable Ammeter Trip Unit3 3.0A (LI) 3P, 4P2 5.0A (LSI) 3P, 4P2 RGF36160U41A RGF36200U41A RGF36250U41A RGF36300U41A RJF36160U41A RJF36200U41A RJF36250U41A RJF36300U41A RKF36160U41A RKF36200U41A RKF36250U41A RKF36300U41A RLF36160U41A RLF36200U41A RLF36250U41A RLF36300U41A RGF36160U43A RGF36200U43A RGF36250U43A RGF36300U43A RJF36160U43A RJF36200U43A RJF36250U43A RJF36300U43A RKF36160U43A RKF36200U43A RKF36250U43A RKF36300U43A RLF36160U43A RLF36200U43A RLF36250U43A RLF36300U43A RGF36160U44A RGF36200U44A RGF36250U44A RGF36300U44A 6.0A (LSIG) RJF36160U44A RJF36200U44A RJF36250U44A RJF36300U44A 3P, 4P2 RKF36160U44A RKF36200U44A RKF36250U44A RKF36300U44A RLF36160U44A RLF36200U44A RLF36250U44A RLF36300U44A Micrologic Interchangeable Power Trip Unit with Modbus® Communications 5.0P (LSI) 3P, 4P2 RGF36160U63AE1 RGF36200U63AE1 RGF36250U63AE1 RGF36300U63AE1 RJF36160U63AE1 RJF36200U63AE1 RJF36250U63AE1 RJF36300U63AE1 RKF36160U63AE1 RKF36200U63AE1 RKF36250U63AE1 RKF36300U63AE1 RLF36160U63AE1 RLF36200U63AE1 RLF36250U63AE1 RLF36300U63AE1 RGF36160U64AE1 RGF36200U64AE1 RGF36250U64AE1 RGF36300U64AE1 6.0P (LSIG) RJF36160U64AE1 RJF36200U64AE1 RJF36250U64AE1 RJF36300U64AE1 3P, 4P2 RKF36160U64AE1 RKF36200U64AE1 RKF36250U64AE1 RKF36300U64AE1 RLF36160U64AE1 RLF36200U64AE1 RLF36250U64AE1 RLF36200U64AE1 Micrologic Interchangeable Harmonic Trip Unit with Modbus Communications RGF36160U73AE1 RGF36200U73AE1 RGF36250U73AE1 RJF36160U73AE1 RJF363200U73AE1 RJF36250U73AE1 RJF36300U73AE1 RKF36160U73AE1 RKF363200U73AE1 RKF36250U73AE1 RKF36300U73AE1 RLF36160U73AE1 RLF36200U73AE1 RLF36250U73AE1 RLF36300U73AE1 RGF36160U74AE1 RGF36200U74AE1 RGF36250U74AE1 RGF36300U74AE1 6.0H (LSIG) RJF36160U74AE1 RJF36200U74AE1 RJF36250U74AE1 RJF36300U74AE1 3P, 4P2 RKF36160U74AE1 RKF36200U74AE1 RKF36250U74AE1 RKF36300U74AE1 RLF36160U74AE1 RLF36200U74AE1 RLF36250U74AE1 RLF36300U74AE1 5.0H (LSI) 3P, 4P2 RGF36300U73AE1 1 For 2P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 2 (RGF36060 becomes RGF26060.) 2 For 4P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (RPF36060U31A becomes RGF46060U31A). 3 Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications. 85 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 6—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers Table 55: Trip Unit Type UL/IEC Rated, Unit-Mount, Manually-Operated, 100%-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units—600 A to 1200 A Circuit Breaker Catalog Number1 Current Rating (Sensor Rating) 600 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A RGF36120CU31A Micrologic Standard Trip Unit Interchangeable, 3P, 4P RGF36060CU31A RGF36080CU31A RGF36100CU31A 3.0 RJF36060CU31A RJF36080CU31A RJF36100CU31A RJF36120CU31A (LI) RKF36060CU31A RKF36080CU31A RKF36100CU31A RKF36120CU31A RLF36060CU31A RLF36080CU31A RLF36100CU31A RLF36120CU31A RGF36060CU33A RGF36080CU33A RGF36100CU33A RGF36120CU33A 5.0 RJF36060CU33A RJF36080CU33A RJF36100CU33A RJF36120CU33A (LSI) RKF36060CU33A RKF36080CU33A RKF36100CU33A RKF36120CU33A RLF36060CU33A RLF36080CU33A RLF36100CU33A RLF36120CU33A RGF36120CU41A Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit2 Interchangeable, 3P, 4P RGF36060CU41A RGF36080CU41A RGF36100CU41A 3.0A RJF36060CU41A RJF36080CU41A RJF36100CU41A RJF36120CU41A (LI) RKF36060CU41A RKF36080CU41A RKF36100CU41A RKF36120CU41A RLF36060CU41A RLF36080CU41A RLF36100CU41A RLF36120CU41A RGF36060CU43A RGF36080CU43A RGF36100CU43A RGF36120CU43A 5.0A RJF36060CU43A RJF36080CU43A RJF36100CU43A RJF36120CU43A (LSI) RKF36060CU43A RKF36080CU43A RKF36100CU43A RKF36120CU43A 6.0A (LSIG) RLF36060CU43A RLF36080CU43A RLF36100CU43A RLF36120CU43A RGF36060CU44A RGF36080CU44A RGF36100CU44A RGF36120CU44A RJF36060CU44A RJF36080CU44A RJF36100CU44A RJF36120CU44A RKF36060CU44A RKF36080CU44A RKF36100CU44A RKF36120CU44A RLF36060CU44A RLF36080CU44A RLF36100CU44A RLF36120CU44A Micrologic Power Trip Unit with Modbus® Communications Interchangeable, 3P, 4P RGF36060CU63AE1 RGF36080CU63AE1 RGF36100CU63AE1 5.0P RJF36060CU63AE1 RJF36080CU63AE1 RJF36100CU63AE1 RJF36120CU63AE1 (LSI) RKF36060CU63AE1 RKF36080CU63AE1 RKF36100CU63AE1 RKF36120CU63AE1 6.0P (LSIG) RGF36120CU63AE1 RLF36060CU63AE1 RLF36080CU63AE1 RLF36100CU63AE1 RLF36120CU63AE1 RGF36060CU64AE1 RGF36080CU64AE1 RGF36100CU64AE1 RGF36120CU64AE1 RJF36060CU64AE1 RJF36080CU64AE1 RJF36100CU64AE1 RJF36120CU64AE1 RKF36060CU64AE1 RKF36080CU64AE1 RKF36100CU64AE1 RKF36120CU64AE1 RLF36060CU64AE1 RLF36080CU64AE1 RLF36100CU64AE1 RLF36120CU64AE1 Micrologic Harmonic Trip Unit with Modbus Communications Interchangeable, 3P, 4P RGF36060CU73AE1 RGF36080CU73AE1 RGF36100CU73AE1 5.0H RJF36060CU73AE1 RJF36080CU73AE1 RJF36100CU73AE1 RJF36120CU73AE1 (LSI) RKF36060CU73AE1 RKF36080CU73AE1 RKF36100CU73AE1 RKF36120CU73AE1 6.0H (LSIG) RGF36120CU73AE1 RLF36060CU73AE1 RLF36080CU73AE1 RLF36100CU73AE1 RLF36120CU73AE1 RGF36060CU74AE1 RGF36080CU74AE1 RGF36100CU74AE1 RGF36120CU74AE1 RJF36060CU74AE1 RJF36080CU74AE1 RJF36100CU74AE1 RJF36120CU74AE1 RKF36060CU74AE1 RKF36080CU74AE1 RKF36100CU74AE1 RKF36120CU74AE1 RLF36060CU74AE1 RLF36080CU74AE1 RLF36100CU74AE1 RLF36120CU74AE1 1 For 4P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (RPF36060CU31A becomes RGF46060CU31A). 2 Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications. 86 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 6—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers Table 56: Trip Unit Type UL/IEC Rated, Unit-Mount, Manually-Operated, 100%-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units—1600 A to 3000 A Circuit Breaker Catalog Number1 Current Rating (Sensor Rating) 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3000 A Micrologic Standard Trip Unit Interchangeable, 3P, 4P RGF36160CU31A RGF36200CU31A RGF36250CU31A RGF36300CU31A 3.0 RJF36160CU31A RJF36200CU31A RJF36250CU31A RJF36300CU31A (LI) RKF36160CU31A RKF36200CU31A RKF36250CU31A RKF36300CU31A RLF36160CU31A RLF36200CU31A RLF36250CU31A RLF36300CU31A RGF36160CU33A RGF36200CU33A RGF36250CU33A RGF36300CU33A 5.0 RJF36160CU33A RJF36200CU33A RJF36250CU33A RJF36300CU33A (LSI) RKF36160CU33A RKF36200CU33A RKF36250CU33A RKF36300CU33A RLF36160CU33A RLF36200CU33A RLF36250CU33A RLF36300CU33A Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit2 Interchangeable, 3P, 4P RGF36160CU41A RGF36200CU41A RGF36250CU41A RGF36300CU41A 3.0A RJF36160CU41A RJF36200CU41A RJF36250CU41A RJF36300CU41A (LI) RKF36160CU41A RKF36200CU41A RKF36250CU41A RKF36300CU41A RLF36160CU41A RLF36200CU41A RLF36250CU41A RLF36300CU41A RGF36160CU43A RGF36200CU43A RGF36250CU43A RGF36300CU43A 5.0A RJF36160CU43A RJF36200CU43A RJF36250CU43A RJF36300CU43A (LSI) RKF36160CU43A RKF36200CU43A RKF36250CU43A RKF36300CU43A RLF36160CU43A RLF36200CU43A RLF36250CU43A RLF36300CU43A RGF36160CU44A RGF36200CU44A RGF36250CU44A RGF36300CU44A RJF36160CU44A RJF36200CU44A RJF36250CU44A RJF36300CU44A RKF36160CU44A RKF36200CU44A RKF36250CU44A RKF36300CU44A RLF36160CU44A RLF36200CU44A RLF36250CU44A RLF36300CU44A 6.0A (LSIG) Micrologic Power Trip Unit with Modbus® Communications Interchangeable, 3P, 4P RGF36160CU63AE1 RGF36200CU63AE1 RGF36250CU63AE1 RGF36300CU63AE1 5.0P RJF36160CU63AE1 RJF36200CU63AE1 RJF36250CU63AE1 RJF36300CU63AE1 (LSI) RKF36160CU63AE1 RKF36200CU63AE1 RKF36250CU63AE1 RKF36300CU63AE1 RLF36160CU63AE1 RLF36200CU63AE1 RLF36250CU63AE1 RLF36300CU63AE1 RGF36160CU64AE1 RGF36200CU64AE1 RGF36250CU64AE1 RGF36300CU64AE1 RJF36160CU64AE1 RJF36200CU64AE1 RJF36250CU64AE1 RJF36300CU64AE1 RKF36160CU64AE1 RKF36200CU64AE1 RKF36250CU64AE1 RKF36300CU64AE1 RLF36160CU64AE1 RLF36200CU64AE1 RLF36250CU64AE1 RLF36300CU64AE1 6.0P (LSIG) Micrologic Harmonic Trip Unit with Modbus Communications Interchangeable, 3P, 4P RGF36160CU73AE1 RGF36200CU73AE1 RGF36250CU73AE1 RGF36300CU73AE1 5.0H RJF36160CU73AE1 RJF36200CU73AE1 RJF36250CU73AE1 RJF36300CU73AE1 (LSI) RKF36160CU73AE1 RKF36200CU73AE1 RKF36250CU73AE1 RKF36300CU73AE1 RLF36160CU73AE1 RLF36200CU73AE1 RLF36250CU73AE1 RLF36300CU73AE1 RGF36160CU74AE1 RGF36200CU74AE1 RGF36250CU74AE1 RGF36300CU74AE1 RJF36160CU74AE1 RJF36200CU74AE1 RJF36250CU74AE1 RJF36300CU74AE1 RKF36160CU74AE1 RKF36200CU74AE1 RKF36250CU74AE1 RKF36300CU74AE1 RLF36160CU74AE1 RLF36200CU74AE1 RLF36250CU74AE1 RLF36300CU74AE1 6.0H (LSIG) 1 For 4P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (RPF36060CU31A becomes RGF46060CU31A). 2 Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications. 87 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 6—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers Table 57: UL/IEC Rated, I-Line, Manually-Operated, 100%-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units Circuit Breaker Catalog Number Trip Unit, Interchangeable Current Rating Type 1000 A 1200 A RGA36100CU31A RGA36120CU31A RJA36100CU31A RJA36120CU31A RKA36100CU31A RKA36120CU31A RLA36100CU31A RLA36120CU31A RGA36100CU33A RGA36120CU33A 3.0 (LI) Micrologic Standard Trip Unit RJA36100CU33A RJA36120CU33A RKA36100CU33A RKA36120CU33A RLA36100CU33A RLA36120CU33A RGA36100CU41A RGA36120CU41A 5.0 (LSI) RJA36100CU41A RJA36120CU41A RKA36100CU41A RKA36120CU41A RLA36100CU41A RLA36120CU41A RGA36100CU43A RGA36120CU43A 3.0A (LI) Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit1 RJA36100CU43A RJA36120CU43A RKA36100CU43A RKA36120CU43A RLA36100CU43A RLA36120CU43A RGA36100CU44A RGA36120CU44A 5.0A (LSI) RJA36100CU44A RJA36120CU44A RKA36100CU44A RKA36120CU44A RLA36100CU44A RLA36120CU44A 6.0A (LSIG) RGA36100CU63AE1 RGA36120CU63AE1 RJA36100CU63AE1 RJA36120CU63AE1 5.0P (LSI) Micrologic Power Trip Unit with Modbus® Communications RKA36100CU63AE1 RKA36120CU63AE1 RLA36100CU63AE1 RLA36120CU63AE1 RGA36100CU64AE1 RGA36120CU64AE1 RJA36100CU64AE1 RJA36120CU64AE1 6.0P (LSIG) RKA36100CU64AE1 RKA36120CU64AE1 RLA36100CU64AE1 RLA36120CU64AE1 RGA36100CU73AE1 RGA36120CU73AE1 RJA36100CU73AE1 RJA36120CU73AE1 5.0H (LSI) Micrologic Harmonic Trip Unit with Modbus Communications RKA36100CU73AE1 RKA36120CU73AE1 RLA36100CU73AE1 RLA36120CU73AE1 RGA36100CU74AE1 RGA36120CU74AE1 RJA36100CU74AE1 RJA36120CU74AE1 6.0H (LSIG) 1 RKA36100CU74AE1 RKA36120CU74AE1 RLA36100CU74AE1 RLA36120CU74AE1 Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications. 88 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 6—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers Interrupting Ratings Table 58: Mounting Interrupting Ratings Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating (A) Interrupting Ratings Basic Micrologic Electronic Trip Units Trip Units UL/CSA/NMX RG Individually- RJ Mounted RK 1200, 1600, 2000, 2500 RL RJ NA RK 240 Vac 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 65 kA 600, 800, 1000, 100 kA 1200, 1600, 2000, 2500, 65 kA 3000 125 kA RG I-Line™ IEC 60947-2 1000, 1200 RL 380/415 Vac Icu Ics Icu Ics 35 kA 18 KA 50 kA 25 kA 35 kA 20 kA 65 kA 25 kA 65 kA 35 kA 50 kA 25 kA 65 kA 65 kA 85 kA 65 kA 70 kA 55 kA 100 kA 50 kA 125 kA 65 kA 85 kA 45 kA 65 kA 35 kA 18 KA 50 kA 25 kA 35 kA 20 kA 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 65 kA 35 kA 50 kA 25 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 85 kA 65 kA 70 kA 55 kA 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA 125 kA 65 kA 85 kA 45 kA Automatic Molded Case Switches Automatic molded case switches are available in unit-mount construction from 1200–3000 A. Automatic switches are similar in construction to electronic trip circuit breakers except that long-time protection is not present. The switches open instantaneously at a non-adjustable magnetic trip point calibrated to protect only the molded case switch itself. They must be used in conjunction with a circuit breaker or fuse of equivalent rating. NOTE: Catalog numbers for automatic switches are designated by “000” in positions 7–9 (ampere rating) and S12, S16, S20, S25, or S30 in positions 11–14 (trip system). See Table 10. Table 59: Circuit Breaker RK 2P1, 3P RL 2P, 3P 1 Automatic Switch Information Withstand Rating Ampere Rating Catalog Number1 1200 1600 Trip Point (±10%) 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac RKF36000S12 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 57 kA RKF36000S16 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 57 kA 2000 RKF36000S20 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 57 kA 2500 RKF36000S25 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 57 kA 3000 RKF36000S30 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 57 kA 1200 RLF36000S12 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA 39 kA 1600 RLF36000S16 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA 39 kA 2000 RLF36000S20 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA 39 kA 2500 RLF36000S25 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA 39 kA 3000 RLF36000S30 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA 39 kA For 2P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 2 (RKP36000S12 becomes RKP26000S12). 89 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 6—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers Termination Information I-Line circuit breakers have lugs standard on the O/OFF end. Unit-mount circuit breakers and switches are equipped for direct bus connection. For certain circuit breaker ratings and to connect cable to R-frame circuit breakers, an RLTB terminal pad kit may be required. Refer to Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings for terminal pad kit dimensions. Table 60: RLTB Terminal Pad Kit Table 61: Terminal Pad Kits for R-Frame Circuit Breakers Terminal Pad Kit R-Frame Circuit Breaker Usage Field-Installable Kits Lugs per 3P (One 4P (One Phase End Only) End Only) 3000 A, 100% Rated Required for Cable or Bus 9 RL3TB1 RL3TB4 3000 A, Standard (80% Rated) Required for Cable or Bus 8 RLTB1 RLTB4 2500 A, 100% Rated Required for Cable or Bus 8 RLTB1 RLTB4 2500 A, Standard (80% Rated) Required for Cable, Optional for Bus 8 RLTB RLTB4 All Other R-Frame Circuit Breakers Required for Cable, Optional for Bus 8 RLTB RLTB4 1 Supplied as standard with the R-frame circuit breaker. For cable connection to RLTB, use AL2500RK lug. See page 115. Continuous Current Rating All circuit breakers marked as 100% rated can be continuously loaded to 100% of their rating. 100%-rated circuit breakers are available in unit-mount construction up to 3000 A and in I-Line construction up to 1200 A. Because of the additional heat generated when applying circuit breakers at 100% of continuous current rating, the use of specially-designed enclosures and 90°C (194°F) wire is required. The 90°C (194°F) wire must be sized according to the ampacity of the 75°C (167°F) wire column in the NEC. Minimum enclosure size and ventilation specifications are indicated on a label on the circuit breaker, in the circuit breaker instruction bulletin and in Table 5 on page 11. Circuit breakers with 100% rating can also be used in applications requiring only 80% continuous loading. Control Wiring Control wiring is connected to terminals located under the circuit breaker accessory cover. 90 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 6—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers A Tripped 92 94 32 34 C2 D2 Z3 Z4 Z5 Z1 Z2 VN V1 V2 V3 Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Z5 Fault Closed Downstream Open Upstream N A B C Alarm Contacts Remote Operation 82 84 Trip Unit 22 24 Power Accessory Control Wiring Diagrams 12 14 Figure 9: MX MN OF3 Trip Unit OF2 OF1 SDE SD 91 81 11 31 T1 T2 T3 T4 21 D1 D 24 V C C1 B F2+ T1/M3 T2 T3 T4/F1- M1 M2 or NOTE: All diagrams show circuit breaker in open position. A–Do not remove factory-installed jumpers between Z3, Z4 and Z5 unless ZSI is connected. B–Do not remove factory-installed jumper between T1 and T2 unless neutral CT is connected. Do not install jumper between T3 and T4. C–For proper wiring of neutral CT, refer to Instruction Bulletin 48041-082-01 shipped with it. D–24 Vdc power supply for trip unit must be separate and isolated from 24 Vdc power supply for communication modules. Trip Unit Type E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 F1 F2 M1M2M3 T1 T2 T3 T4 Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Z5 M6C Vext MN/MX Q3 V1 D1/C1 Q2 V2 C3 Q1 V3 D2/C2 Basic A P H Connector Description — • • • Com: E1-E6 Circuit breaker communication module 1 E1 = +24 Vdc E2 = Common E3 = A/Tx- D0 VN E4 = B/Tx+ D1 E5 = A/Rx- D0 OF1 11 12 14 OF2 E6 = B/Rx+ D1 — • • • Z Zone-selective interlocking Z1 = ZSI OUT signal 21 22 24 Z2 = ZSI OUT OF3 Z3 = ZSI IN signal 31 32 34 Z4 = ZSI IN short-time delay SD Z5 = ZSI IN ground fault 91 92 94 81 82 — • • • T External neutral sensor — • • — • • • M Modified differential ground fault (MDGF) • F 24 Vdc external power supply — — • • Vn2 External neutral voltage takeoff M6C: Q1, Q2, Q3 V1, V2, V3 6 programmable contacts 24 Vdc external power supply required External phase voltage takeoff 84 SDE Connector Recommended Wire Size — — • • V1, V2, V3, Vn 22–16 AWG (0.3–1.5 mm2) 22 AWG (0.3 mm2) MIN shielded pair cable or twisted pair copper wires — — • • E1–E2 Connector Description 22 AWG (0.3 mm2) stranded shielded cable T M Z1–Z5 OF, SD, SDE MN, MX F Refer to MDGF instructions 22–18 AWG (0.3–0.8 mm2) 18–16 AWG (0.8–1.5 mm2) 18–14 AWG (0.8–2.5 mm2) Size per aux 24 Vdc power supply 22 AWG (0.3 mm2) shielded twisted pairs with drain E3–E6, Q1, Q2, Q3 (Belden 8723 or equal)3 1 2 Function OF Auxiliary Contacts Remote Operation SD SDE MN MX Open/Closed circuit breaker or switch position contacts Bell alarm Electrical fault alarm contact Undervoltage trip device Shunt trip C3 terminal is not used. Neutral voltage takeoff supplied as flying lead. 91 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 7—Compact NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers Section 7—Compact NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers Performance The Compact NS630b–NS1600 circuit breakers feature the exclusive Micrologic electronic trip units, which allow for a range of sophisticated applications for metering and monitoring. In addition, trip units can be interchanged in the field to allow for maximum flexibility. The compact size and small footprint of the NS circuit breakers permit higher density installations. These circuit breakers are available in ratings up to 1600 A to meet a broad range of commercial and industrial application needs. • • Circuit breakers are available in 1600 A construction with a sensor size range of 250–1600 A. Interrupting ratings (AIR): Circuit Breaker Compact NS630b–NS1600 Interrupting Rating 220/240 Vac Icu 380/415 Vac 440 Vac 500/525 Vac 660/690 Vac Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics Electrically Operated NS630b–NS1600 N 50 kA 37 kA 50 kA 37 kA 50 kA 37 kA 40 kA 30 kA 30 kA 22 kA NS630b–NS1600 H 70 kA 35 kA 70 kA 35 kA 65 kA 32 kA 50 kA 25 kA 42 kA 21 kA NS630b–NS1000 L 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA 130 kA 130 kA 100 kA 100 kA — — Manually Operated NS630b–NS1600 N 85 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 40 kA 40 kA 30 kA 30 kA NS630b–NS1600 H 85 kA 52 kA 70 kA 52 kA 65 kA 48 kA 50 kA 37 kA 42 kA 31 kA NS630b–NS1000 L 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA 130 kA 130 kA 100 kA 100 kA — — NS630b–NS800 R 200 kA 200 kA 200 kA 200 kA 200 kA 200 kA 100 kA 100 kA 75 kA 75 kA • Compact circuit breaker size allows for smaller footprint installations. Nine inch width provides increased density installation. • • Most field-installable accessories are common to all frame sizes for easier stocking and installation • • Compatible with Powerlogic systems and high amperage power circuit breakers. • • Connection options include bus or cable for installation flexibility. Selection of four interchangeable Micrologic trip units available, with Powerlogic power metering and monitoring capabilities available in advanced trip units. Built-in Modbus protocol provides an open communications platform and eliminates the need to purchase additional, proprietary network solutions. Additional options are available for five-cycle closing, stored energy mechanisms and drawoutmounting. 92 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 7—Compact NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers Drawout Configuration The drawout configuration makes it possible to: • • extract and/or rapidly replace the circuit breaker without having to touch connectors allow for the addition of circuits at a later date Compact NS630b to NS1600 circuit breakers should be installed vertically only. Rear mounting on rails. Mounting on a backplate. Device on mounting plate. Device on rails. 93 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 7—Compact NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers Catalog Numbers Table 62: IEC-Rated, Unit-Mount, Manually-Operated, 3P Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with Micrologic Electronic Trip Units1 Circuit Breaker Trip Unit Current Rating 630 A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A NPNLE36063U32R NPNLE36080U32R NPNLE36100U32R NPNLE36125U32R NPNFE36160U32R 2.0 NPHLE36063U32R NPHLE36080U32R NPHLE36100U32R NPHLE36125U32R NPHFE36160U32R (LS0) NPLLE34063U32R NPLLE34080U32R NPLLE34100U32R — — NPRLE34063U32R NPRLE34080U32R — — — NPNLE36063U33R NPNLE36080U33R NPNLE36100U33R NPNLE36125U33R NPNFE36160U33R 5.0 NPHLE36063U33R NPHLE36080U33R NPHLE36100U33R PHLE36125U33RN NPHFE36160U33R (LSI) NPLLE34063U33R NPLLE34080U33R NPLLE34100U33R — — NPRLE34063U33R NPRLE34080U33R — — — NPNLE36063U42R NPNLE36080U42R NPNLE36100U42R NPNLE36125U42R NPNFE36160U42R 2.0A NPHLE36063U42R NPHLE36080U42R NPHLE36100U42R NPHLE36125U42R NPHFE36160U42R (LS0) NPLLE34063U42R NPLLE34080U42R NPLLE34100U42R — — NPRLE34063U42R NPRLE34080U42R — — — NPNLE36063U43R NPNLE36080U43R NPNLE36100U43R NPNLE36125U43R NPNFE36160U43R 5.0A NPHLE36063U43R NPHLE36080U43R NPHLE36100U43R NPHLE36125U43R NPHFE36160U43R (LSI) NPLLE34063U43R NPLLE34080U43R NPLLE34100U43R — — Micrologic Standard Trip Unit Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit2 6.0A (LSIG) Micrologic Power Trip Unit with Modbus Communications NPRLE34080U43R — — — NPNLE36080U44R NPNLE36100U44R NPNLE36125U44R NPNFE36160U44R NPHLE36063U44R NPHLE36080U44R NPHLE36100U44R NPHLE36125U44R NPHFE36160U44R NPLLE34063U44R NPLLE34080U44R NPLLE34100U44R — — NPRLE34063U44R NPRLE34080U44R — — — NPNLE36063U63RE1 NPNLE36080U63RE1 NPNLE36100U63RE1 NPNLE36125U63RE1 NPNFE36160U63RE1 5.0P NPHLE36063U63RE1 NPHLE36080U63RE1 NPHLE36100U63RE1 NPHLE36125U63RE1 NPHFE36160U63RE1 (LSI) NPLLE34063U63RE1 NPLLE34080U63RE1 NPLLE34100U63RE1 — — NPRLE34063U63RE1 NPRLE34080U63RE1 — — — NPNLE36063U64RE1 NPNLE36080U64RE1 NPNLE36100U64RE1 NPNLE36125U64RE1 NPNFE36160U64RE1 NPHLE36063U64RE1 NPHLE36080U64RE1 NPHLE36100U64RE1 NPHLE36125U64RE1 NPHFE36160U64RE1 NPLLE34063U64RE1 NPLLE34080U64RE1 NPLLE34100U64RE1 — — 6.0P (LSIG) Micrologic Harmonic Trip Unit with Modbus Communications NPRLE34063U43R NPNLE36063U44R NPRLE34063U64RE1 NPRLE34080U64RE1 — — — NPNLE36063U73RE1 NPNLE36080U73RE1 NPNLE36100U73RE1 NPNLE36125U73RE1 NPNFE36160U73RE1 5.0H NPHLE36063U73RE1 NPHLE36080U73RE1 NPHLE36100U73RE1 NPHLE36125U73RE1 NPHFE36160U73RE1 (LSI) NPLLE34063U73RE1 NPLLE34080U73RE1 NPLLE34100U73RE1 — — NPRLE34063U73RE1 NPRLE34080U73RE1 — — — NPNLE36063U74RE1 NPNLE36080U74RE1 NPNLE36100U74RE1 NPNLE36125U74RE1 NPNFE36160U74RE1 NPHLE36063U74RE1 NPHLE36080U74RE1 NPHLE36100U74RE1 NPHLE36125U74RE1 NPHFE36160U74RE1 NPLLE34063U74RE1 NPLLE34080U74RE1 NPLLE34100U74RE1 — — NPRLE34063U74RE1 NPRLE34080U74RE1 — — — 6.0H (LSIG) 1 For 4P, replace the 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (NPNLE35053U43R becomes NPNLE46063U43R). 2 Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications. 94 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 7—Compact NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers Table 63: Compact Non-Automatic Switch Compact Switch-Catalog Number1 NPNLE36000Z63 NPNLE36000Z80 NPNLE36000Z10 NPNLE36000Z12 NPNFE36000Z162 Amperage 630 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A 1600 A Number of Poles 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Front connection X X X X X Toggle Control Manual Direct or extended rotary handle Electric Connections Fixed X X X X X Front connection X Drawout (on cradle) Rear connection X Rear connection X X X X X X X X 630 800 1000 1250 1600 Electrical Characteristics as per IEC 60947-3 Conventional thermal current Ith (A) 60°C Rated insulation voltage (V) Ui 800 800 800 800 800 Rated impulse withstand voltage (V) Uimp 8 8 8 8 8 Rated operation voltage (V) Ue 690 690 690 690 690 440/480 V3 630 800 1000 1250 1600 AC 50/60 Hz 220/240 V 380/415V 500/525 V 660/690 V Short-circuit making capacity Icm (kA peak) 52 52 52 52 52 Short-time withstand current Icw (A 0.5s rms) 20s 19.2 4 19.2 4 19.2 4 19.2 4 19.2 4 Suitability for isolation Durability (C-O cycles) Mechanical Electrical AC X X X X X 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 2000 2000 2000 2000 1000 Positive contact indication X X X X X Pollution degree 3 3 3 3 3 Protections Add-on earth-leakage protection Combination with X Vigirex relay Additional indication and control auxiliaries Indication contacts Voltage releases X MX shunt release X MN undervoltage release X Remote communication by bus Device status indication (communicating auxiliary contacts) X Device remote operation (communicating motor operator) X Installation Accessories Dimensions (mm) WxHxD Weight (kg) Terminal extensions and spreaders X Terminal shields and interphase barriers X Escutcheons X Fixed Fixed 3P 327 x 210 x 147 4P 327 x 280 x 147 3P 14 4P 18 1 Installation standards require upstream protection. 2 Not available on 1600 A circuit breaker with “L” termination. 3 Suitable for 480 V NEMA. 95 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 7—Compact NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers Interrupting Ratings See page 92. Electrically-Operated Circuit Breakers Electrically-operated NS630b–NS1600 circuit breakers are available in unit-mount construction up to 1600 A and are denoted in the catalog number by an “M_” suffix. These come equipped with a twostep stored energy mechanism and come standard with a motor assembly. Motor assemblies provide on and off control from remote locations. The assemblies contain a springcharging motor (MCH), a shunt trip (MX) and a shunt close (XF) and are available in standard or communicating versions. An SDE overcurrent trip switch is also included for trip indication. When remote indication of the circuit breaker status is required, use of a circuit breaker with an OF auxiliary switch (for on-off indication). Table 64: Motor Assembly Voltage Ratings (Vn) Voltage Type Voltage Ratings (Vn) Vac 50/60 Hz 48, 100–130, 220–240, 380–415 Vdc 24–30, 48–60, 100–130, 200–250 For catalog numbers, see Table 76 on page 106. Automatic Molded Case Switches Automatic molded case switches are available in unit-mount constructions from 630–1600 A. Automatic switches are similar in construction to electronic trip circuit breakers except that long-time protection is not present. The switches open instantaneously at a non-adjustable magnetic trip point calibrated to protect only the molded case switch itself. They must be used in conjunction with a circuit breaker or fuse of equivalent rating. Termination Information Unit-mount circuit breakers and switches have mechanical lugs standard on both ends. These lugs accept aluminum or copper wire. Manually operated circuit breakers are also available in drawout construction. Other terminations are available as accessories for non-standard applications. See Table 92 on page 115 for more lug options. Accessories Accessories are available either factory-installed or field-installable. They can be installed in accessory compartments behind the circuit breaker accessory cover. See Table 68 on page 101 for available accessories. Control Wiring Control wiring is connected to terminals located under the circuit breaker accessory cover. Accessory Control Wiring Diagrams for Manually-Operated Circuit Breakers See Figure 7 on page 81. (Same as PowerPact P-frame circuit breaker.) Accessory Control Wiring Diagrams for Electrically-Operated Circuit Breakers See Figure 8 on page 82. (Same as PowerPact P-frame circuit breaker.) 96 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 8—Compact NS1600b–NS3200 Circuit Breaker Section 8—Compact NS1600b–NS3200 Circuit Breaker Performance The Compact NS1600b–NS3200 circuit breakers feature the exclusive Micrologic electronic trip units, which allow for a range of sophisticated applications for metering and monitoring. In addition, trip units can be interchanged in the field to allow for maximum flexibility. The compact size and smaller footprint of the NS circuit breaker permits higher density installations. These circuit breakers are available in up to 3200 A construction to meet a broad range of commercial and industrial application needs. • • Circuit breakers are available in 3200 A construction with a sensor size range of 600–3200 A. Interrupting ratings (AIR): Compact NS1600b–NS3200 220/240 Vac 380/415 Vac Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu N 85 kA 65 kA 70 kA 52 kA H 125 kA 94 kA 85 kA 64 kA Interrupting Rating 440 Vac 500/525 Vac 660/690 Vac Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 85 kA 64 kA — — — — • The N interrupting rating is recommended for applications having high inrush and/or non-linear loads such as large motors, transformers, motors with soft starts, etc. • Compact circuit breaker size allows for smaller footprint installations. Fifteen-inch width provides increased density installation. • • Most field-installable accessories are common to all frame sizes for easier stocking and installation • • Compatible with Powerlogic systems and high amperage power circuit breakers. • Connection options include bus or cable for installation flexibility. Selection of four interchangeable Micrologic trip units available, with Powerlogic power metering and monitoring capabilities available in advanced trip units. Built-in Modbus protocol provides an open communications platform and eliminates the need to purchase additional, proprietary network solutions. 97 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 8—Compact NS1600b–NS3200 Circuit Breaker Catalog Numbers Table 65: IEC-Rated, Unit-Mount, Manually-Operated, 3P Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with Micrologic Electronic Trip Units Circuit Breaker Current Rating1 Trip Unit Micrologic Standard Trip Unit Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit2 Micrologic Power Trip Unit with Modbus Communications 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3200 A 2.0 (LS0) NRNFE36160U32R NRNFE36200U32R NRNFE36250U32R NRNFE36320U32R NRHFE36160U32R NRHFE36200U32R NRHFE36250U32R NRHFE36320U32R 5.0 (LSI) NRNFE36160U33R NRNFE36200U33R NRNFE36250U33R NRNFE36320U33R NRHFE36160U33R NRHFE36200U33R NRHFE36250U33R NRHFE36320U33R 2.0A (LS0) NRNFE36160U42R NRNFE36200U42R NRNFE36250U42R NRNFE36320U42R NRHFE36160U42R NRHFE36200U42R NRHFE36250U42R NRHFE36320U42R 5.0A (LSI) NRNFE36160U43R NRNFE36200U43R NRNFE36250U43R NRNFE36320U43R NRHFE36160U43R NRHFE36200U43R NRHFE36250U43R NRHFE36320U43R 6.0A (LSIG) NRNFE36160U44R NRNFE36200U44R NRNFE36250U44R NRNFE36320U44R NRHFE36160U44R NRHFE36200U44R NRHLFE36250U44R NRHFE36320U44R 5.0P (LSI) NRNFE36160U63RE1 NRNFE36200U63RE1 NRNFE36250U63RE1 NRNFE36320U63RE1 NRHFE36160U63RE1 NRHFE36200U63RE1 NRHFE36250U63RE1 NRHFE36320U63RE1 6.0P (LSIG) NRNFE36160U64RE1 NRNFE36200U64RE1 NRNFE36250U64RE1 NRNFE36320U64RE1 NRHFE36160U64RE1 NRHFE36200U64RE1 NRHFE36250U64RE1 NRHFE36320U64RE1 1 For 4P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (NRHFE36200U74RE1 becomes NRHFE46200U74RE1). 2 Add E1 suffix for Modbus Communications. Interrupting Ratings See page 97. Automatic Molded Case Switches Automatic molded case switches are available in unit-mount constructions from 1600–3200 A. Automatic switches are similar in construction to electronic trip circuit breakers except that long-time protection is not present. The switches open instantaneously at a non-adjustable magnetic trip point calibrated to protect only the molded case switch itself. They must be used in conjunction with a circuit breaker or fuse of equivalent rating. Table 66: Automatic Switch Information Ampere Rating Icw Trip Point 1600 32 kA 57 kA 2000 32 kA 57 kA 2500 32 kA 57 kA 3200 32 kA 57 kA 98 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 8—Compact NS1600b–NS3200 Circuit Breaker Termination Information NS1600b–NS3200 circuit breakers and switches are equipped for bus connection only. For certain amperages, an RLTBE terminal pad kit may be required. (Same kit as the PowerPact R-frame circuit breaker.) Refer to Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings for terminal pad kit dimensions. Table 67: Terminal Pad Kits for Compact NS1600b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Terminal Pad Kit (One End Only) Circuit Breaker Usage 3P Kit 4P Kit 3200 A Required Provided Provided All Other Circuit Breakers Optional RLTBE RLTBE4 Accessories Accessories are available either factory-installed or field-installable. They can be installed in accessory compartments behind the circuit breaker accessory cover. (Same accessories as the R-frame circuit breaker.) Control Wiring Control wiring is connected to terminals located under the circuit breaker accessory cover. Accessory Control Wiring Diagrams Refer to Wiring Diagrams on page 91. (Same as the R-frame circuit breaker.) 99 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 9—Accessories Section 9—Accessories Accessories M-frame, P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 circuit breakers can be used with a variety of internal and external accessories to increase application versatility and meet the demands of modern electrical distribution systems. Circuit breaker internal accessories are available either factory installed or field installable. They can be installed in accessory compartments behind the circuit breaker accessory cover. Factory-Installed Accessories Factory-installed accessories are internally mounted by the factory. Accessories only available factory installed cannot be removed or repaired in the field. Order factory-installed accessories by adding the correct two-letter suffix to the standard circuit breaker catalog number. To build a catalog number, refer to the product selector or contact a field office. Field-Installable Accessories Field-installable accessories can be installed or replaced in the field without affecting the circuit breaker ratings. Field-installable accessories are shipped separately from the circuit breakers. Install and wire field-installable accessories according to the instructions supplied with the circuit breaker and particular accessory. Order field-installable accessories by the catalog number found in the Schneider Electric Digest. 100 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 9—Accessories Table 68: Field/Factory-Installed Accessories P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Accessory M-Frame Manually-Operated Circuit Breakers Manually-Operated Circuit Breakers ElectricallyOperated Circuit Breakers Field Factory Field Factory Field Factory Installable Installed Installable Installed Installable Installed R-Frame and NS1600b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Page No. Field Factory Installable Installed Shunt Trip (MX) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 102 Undervoltage Trip (MN) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 103 Adjustable Time Delay Module for Undervoltage Trip Y N Y N Y N Y N 104 Auxiliary Switch (OF) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 104 Alarm Switch (SD) Y Y Y Y N/A N/A Y Y 104 Overcurrent Trip Switch (SDE) N N Y Y Y Y Y Y 104 Spring-Charging Motor N/A NA N/A N/A Y Y N/A N/A 106 Trip Unit Replacement Covers N N Y N Y N Y N 107 Neutral Current Transformer N N/A Y N Y N Y N 108 Ground-Fault Interface Module N N/A Y Y Y Y Y Y 108 External Sensor for SGR or MDGF Protection N N/A Y Y Y Y Y Y 108 Sensor Plugs N N Y Y Y Y Y Y 109 Rating Plugs N N Y Y Y Y Y Y 109 M2C and M6C Programmable Contacts N/A N/A Y Y Y Y Y Y 110 Circuit Breaker Communication Module N/A N/A Y Y Y Y Y Y 110 Restraint Interface Module N/A N/A Y N Y N Y N 112 External Power Supply Module N N/A Y Y Y Y Y Y 112 External Battery Backup Module N N/A Y Y Y Y Y Y 112 Hand-Held Test Kit N N/A Y Y Y Y Y Y 113 Full-Function Test Kit Y N/A Y Y Y Y Y Y 113 Mechanical Lug Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 114 Compression Lug Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 114 Terminal Pad Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 114 I-Line Jaws Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 114 Power Distribution Connectors Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 115 Control Wire Terminations Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 115 Phase Barriers Y N Y N Y N Y N 117 Electric Joint Compound Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 117 Door-Mounted Operating Mechanism Y Y Y Y Y Y N/A N/A 117 Rotary Handle N/A N/A N Y N/A N/A N/A N/A 118 Replacement Handles Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 118 Long Handle Extension Y Y Y Y N/A N/A N/A N/A 118 Accessory Cover Door Escutcheons Y N Y N Y N Y N 118 Padlock Attachment Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 118 Keylock N Y N Y N Y N Y 118 Keylock Provision N Y N Y N Y N Y 118 Sub-Feed Lugs Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 119 Y = Yes N = No N/A = Not Available 101 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 9—Accessories Electrical Accessories Maximum Wire Length Maximum Wire Length—The inrush currents for these devices are approximately 200 VA. When low supply voltages (12, 24 or 48 V) are used, the maximum allowable wire length is dependent on the voltage and the wire size. Table 69: Maximum Wire Length1 Source Voltage Percent of Source Voltage Device 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 14 AWG (2.08 mm2) 16 AWG (1.31 mm2) 14 AWG (2.08 mm2) 16 AWG (1.31 mm2) 14 AWG (2.08 mm2) 16 AWG (1.31 mm2) 100% — — 159 ft (48.5 m) 100 ft (30.5 m) 765 ft (233.2 m) 472 ft (143.9 m) 85% — — 44 ft (13.4 m) 29 ft (8.8 m) 205 ft (62.5 m) 129 ft (39.3 m) 100% 57 ft (17.4 m) 34 ft (10.4 m) 314 ft (95.7 m) 200 ft (61.0 m) 1503 ft (457.8 m) 944 ft (287.7 m) 85% 27 ft (8.2 m) 17 ft (5.2 m) 205 ft (62.5 m) 126 ft (38.4 m) 957 ft (291.7 m) 601 ft (183.2 m) Wire Size UVR (MN) Shunt Trip (MX) and Shunt Close (XF) 1 48 Vdc The length shown in the table is for each of the two supply wires. Shunt Trip (MX1) and Shunt Close (XF) Shunt Trip (MX1): When energized, the shunt trip instantaneously opens the circuit breaker. The shunt trip may be energized continuously or intermittently. Shunt Close (XF): Remotely closes the circuit breaker if the spring mechanism is charged. The shunt close may be energized continuously or intermittently.This accessory is for electrically-operated P-frame circuit breaker only. Communication versions of the MX1 and XF are available for direct connection via the circuit breaker communication module (BCM). Table 70: Shunt Trip (MX1) and Shunt Close (XF) Shunt Trip and Shunt Close Characteristics Characteristics MX1 Vac 50/60 Hz Voltage Ratings (Vn) Vdc Operating Threshold Power Consumption (VA or W) 0.7 to 1.1 Vn Steady-State/Inrush XF Min Max 24 Vac 17 Vac 26 Vac 48 Vac 34 Vac 52 Vac 120 Vac 60 Vac 132 Vac 240 Vac 168 Vac 264 Vac 277 Vac 194 Vac 304 Vac 380 Vac 266 Vac 418 Vac 480 Vac 336 Vac 528 Vac 12 Vdc 8 Vdc 13 Vdc 24 Vdc 17 Vdc 26 Vdc 48 Vdc 34 Vdc 52 Vdc 125 Vdc 88 Vdc 137 Vdc 250 Vdc 175 Vdc 275 Vdc 0.85 to 1.1 Vn 4.5/200 70 ms ±10 (NW ≤ 4000 A) Circuit Breaker Response Time at Vn1 50 ms ±10 80 ms ±10 (NW > 4000 A) 55 ms (NT) 1 Shunt trip (MX1) and shunt close (XF) circuits must be energized for minimum of 200 ms. 102 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 9—Accessories Undervoltage Trip (MN) This function opens the circuit breaker via an electrical order. It is made up of: • • • Instantaneous trip Fixed undervoltage trip (time delayed) or, Adjustable undervoltage trip (time delayed) As shown in the wiring diagram for the remote tripping function below, the delay unit (installed outside the circuit breaker) may be disabled by an emergency off button to obtain non-delayed opening of the circuit breaker. Undervoltage Trip (MN) The undervoltage trip (MN) instantaneously opens the circuit breaker when its supply voltage drops to a value between 35% and 70% of its rated voltage. If the undervoltage trip is not energized, it is impossible to close the circuit breaker, either manually or electrically. An attempt to close the circuit breaker produces no movement of the main contacts. Closing is allowed when the supply voltage of the undervoltage trip reaches 85% of rated voltage. Table 71: Undervoltage Trip Characteristics Characteristics MN 24 Vac 48 Vac 120 Vac Vac 240 Vac 50/60 Hz 277 Vac 380 Vac Voltage Ratings (Vn) 480 Vac 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc Vdc 125 Vdc 250 Vdc Power Consumption (VA or W) Constant/Inrush 4.5/200 Opening 0.35 to 0.70 Vn Closing 0.35 Vn Operating Threshold Circuit Breaker Response Time at Vn Figure 10: Wire Diagram for the Remote Tripping Function Opening Order Opening Order C12 MX2 90 ms ±5 or Delayed Opening Order D2 Delayed Unit MN Instantaneous Opening Order MN C1 1 D1 10 12 3 6 D2 D1 103 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 9—Accessories Time-Delay Module for Undervoltage Trip To eliminate circuit breaker nuisance tripping during temporary voltage dips (micro-breaks), operation of the undervoltage trip (MN) can be delayed by adding an external time-delay module to the undervoltage trip circuit. Available as adjustable and non-adjustable module. Table 72: Time-Delay Module Characteristics Factory-Installed Field-Installable Cat. No. Suffix Cat. No. Characteristics Adjustable Voltage Ratings of Time-delay Module Non-Adjustable Operating Threshold 48-60 — S33680 Vac 50/60 Hz / 100-130 — S33681 Vdc 200-250 — S33682 380-480 — S33683 100-130 — S33684 — S33685 Vac 50/60 Hz / Vdc 200-250 Opening 0.35 to 0.7 Vn Closing 0.85 Vn 4.5 VA/W (holding), 200 VA/W (inrush) Power Consumption Time-Delay Settings Adjustable 0.5, 0.9, 1.5, and 3.0 s Non-Adjustable 0.25 s Indication Contacts Changeover contacts are used to provide remote circuit breaker status information and can be used for indications, electrical locking, relaying, etc. All the auxiliary contacts are also available in “low-level” versions capable of switching very low loads (for the control of PLCs or electronic circuits). Auxiliary Switch (OF): • remotely indicates the position of the main circuit breaker contacts. • can be used to operate indicator lights, relays or other accessories. • circuit breaker can accommodate up to three 1A/1B auxiliary switches. Alarm Switch (SD) • indicates that the circuit breaker has tripped due to: — an overload — a short circuit — an earth-leakage fault — operation of a voltage release — operation of the “push-to-trip” button • Returns to de-energized state when the circuit breaker is reset. Overcurrent Trip Switch (SDE) • indicates that the circuit breaker has tripped due to: — an overload — a short circuit — an earth-leakage fault • Returns to de-energized state when the circuit breaker is reset. 104 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 9—Accessories Table 73: Electrical Characteristics of the OF/SD/SDE Auxiliary Contacts Contacts Standard Low Level1 Rated thermal current (A) 6 5 Minimum load 100 mA at 24 V Operational current (A) 1 1 mA at 24 V Voltage AC DC AC DC 24 V 6 6 5 5 48 V 6 2.5 5 2.5 110 V 6 0.6 5 0.6 220/240 V 6 — 5 — 250 V — 0.3 5 0.3 380/440 V 6 — 5 — 480 V 6 — 5 — 660/690 V 6 — — — SDE is not available in low level for electrically-operated P-frame circuit breakers. NOTE: If the maximum voltage and current is exceeded, the low-level functions of the switch will be lost but the switch will continue to function as a standard switch. Table 74: Catalog Numbers Standard Min Load = 100 mA with 24 V Low Level Min Load = 1 mA with 24 V Factory-Installed Cat. No. Suffix Factory-Installed Cat. No. Suffix Description Field-Installable Cat. No. Field-Installable Cat. No. 1 Auxiliary Switch (OF) 1a1b AA S29450 AE S29452 2 Auxiliary Switch (OF) 1a1b AB 2x S29450 AF 2x S29452 3 Auxiliary Switch (OF) 1a1b AC 3x S29450 AG 3x S29452 Alarm Switch (SD) 1a1b BC S29450 BH S29452 Overcurrent Trip Switch (SDE) 1a1b BD S29450 BJ1 S29452 Alarm Switch/Overcurrent Trip Switch (SD/SDE) 2a2b BE 2x S29450 BK1 2x S29452 1 Not available on an electrically-operated P-frame circuit breaker. 105 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 9—Accessories Spring-Charging Motors (MCH) for P-Frame Circuit Breakers The spring-charging motor automatically charges the spring mechanism for closing the circuit breaker and also recharges the spring mechanism when the circuit breaker is in the ON position. Instantaneous reclosing of the circuit breaker is thus possible following circuit breaker opening. The spring-mechanism charging handle is used only as a backup if auxiliary power is absent. The spring-charging motor is equipped as standard with a limit switch contact (CH) that signals the charged position of the mechanism (springs charged). Table 75: Spring-Charging Motor Characteristics Characteristics MCH Vac 50/60 Hz Voltage Ratings (Vn) 48-60, 100-130, 200-250, 240-277, 380-415, 400-440, 480 Vdc 24-30, 48-60, 100-125, 200-250 Operating Threshold 0.85 to 1.1 Vn Power Consumption 180 VA Motor Overcurrent 2–3 x In for 0.1 s Charging Time 4 s maximum on NW, 3 s maximum on NT Duty Cycle 3 cycles per minute maximum 10,000 cycles for NW < 4000 A Endurance 5000 cycles for NW ≥ 4000 A CH Contact Table 76: 10 A at 240 V Spring-Charging Motors for Electrically-Operated P-Frame Circuit Breakers Description FieldReplacement Coils Replacement Spring Charging Factory Installed Opening/Closing Cat. No. Suffix Coil Cat. No. Motor Cat. No. Factory Rated Voltage Installed Cat. (+10%/-15%) No. Suffix Vac Standard Motor for Electrically-Operated Circuit Breakers Vdc Vac Communicating Motor Mechanism for Electrically-Operated Circuit Breakers Vdc 48 ML S47391 SL S33660 100-130 MA S47395 SA S33661 220-240 MC S47396 SC S33662 380-415 MF S47398 SH S33664 24-30 MO S47390 SK S33659 48-60 MV S47391 SL S33660 110/130 MR S47392 SA S33661 200/250 MS S47393 SC S33662 48 NL S47391 EL S33034 100-130 NA S47395 EA S33035 220-240 NC S47396 EC S33036 380-415 NF S47398 EH S33038 24-30 NO S47390 EK S33033 48-60 NV S47391 EL S33034 110-130 NR S47392 EA S33035 200-250 NS S47393 EC S33036 106 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 9—Accessories Micrologic Trip Unit Accessories Circuit breakers are shipped with trip unit installed, but can have the trip units replaced in the field. Actual trip units and settings required for specific applications must be determined by a qualified consultant or plant engineer. A coordination study is recommended to provide coordination between all circuit breakers in the distribution system. Table 77: Field-Installable Micrologic Trip Unit Model Protection Additional Features Field-Installable Cat. No.1 2.0 (IEC only) LSO 3.0 (UL/ANSI only) LI S132R 5.0 LSI S133A 2.0A (IEC only) LSO S142R 3.0A (UL/ANSI only) LI 5.0A LSI 6.0A LSIG 5.0P LSI 6.0P LSIG 5.0H LSI 6.0H LSIG None S131A S141A Ammeter S143A S144A Metering, Advanced Protection Metering, Advanced Protection & Harmonic Analysis S163A 2 S164A 2 S173A 2 S174A 2 1 The standard rating plug supplied with a trip unit is the “A” rating plug. To specify an alternative adjustable rating plug, please add the letter designation to the end of the catalog number. Please refer to the Digest for a complete listing of adjustable settings available with each plug. (Example: S143B would specify a “B” rating plug instead of the standard "A" plug.) Use suffix “N” if no rating plug is required. When replacing a Basic trip unit with Type A (Ammeter), P (Power metering) or H (Harmonic analysis) trip unit, order the 12pin connector kit S33101 for the PowerPact P-frame drawout circuit breakers or kit S33100 for PowerPact P-frame unit-mount and R-frame circuit breakers. 2 Requires Circuit Breaker Communications Module. Lead-Free Trip Unit Sealing Kit The MICROTUSEAL lead-free trip unit seal was designed as a RoHS-compliant replacement for lead seals. It may be used to seal Micrologic trip units and other devices. It is manufactured as a stainless steel cable and polycarbonate locking mechanism which shows evidence of tampering. The seal is individually numbered for control purposes. Order kit number MICROTUSEAL . Replacement Covers Table 78: Replacement Covers Device Cat. No. Micrologic A Trip Unit Cover, clear S33592 Micrologic P/H Trip Unit Cover, opaque gray S47067 107 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 9—Accessories Neutral Current Transformer (CT) Current transformers are available for applications requiring ground-fault protection on three-phase, four-wire systems or for neutral protection and metering. Neutral current transformers are not required on non-ground-fault circuit breakers, or on three-phase, three-wire systems. The rating of the external neutral current transformer must be compatible with the rating of the circuit breaker. Table 79: Neutral Current Transformer Catalog Numbers Circuit Breaker P-Frame R-Frame All Sensor 250 S33575 400–1600 S33576 250 S48916 400–1600 S34036 2000 S48896 2500 S48182 All 12-pin Trip Unit Connector 1 Cat. No. NCTWIRING1 S33100 Included with NCT. NOTE: These neutral current transformers cannot be used for SGR (Source Ground-Return) or MDGF (Modified Differential Ground Fault) applications. Ground-Fault Interface Module The ground-fault interface module (P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 circuit breakers only) is used to sum the current flow in three-phase, four-wire systems and multiple-sourced systems, using one or more specially-designed external current sensors to measure current flow. The ground-fault interface module is commonly used in two applications: • • For a ground-source return ground-fault sensing (SGR) system For a modified differential ground-fault (MDGF) system More complex systems are possible, for information about these, contact a field sales representative. Order kit number S48891 . External Sensor for SGR or MDGF Protections For use on 400 A sensor or higher. In SGR applications, an external sensor is installed around the connection of the transformer neutral point to ground. Its secondary is connected to the Micrologic™ 6.0A, 6.0P or 6.0H trip units. In MDGF applications, a sensor is installed on each phase and neutral conductor. The sensors for each circuit breaker are connected to an interface module. These, in turn, connect to the Micrologic 6.0A, 6.0P or 6.0H trip units. Order kit number S33579 . 108 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 9—Accessories Sensor Plugs Sensor plugs are used to set the current rating (In) of the PowerPact P- and R-frame circuit breakers. Beginning in January 2007 (date code 07011), the sensor plugs are field-replaceable, down to 50% of the original rating. Mechanical keying in the circuit breaker prevents changing a rating plug to a higher rating than the original factory-installed sensor plug. Table 80: Sensor Plugs Circuit Breaker UL P-Frame IEC P-Frame UL R-Frame IEC R-Frame Original Circuit Breaker Amperage Sensor Plug Range Sensor Plug Catalog No. 250 A 250 A S47052 400 A 400 A S47053 600 A 600 A S48823 800 A 600–800 A S33092 1000 A 600–1000 A S33093 1200 A 600–1200 A S48824 630 A 630 A S33091 800 A 600–800 A S33092 1000 A 600–1000 A S33093 1250 A 600–1250 A S33094 1600 A 600–1600 A S33095 600 A 600 A S48823 800 A 600–800 A S33092 1000 A 600–1000 A S33093 1200 A 600–1200 A S48824 1600 A 800–1600 A S33095 2000 A 1000–2000 A S33982 2500 A 1200–2500 A S33983 3000 A 1200–3000 A S48825 1600 A 1600 A S33095 2000 A 1600–2000 A S33982 2500 A 1600–2500 A S33983 3200 A 1600–3200 A S33984 Rating Plugs Interchangeable rating plugs are available to limit the long-time threshold setting range for greater versatility. Table 81: Rating Plug Settings Rating Plug For P-Frame and R-Frame Circuit Breakers For NS630b– NS3200 Circuit Breakers Switch Settings Ir = In x... Cat. No. Type A 0.4 0.45 0.5 0.6 0.63 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 S48818 Type B 0.4 0.44 0.5 0.56 0.63 0.75 0.88 0.95 1 S48819 Type C 0.42 0.50 0.53 0.58 0.67 0.75 0.83 0.95 1 S48820 Type D 0.4 0.48 0.64 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.93 0.95 1 S48836 Type E 0.6 0.7 0.75 0.8 0.85 0.9 0.93 0.95 1 S48837 Type F 0.84 0.86 0.88 0.9 0.92 0.94 0.96 0.98 1 S48838 Type G 0.66 0.68 0.7 0.72 0.74 0.76 0.78 0.8 0.82 S48839 Type H 0.48 0.5 0.52 0.54 0.56 0.58 0.6 0.62 0.64 S48840 Type R1 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.95 0.98 1 S33542 Type S 0.4 0.45 0.5 0.55 0.6 0.65 0.7 0.75 0.8 S33543 Type T 0.8 0.82 0.85 0.88 0.9 0.92 0.95 0.98 1 S33544 Type P (Off Plug) No Long-Time Protection. S33545 109 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 9—Accessories Modbus Circuit Breaker Communication Module (BCM-ULP) The circuit breaker communication module is independent of the trip unit. Installed on the circuit breaker, behind the trip unit, it receives and transmits information on the communication network. An optical link is used for communication with the Micrologic A, P, and H trip units. Power requirements are 30 mA, 24 Vdc. NOTE: The power supply for the circuit breaker communication module must be separate and isolated from the power supply for the trip unit. The following may be connected to this module: • • Table 82: A set of dedicated switches which read the status of the circuit breaker. A set of “actuators” (MX shunt trip or motor mechanism) to control the circuit breaker. . Circuit Breaker Communication Module Characteristics Circuit Breaker Identification ID Code, Address Size, Rating, Performance Type of Trip Unit Type of Long-Time Rating Plug Status Indication On/Off Indication Fault Trip Controls Opening/Closing Circuit Breaker and Trip Unit A P H X X X Fine Settings in the Range Imposed by the Rotary Switches X X Setting of Protection and Alarms X X Reading of Settings on Rotary Switches Settings Customized Alarm Programming X Reading of Protection and Alarms Standard X X Set X X Customized X Current Reading of Measurements Operating and Maintenance Aids Voltages, Frequency, Power, etc. X X X X Power Quality: Fundamentals and Harmonics X Waveform Capture X History of Trips and Alarms1 Histories X X X X Log of Trips and Alarms X Contact Wear, Counters, Etc. Indicators 1 X Maintenance Record X Up to 10 trips and 10 alarms. Table 83: Trip Unit Field-Installable Accessories Field-Installable Kit Cat. No. Description FactoryInstalled Cat. No. Suffix P-Frame Unit Mount Circuit Breaker Communication Module (BCM) (Modbus) E1 S64205 Two Programmable Contacts Module (M2C) V S64273 Six Programmable Contacts Module (M6C) W S64204 External Voltage Sensing (EVS) YV S64203 Trip Unit Battery for Trip Indicator Lights — S33593 12-pin Trip Unit Connector for P- and R-Frame Circuit Breakers — S33100 I-Line™ R-Frame Motor Drawout Operated S64207 S64210 With Rotary Handle Unit Mount S64206 S64205 S64202 S64204 S64201 S64209 S64210 S64208 I-Line 110 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 9—Accessories M2C and M6C Programmable Contacts The M2C and M6C contacts are used with the Micrologic P and H control units, and indicate the type of fault and instantaneous or delayed threshold overruns (i.e: trip unit protection pickup, current/voltage unbalance, under/over voltage, reverse power, phase rotation, under/over frequency, and load shedding). The M2C has two programmable contacts while the M6C has six. They require an external 24 Vdc power supply (100 mA consumption). NOTE: The M2C and M6C may use the same 24 V power supply as the trip unit. The M2C, M6C and trip unit power supply must be separate and isolated from the power supply used for the BCM/CCM. M6C contacts are programmed via the control unit using a keypad or via a supervisory station with the COM communication option. They may be programmed: • • • With instantaneous return to the initial state Without return to the initial state With return to the initial state following a delay Table 84: Characteristics for M2C and M6C Programmable Contacts Minimum Load 100 mA/24 V 240 Vac Breaking Capacity at a Power Factor (p.f.) of 0.7 5A 380 Vac 3A 24 Vdc 1.8 A 48 Vdc 1.5 A 125 Vdc 0.4 A 250 Vdc 0.15 A Zone-Selective Interlocking (ZSI) Table 85: Upstream Circuit Breaker ZSI is used to reduce the stress on electrical distribution equipment during fault conditions by reducing the time it takes to clear the fault, while maintaining system coordination between overcurrent protective devices. Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Z5 A During a short-circuit or ground-fault condition on a ZSI system, the device directly ahead of the fault sends a signal upstream via control wiring to restrain upstream circuit breakers from tripping and then trips with no intentional time delay to clear the fault. Upstream devices which receive a restraint signal obey their short-time and/or ground-fault delay settings to maintain coordination in other areas of the system. Upstream devices that do not receive a restraint signal trip with no intentional time delay. Fault 1 B Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Z5 Fault 2 Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Z5 Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Z5 Downstream Circuit Breakers • Fault 1—The upstream circuit breaker (A) will clear the fault with no intentional delay, regardless of its time-delay setting. • Fault 2—Circuit breaker (B) will inform upstream circuit breaker (A) that it is clearing the fault. This will prevent circuit breaker (A) from tripping instantaneously. Circuit breaker (A) will trip at the end of its time delay setting if the fault is not cleared during this time. ZSI requires trip settings be coordinated so a downstream circuit breaker will trip before an upstream circuit breaker under overload, short-circuit or ground-fault conditions. Effective coordination requires a system coordination study. See data bulletin 0100DB0501, Short Circuit Coordination for Low-Voltage Circuit Breakers. 111 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 9—Accessories Restraint Interface Module (RIM) The restraint interface module (RIM) is used to allow zone-selective interlocking communications between circuit breakers with old Micrologic, Merlin Gerin™, or Federal Pioneer™ trip units and GC series ground-fault relays. For 120 Vac/24 Vdc systems, use catalog number S48890. For 240 Vac/24 Vdc systems, use catalog number S48895. Downstream circuit breakers with Micrologic 2.0A, 5.0A, 5.0P, 5.0H, 6.0A, 6.0P, and 6.0H trip units can restrain up to fifteen upstream circuit breakers with Micrologic 5.0A, 5.0P, 5.0H, 6.0A, 6.0P, and 6.0H trip units without requiring a restraint interface module. If the number of upstream circuit breakers exceeds fifteen, then a RIM is required. Merlin Gerin STR58 trip units Square D GC-200 relay Square D GC-100 relay Micrologic trip unit2 Downstream Device (Sends output to RIM) Micrologic Series B trip unit Upstream Device (Receives input from RIM) Federal Pioneer USRC and USRCM trip units RIM Requirements1 Table 86: Micrologic Trip Unit2 15 R R 15 15 R Square D Micrologic Series B Trip Units R 26 R R R 15 Square D GC-100 Relay R R 7 R R R Square D GC-200 Relay 15 R R 15 15 R Merlin Gerin STR58 Trip Units 15 R R 15 15 R Merlin Gerin STR53 Trip Units 15 R R 15 15 R Federal Pioneer USRC and USRCM Trip Units R 15 R R R 15 Square D Add-on Ground Fault Module for Equipment Protection R 5 R R R R 1 R = RIM is required. Number denotes maximum number of upstream circuit breakers that can be restrained without requiring a RIM. 2 Includes 2.0A (as a downstream trip unit only), 5.0A, 5.0P, 5.0P, 5.0H, 6.0A, 6.0P, and 6.0H trip units. External Power Supply Module When used with the Micrologic A, P, and H trip units, a power supply module makes it possible to: • • • • Display currents less than 20% of sensor (In). Maintain display of tripping causes after opening of the circuit breaker. Store the value of the interrupted current (P and H trip units only). The modules are not UL Listed. Table 87: External Power Supply Module Power Supply Input (+10%, -15%) Output Voltage Output Power Cat. No. 24–30 Vdc Input 685823 48/60 Vdc Input 685824 125 Vdc Input 110–130 Vac Input 24 Vdc 5 VA/5 W (Ripple < 5%) 685825 685826 200–240 Vac Input 685827 380–415 Vac Input 685829 External Battery Backup Module The external battery backup module (Catalog No. 685831) provides up to twelve hours of backup power for the power supply module. 112 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 9—Accessories Test Equipment Hand-Held Test Kit The hand held test kit may be used to: • Verify trip unit operation, the mechanical operation of the circuit breaker, and the electrical continuity of the connection between the tripping coil and the trip unit. • Supply control power to the trip unit for settings via the keypad when the circuit breaker is open (Micrologic P and H trip units). • • • Inhibit thermal imaging for primary injection test (for Micrologic types A, P or H). Inhibit ground fault for primary injection test (for Micrologic types A, P or H). Self-restrain Zone-Selective Interlocking (ZSI) (for Micrologic types A, P or H). Table 88: Hand-held Test Kit Catalog Numbers Device Cat. No. Hand-held Test Kit S33594 Seven-pin Test Cable (for Connection Between Test Kit and Trip Unit)1 S48907 Two-pin Test Cable (for Connection Between Test Kit and Trip Unit) S48908 1 Included in the test kit. Kit for replacement only. Full-Function Test Kit The full-function test kit consists of a signal-injection box which can be used alone or with a supporting personal computer (PC). The optional test kit software is compatible with Windows® 95, 98 and Windows NT® operating systems. The test kit without a supporting PC may be used to check: • • • The mechanical operation of the circuit breaker The electrical continuity of the connection between the tripping coil and the trip unit Trip unit operation — for example: — Display of settings — Operating tests on the electronic component — Automatic and manual tests on protection functions (trip curve verification) — Tests on the Zone-Selective Interlocking (ZSI) function — Inhibition of the ground-fault protection for equipment — Inhibition of the thermal imaging • Save test data into test kit The test kit with a supporting PC may be used to: • • Print test data Compare the real tripping curve with the curves available on the PC Table 89: Full-Function Test Kit Catalog Numbers Device Cat. No. Full-function Test Kit S33595 Seven-pin Test Cable (for Connection Between Test Kit and Trip Unit)1 S48907 230 Vac Filtered Power Cord1 S48856 120 Vac Filtered Power Cord1 S48855 1 Included in the test kit. Kit for replacement only. 113 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 9—Accessories Circuit Breaker Terminations Mechanical, Compression, and Distribution Lugs The M-frame, P-frame and NS630b–NS1250 circuit breakers have mechanical lugs standard on both ends of the unit-mounted circuit breakers. The M-frame and P-frame I-Line™ circuit breakers have mechanical lugs standard on the O/OFF end only. These lugs are suitable for use with copper or aluminum wire. Rear connectors, compression lugs and distribution lugs are available for special applications. M-Frame Mechanical Lugs M-Frame Compression Lug R-Frame Compression Lug P-Frame Mechanical Lugs P-frame and NS630b–NS1600 circuit breakers are also available in drawout construction. See Section 8 for drawout cradle details. The R-frame and NS1600b–NS3200 circuit breakers have terminal pads only (no lugs) for bus connections on both ends. Terminal pads are required for the use of lugs on R-frame circuit breakers, lugs are not available for NS1600b–NS3200 circuit breakers. See the section on R-frame and NS1600b–NS3200 circuit breakers for information on terminal pad requirements. R-frame I-Line circuit breakers have mechanical lugs standard on the O/OFF end only (AL1200R53K). Copper mechanical lugs are available for use with copper wire only. These lugs can be factory installed by adding an LC suffix to the circuit breaker catalog number for standard copper lugs and LD suffix for high-amp copper lugs (M-frame, P-frame and NS630b–NS1250 ≤ 800 A circuit breakers only). See the Digest or product selector or contact the field office for more information. I-Line™ Jaw Configurations Standard 3P I-Line circuit breakers are supplied with an ABC phase jaw connection. In applications where the jaw configuration must be reversed, specify a CBA jaw configuration by adding the digit 6 to the phasing position of the circuit breaker catalog number. I-Line 2P circuit breakers are available in AC or CA phasing. Add the digit of the desired phasing to the phasing position of the circuit breaker catalog number. Table 90: I-Line Phase Options Phase Option Number Phase Connections 1 2 3 4 5 6 AB AC BA BC CA CB Standard 6 ABC CBA 114 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 9—Accessories Power Distribution Connectors Power distribution connectors (PDCs) are available for M-frame, P-frame and NS630b–NS1250 unitmount circuit breakers as field-installable kits. They can be used for multiple load wire connections on one circuit breaker. Each is UL Listed for copper wire only. Power distribution connectors are for use on the O/OFF end of the circuit breaker only, and the O/OFF end must be connected to the load. PDCs are for use in UL508 applications only. PDC6P20 PDC12P4 Control Wire Terminations Mechanical lug kits are available with provisions for control wire terminations. The control wire is crimped to a standard ring-type wire crimp terminal (not included) and secured to the lug using the #6-32 screw included in the kit. These lugs are UL and CSA Recognized as a circuit breaker component. These lugs are available factory installed or as field-installable kits. For factory-installed control wire terminations, add the suffix from the table below in the lug option field of the catalog number. Table 91: Control Wire Termination Termination Code Control Wire Location Control Wire Suffix L Both ends LW M ON end only LU P OFF end only LV Table 92: Lug Kits Lug Type Catalog Number Used On AL800M23K Lugs Circuit Per Breaker Type Kit1 Max. Amp. Rating Conductors/Lug M-Frame, P-Frame ≤ 800 A, NS630b–NS800 Unit-Mount, I-Line 3, 4 800 3 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil (95–250 mm2) AL800P6K M-Frame, P-Frame ≤ 800 A3, NS630b–NS800 Unit-Mount, I-Line 3, 4 800 2 3/0 AWG–600 kcmil (95–300 mm2) AL800P7K M-Frame, P-Frame ≤ 800 A3, NS630b–NS800 Unit-Mount, I-Line 3 770 2 3/0 AWG–750 kcmil (95–400 mm2); Compact AL 750 kcmil (400 mm2) only AL1200P24K3 M-Frame, P-Frame > 800 A, optional for ≤ 800 A, NS630b–NS1200 Unit-mount, I-Line 1 1200 4 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil (95–250 mm2) P-Frame > 800 A, optional for ≤ 800 A, NS630b–NS1200 Unit-Mount 3, 4 1200 4 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil (95–250 mm2) AL1200R53K R-Frame, NS1600b–NS3200 I-Line 1 1200 4 3/0 AWG–600 kcmil (95–300 mm2) AL1200P6KU P-Frame > 800 A, optional for ≤ 800 A, NS630b–NS1200 Unit-Mount 3 1200 3 350-600 kcmil (185-300 mm2) AL1200P7KU P-Frame ≤ 800 A3, NS630b–NS800 Unit-Mount 3 1155 3 3/0 AWG–750 kcmil (95–400 mm2); Compact AL 750 kcmil only AL2500RK R-Frame, NS1600b–NS3200 Unit-Mount 2 2500 1 1/0 AWG–750 kcmil (50–400 mm2) Aluminum Mechanical Lug2 AL1200P25K No. Range Continued on next page 115 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 9—Accessories Table 92: Lug Type Copper Mechanical Lugs4 Aluminum Compression Lugs Lug Kits (continued) Lugs Circuit Per Breaker Type Kit1 Max. Amp. Rating Conductors/Lug M-Frame, P-Frame ≤ 800 A, NS630b–NS800 Unit-Mount, I-Line 3, 4 800 3 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil (95–250 mm2) CU1200P24K M-Frame, P-Frame > 800 A, optional for ≤ 800 A, NS630b–NS1200 Unit-Mount, I-Line 1 1200 4 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil (95–250 mm2) CU1200P25K P-Frame > 800 A, optional for ≤ 800 A, NS630b–NS1200 Unit-Mount 3, 4 800 4 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil (95–250 mm2) CU1200R53K R-Frame, NS1600b–NS3200 I-Line 1 1200 4 3/0 AWG–600 kcmil (95–300 mm2) CU250P1K M-Frame, P-Frame ≤ 800 A, NS630b–NS800 PJ 3 150 A 1 1–1/0 AWG (50 mm2) YA250P3 M-Frame, P-Frame, NS630b–NS1200 Unit-Mount, I-Line 1 250 1 2/0 AWG–300 kcmil (70–150 mm2) YA400P3 M-Frame, P-Frame, NS630b–NS1200 Unit-Mount, I-Line 2 400 1 2/0 AWG–300 kcmil (70–150 mm2) YA1200R3 R-Frame, NS1600b–NS3200 I-Line 4 1200 1 2/0 AWG–300 kcmil (70–150 mm2) YA300P5 M-Frame, P-Frame, NS630b–NS1200 Unit-Mount, I-Line 1 300 1 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil (95–240 mm2) YA600P5 M-Frame, P-Frame, NS630b–NS1200 Unit-Mount, I-Line 2 600 1 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil (95–240 mm2) YA1200R5 R-Frame, NS1600b–NS3200 I-Line 4 1200 1 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil (95–240 mm2) YA400P7 M-Frame, P-Frame, NS630b–NS1200 Unit-Mount, I-Line 1 400 1 500–750 kcmil (240–400 mm2) YA800P7 M-Frame, P-Frame, NS630b–NS1200 Unit-Mount, I-Line 2 800 1 500–750 kcmil (240–400 mm2) YA1200R7 R-Frame, NS1600b–NS3200 I-Line 4 1200 1 500–750 kcmil (240–400 mm2) YA2500R7 R-Frame, NS1600b–NS3200 Unit-Mount 2 2500 1 500–750 kcmil (240–400 mm2) CYA400P5 M-Frame, P-Frame, NS630b–NS1200 Unit-Mount, I-Line 1 400 1 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil (95–240 mm2) CYA600P5 M-Frame, P-Frame, NS630b–NS1200 Unit-Mount, I-Line 2 600 1 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil (95–240 mm2) CYA1200R5 R-Frame, NS1600b–NS3200 I-Line 4 1200 1 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil (95–240 mm2) CYA800R7 M-Frame, P-Frame, NS630b–NS1200 I-Line 2 800 1 500–750 kcmil (240–400 mm2) CYA1200R7 R-Frame, NS1600b–NS3200 I-Line 4 1200 1 500–750 kcmil (240–400 mm2) PDC12P4 M-Frame, P-Frame, NS630b–NS1200 Unit-Mount, I-Line 3 400 12 10–4 AWG (6–25 mm2) PDC12P44 M-Frame, P-Frame, NS630b–NS1200 Unit-Mount, I-Line 4 400 12 10–4 AWG (6–25 mm2) PDC6P20 M-Frame, P-Frame, NS630b–NS1200 Unit-Mount, I-Line 3 600 6 12–2/0 AWG (25–70 mm2) PDC6P204 M-Frame, P-Frame, NS630b–NS1200 Unit-Mount, I-Line 4 600 6 12–2/0 AWG (25–70 mm2) Catalog Number Used On CU800M23K Copper Compression Lugs4 Power Distribution Connectors (Copper Only) No. Range 1 For 4P circuit breakers, add “4” to kit catalog number (AL800M23K4 instead of AL800M23K). 2 For version with tapped hole for control wire add a T before the K to the kit catalog number (AL800M23TK instead of AL800M23K). 3 Does not fit onto I/ON end of unit-mount P-frame circuit breakers. 4 Not available with tapped hole for control wire. 116 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 9—Accessories External Accessories Phase Barriers Phase barriers are available for M-frame, P-frame and NS630b–NS1600 unit-mount circuit breakers with bus connections or with lugs ≤ 800 A. Phase barriers are also available for R-frame and NS1600b–NS3200 unit-mount circuit breakers. Table 93: Phase Barriers Used With Cat. No. M-Frame and P-Frame S33646 R-Frame S33998 Qty Per Kit 3 Electric Joint Compound I-Line circuit breakers, I-Line busway plug-on units and I-Line panelboards and switchboards are supplied with factory-applied joint compound on the plug-on connectors. The compound is especially formulated for I-Line connections and contributes to the overall performance of the connection. If the joint compound is removed, it must be reapplied. A two-ounce container of the compound (Cat. No. PJC7201) is available. Door-Mounted Operating Mechanisms Door-mounted operating mechanisms are available for M- and P-frame circuit breakers. The Type L door-mounted variable-depth operating mechanism feature heavy-duty, all-metal constructions. They can be padlocked in the OFF position when the enclosure door is open. Handle assemblies can be locked OFF with up to three padlocks, which also locks the door closed. Complete kits include a handle assembly, operating mechanism, and shaft assembly, and are rated for NEMA Type 1, 3R and 12 enclosures. A door drilling template is supplied for ease of installation. Table 94: Operating Mechanism Handle Assembly Door-Mounted Operating Mechanisms Description Description Circuit Breaker Mechanism Type L Handle Assembly2 Replacement Parts Handle Assembly1 Shaft Mounting Depth Cat. No. Painted, 8 inch 7.2–11.625 in. (182–295 mm) LW1 Painted, 8 inch 7.2–22.25 in. (182–565 mm) LW4 Type 3, 4 Painted, 8 inch Chrome Plated, 8 inch 7.2–11.625 in. (182–295 mm) LHP48 Type 3, 4, 4X Handle Assembly Painted, 8 inch — LHP8 Operating Mechanism — — LW7 Standard Shaft — 7.2–11.625 in. (182–295 mm) LS8 Long Shaft — 7.2–22.25 in. (182–565 mm) LS10 1 Painted handles are painted flat black, with the base ring silver. 2 Due to gasketing, NEMA 3 and 4 handle assemblies are NOT trip indicating. LCP48 Handle Extension Handle extensions are available for M- and P-frame circuit breakers. Order catalog number 33195. 117 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 9—Accessories Rotary Operating Handles P-frame and NS630b–NS1600 circuit breakers are available with standard black directly-mounted (IP-40) or door-mounted / telescopic door-mounted (IP-55) rotary handles. The rotary handles are factory-installed and available with two early-break or two early-make contacts. Table 95: Rotary Operated Handles Device Switches Direct Mounted, Standard Black Handle Door Mounted, Standard Black Handle — Factory-Installed Cat. No. Suffix RD10 Two Early-Break and Two Early-Make Switches RD16 — RE10 Two Early-Break and Two Early-Make Switches RE16 Rotary Handle Replacement Kit — S33875 Replacement Handles Replacement handle assemblies are available for R-frame and NS1600b–NS3200 circuit breakers. Replacement toggle handle extensions, including an optional longer handle extension, are available for M-frame, P-frame, and NS630b–NS1600 circuit breakers. Table 96: Replacement Handles for M-, P-, and R-Frame Circuit Breakers Description Frame Field-Installed Cat. No. Standard R-Frame S33997 Standard Short M-, P-Frame S46998 Long M-, P-Frame S46996 Door Escutcheons Accessory cover door escutcheons are available for all M-frame, P-frame, R-frame and NS630b– NS3200 circuit breakers. Toggle door escutcheons are also available for fixed-mounted, P-frame, manually-operated circuit breakers. Table 97: Door Escutcheons for M-, P-, and R-Frame Circuit Breakers Description Frame Field-Installed Cat. No. M-, P-Frame S33718 R-Frame S33929 Toggle Handle M-, P-Frame S33717 Drawout P-Frame S33857 Accessory Cover Locking Accessories Field-installable handle padlock attachments are available for manually-operated circuit breakers. These attachments will accommodate three padlocks with a shackle diameter of 3/16–5/16 in. (5–8 mm) and will lock the circuit breaker in the O/OFF position only. A handle padlock attachment is also available for locking manually-operated circuit breakers in either the I/ON or O/OFF position. This attachment will accommodate three padlocks with a shackle diameter of 3/16–5/16 in. (5–8 mm) and is available as factory or field installation. Kirk® key interlock brackets are also available for locking circuit breakers in the O/OFF position only. Not available for drawout P-frame or NS630b–NS1600. Circuit breakers with rotary handles come standard with provision for padlocking the handle in the O/OFF position only. Key locks are also available for locking the circuit breaker in the I/ON or O/OFF positions. A keylock or padlock provision for padlocking the circuit breaker in the O/OFF position is optional on electrically-operated P-frame and NS-630b–NS1600 circuit breakers. 118 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 9—Accessories Table 98: Locks and Interlocking M- and P-Frame Device Handle Padlocking Device Interlocking (Not UL listed) Field-Installed Cat. No. Factory-Installed Cat. No. Suffix Field-Installed Cat. No. Removable (Lock Off or On) — — — — Removable (Lock Off Only) — S44936 — S33996 Fixed (Lock Off or On) YP S32631 YP S32631 Fixed (Lock Off Only) YQ MPRPAF YQ MPRPAF Mechanical for Circuit Breakers with Rotary Handles — S338901 — — Provision Only, Vertical Mount, 1 key interlock including padlock provision, open position only JE1 — JE1 — Kirk Provision Only, Vertical Mount, 1 or Kirk 2 Locks JA — — — Provision Only, Horizontal Mount Kirk JK — JK — 1 Lock, M- and P-Frame Ronis JB — JB — 1 or 2 Locks, R-Frame Profalux JD — JD — Provision and 1 Lock, Vertical Mount Kirk JG — — — Kirk JL — JL — Ronis JC — JC — Profalux JF — JF — Provision and 2 Locks Keyed Alike, Kirk Vertical Mount JN — — — Provision and 2 Locks Keyed Alike, Kirk Horizontal Mount — — JN — Provision and 2 Locks Keyed Differently, Vertical Mount Kirk JP — — — Provision and 2 Locks Keyed Differently, Horizontal Mount Kirk — — JP — Key Locking Provision and 1 Lock, Horizontal Mount 1 Factory-Installed Cat. No. Suffix Description R-Frame Not available on M-frame, motor-operated P-frame, or I-Line circuit breakers. Sub-Feed Lugs Sub-feed lug kits are UL Listed for use on Listed equipment. They have plug-on jaw construction and plug on to the I-Line bus stack in the same manner as branch circuit breakers. Lugs on these devices accommodate the same wire sizes as the equivalent ampere rated circuit breakers. Table 99: Plug-On Lug Kit Cat. No. I-Line Sub-Feed Lug Kit Terminations Poles Mounting Ampere Height Rating Lug Catalog No. Wire Size Conductors Per Lug 3 SL800M5 3 800 A — 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil (95–240 mm2) SL1200P5 3 1200 A — 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil (95–240 mm2) 4 SL1200P6 3 1200 A — 350–600 kcmil (185–300 mm2) 3 SL1200P7 3 1200 A — 3/0 AWG–750 kcmil (95–400 mm2) 2 S33931 3 9 in. 1200 A AL1200P24K 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil (95–240 mm2) 4 S33930 3 15 in. 1200 A AL1200R53K 3/0 AWG–600 kcmil (95–300 mm2) 4 119 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories Section 10—P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories Circuit Breaker and Cradle Design A 06123146 D E B B F G H Drawout Circuit Breaker A—Terminal Cover B—Lifting Tabs C—Extension Rail Handle D—Padlock Provision E—Position Indicator F—Crank Insertion Opening G—Stop Release Button H—Crank Storage Space C Cradle NOTE: See page 19 for cradle catalog numbers. Drawout Mechanism The drawout assembly mechanism allows the circuit breaker to be racked in four positions (connected, test, disconnected, or withdrawn), as shown in the figure below. Connected Position Secondary Contacts Disconnected Position Test Position Withdrawn Position Clusters (UL) Stabs (UL) NOTE: For UL/CSA Listed devices, the clusters are mounted on the circuit breaker and the stabs are on the cradle. For IEC devices, the clusters are mounted on the cradle and the stabs are mounted on the circuit breaker. 120 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories Connectors Table 100: Available Connectors Front-Connected Flat (FCF) Rear-Connected “T” Vertical (RCTV) Rear-Connected “T” Horizontal (RCTH) Cradle Accessories Cradle Position Switches Three optional cradle position switches are available for the cradle: • • Cradle position switches (CE) to indicate the connected position. • Cradle position switches (CT) to indicate the test position. In this position, the power circuits are disconnected and the auxiliary circuits are connected. Cradle position switches (CD) to indicate the disconnected position. This position is indicated when the required clearance for isolation of the power and auxiliary circuits is reached. Table 101: Cradle Position Switches Switch Type CE CD CT Maximum Push-In Switches 3 2 1 Breaking Capacity at a Power Factor (pf) of 0.3 1 Cat. No. CE CD CT 3 2 1 Standard: 10 mA/24 V Min. Load Low-Level: 1 mA/4 V Min. Load1 240 Vac 8A 24-48 Vac 5A 380 Vac 8A 240 Vac 5A 480 Vac 8A 380 Vac 5A 600-690 Vac 6A 24-48 Vdc 2.5 A S33170 24-48 Vdc 2.5 A 125 Vdc 0.8 A 125 Vdc 0.8 A 250 Vdc 0.3 A 250 Vdc 0.3 A Cat. No. S33171 If the maximum voltage and current is exceeded, the low-level function of the switch will be lost but the switch will continue to function as a standard switch with standard switch specifications. 121 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories Cradle Locking and Interlocking Disconnected Position Locking The circuit breaker can be locked in the disconnected position by key interlock (optional, catalog number S33772 ) or padlock (standard). The key interlock is on the cradle and accessible with the door locked. Kirk key interlocks are available for UL/CSA circuit breakers. Key is captive when circuit breaker is closed. • Locking in all positions (disconnected, test, and connected) is possible. Factory standard setting is locking in disconnected position. RONIS • RONIS Door Interlock The door interlock (catalog number S33786) prevents the compartment door from being opened when the circuit breaker is in the connected or test position. If the circuit breaker is put into the connected position with the door open, the door can be closed without disconnecting the circuit breaker. For greater protection, this interlock can be used in conjunction with the open door racking interlock. OOFF push O OFF Open Door Racking Interlock The racking interlock (catalog number S33788 ) prevents racking in the circuit breaker when the door is open. (Insertion of the circuit breaker racking crank is not possible when the compartment door is open.) Cradle Rejection Kits The cradle rejection feature (optional, catalog number S33767 ) ensures that only the properly designated circuit breaker or switch is matched with the selected cradle assembly. Miscellaneous Accessories Shutter and Shutter Lock The shutters automatically block access to the main disconnects when the circuit breaker is in the disconnected, test, or fully withdrawn position. The shutter lock is used to prevent connection of the circuit breaker or to lock the shutters in the closed position. The optional shutter assembly (catalog number S48933 ) consists of shutter and padlock provision. Door Escutcheon (CDP) The door escutcheon (catalog number S33857 ) provides a frame and seal for the circuit breaker. Transparent Cover for Door Escutcheon (CCP) (P-Frame Only) The door escutcheon cover (catalog number S33859) is hinge-mounted and is designed to be installed on the door escutcheon for the P-frame drawout circuit breaker. 122 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories Wiring Diagrams Figure 11: Terminal Layout for Push-In Connector Installation CD2 824 822 821 CD1 814 812 811 Com UC1 UC2 E5 E6 Z5 M1 M2 M3 E3 E4 Z3 Z4 T3 T4 E1 E2 Z1 Z2 T1 T2 UC3 F2+ VN F1- UC4 V3 V2 V1 M6C CAF2 CAF1 SDE MN/MX SD CAO2 CAO1 84 D2/C12 94 524 514 Q3 544 534 512 82 92 522 542 532 Q2 C13 81 D1/C11 91 521 511 Q1 541 531 OF3 OF2 OF1 34 24 14 32 22 12 31 21 11 CE3 334 332 331 CE2 324 322 321 CE1 314 312 311 CT1 914 912 911 Connector Recommended Wire Size E1–E2 22 AWG (0.3 mm2) MIN shielded pair cable or twisted pair copper wires 2 pairs E3–E6, Q1, Q2, Q3 22 AWG (0.3 mm ) shielded twisted with drain (Belden 8723 or equal)3 Function Connector Description Auxiliary Contacts Rotary Handle Contacts Cradle Contacts Remote Operation OF Open/Closed circuit breaker or switch position contacts Z1–Z5 22 AWG (0.3 mm2) V1, V2, V3, Vn 22–16 AWG (0.3–1.5 mm2) T 22 AWG (0.3 mm2) stranded shielded cable OF, SD, SDE 18–16 AWG (0.8–1.5 mm2) MN, MX 18–14 AWG (0.8–2.5 mm2) F Size per aux 24 Vdc power supply Trip Unit Type Basic A P H Connector Description — X X X Com: E1-E6 Communication — X X X UC1: Z CAO Early break contact CAF Early make contact Z1 = ZSI OUT signal CD Disconnected position contacts Z2 = ZSI OUT CE Connected position contacts Z3 = ZSI IN signal CT Test position contacts Z4 = ZSI IN short time SDE Electrical fault alarm contact Z5 = ZSI IN ground fault SD Alarm contact — X X X UC1: M1 Modified differential ground fault (MDGF) MN Undervoltage trip device — X X X UC2: T External neutral MX1 Shunt trip — X X X UC2: M Modified differential ground fault (MDGF) — X X X UC3: F 24 Vdc external power supply (F1 -, F2 +) — — X X UC3: Vn External neutral plug — — X X UC4 External phase voltage sensing — — X X M6C Six programmable contacts 1 When networked MXF coils are used, terminal C3 must be connected to line even if the communication module is not installed. Zone-selective Interlocking 123 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories Wiring Diagrams for Auxiliary Connections A C13 Wiring of the COM varies with available options. See Figure 13. C12 Remote Operation Trip Unit Power D2 Figure 12: E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 MN MX or Circuit Breaker Communication Module (BCM) C C11 D1 B D NOTE: All diagrams show circuit breaker in tripped position. A–Do not remove factory-installed jumpers between Z3, Z4 and Z5 unless ZSI is connected. B–Do not remove factory-installed jumper between T1 and T2 unless neutral CT is connected. Do not install jumper between T3 and T4. C–For proper wiring of neutral CT, refer to Instruction Bulletin 48041-082-01 shipped with it. D–24 Vdc power supply for trip unit must be separate and isolated from 24 Vdc power supply for communication modules. E–For proper wiring of the FDM, refer to user guide 5100512864A-02. CE3 CE2 CE1 912 Test Position CT1 911 811 821 511 521 531 541 91 81 11 21 CD2 CD1 31 914 822 824 Disconnected 812 814 512 514 CAO1 311 CAO2 321 CAF1 522 524 Open Closed CAF2 532 534 542 544 Fault SD 331 SDE 92 94 82 84 Fault Closed Open 32 34 22 24 12 14 OF3 OF2 OF1 332 Connected 334 322 324 312 314 Cell Switches Auxiliary Contacts 124 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories Figure 13 – Wiring Diagrams for the COM Option Wiring of the I/O Modules ULP cord I/O Module Circuit Breaker ULP cord Black White Blue Red E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 Circuit Breaker Communication Module (BCM) Microswitches Connected to BCM Wiring of the COM Option (Modbus BCM ULP and CCM Modules A. Modbus RS 485 2-wire without ULP module External power supply 24 V c External power supply 24 V c - + Micrologic P/H + - + - EGX100 Rx- Rx+ Tx- Tx+ Modbus Com Address 47 External power supply 24 V c - + A B. Modbus RS 485 2-wire + ULP with ULP module - + A. Modbus RS 485 4-wire without ULP module + - EGX100 Rx- Rx+ Tx- Tx+ Baud-rat e 19.2 k EGX100 Rx- Rx+ Tx- Tx+ The B configuration is Typical for all CCMs. See cell switches Page 124. only possible with CCM 4W, 2W+UL P 4wires marked Schneider Electric on the front face. 4W, 2W+UL P A B A’ B’ + FDM121 + - version > V2.0.2 CCM A B A’ B’ + - Network B’ Network A’ A B A’ B’ Breaker Baud-rate 19.2 k 2w+ULP B CCM Breaker Address + A A B A’ B’ CCM Breaker + - Modbus Com Network B Micrologic P/H A B A’ B’ + - + - Circuit Breaker ULP Cord Red Black E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 A’ / Rx- D0 B’ / Rx+ D1 B / Tx+ D1 0V customer terminal block A / Tx- D0 24 V B’ / Rx+ D1 B / Tx+ D1 A’ / Rx- D0 0V A / Tx- D0 24 V B’ / Rx+ D1 B / Tx+ D1 A’ / Rx- D0 0V A / Tx- D0 24 V customer terminal block E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 White Blue customer terminal block 125 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories Figure 14: Communication Components and FDM121 Connections Ethernet Modbus-SL External power supply 24 Vdc External power supply 24 Vdc A - + B - + D0 = A’ / Rx-, A / TxD1 = B’ / Rx+, B / Tx+ 24VDC ETH1 D IFM 4.3 ft. (1.3 m) 9.8 ft. (3 m) ETH2 D IFE OR E 0.98 ft. (0.35 m) F C Red Black LV434195 LV434196 B’ / Rx+ D1 A’ / Rx- D0 B / Tx+ D1 A / Tx- D0 0V 24 V Lengths up to 32.9 ft. (10 m) are possible using extensions. Customer Terminal Block A. B. C. D. E. F. White Blue E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 B’ / Rx+ D1 • A’ / Rx- D0 Cord is available in three lengths: 0.98 ft. (0.35 m), 4.3 ft. (1.3 m) and 9.8 ft. (3 m). Red Black White Blue B / Tx+ D1 • A / Tx- D0 PowerPact and Compact circuit breakers are connected to the ULP devices (FDM121 display, IFM, IFE or I/O module) via the circuit breaker ULP cord. 0V 24 V Circuit Breaker ULP Cord Connections F C E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 LV434197 E Customer Terminal Block Modbus Network Ethernet Network Circuit Breaker ULP Cord FDM Display ULP Termination ULP Cable 126 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings Dimensions for M-Frame Circuit Breakers Figure 15: M-Frame Individually-Mounted Circuit Breaker Enclosure Mounting Holes and Door Cutouts (199) (199) (194) (6,5) (6,5) (200) (8) (16) (120,5) (200) (216) (76,5) (71) (2,5) (87) (48) (244) (199) (6,5) (200) (144) (200) (266) (64) (6,5) (22,5) (199) (39) (33) (121) Dimensions: in. (mm) 127 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings M-Frame Individually-Mounted 3P 800 A Circuit Breaker with Lugs on Both Ends (199) (99,5) (5,5) Figure 16: (200) (210) (188) (12,5) (113) (64,9) (7,5) (6,5) (107,8) (146,8) (97,6) (204,6) (11) (126,9) (70) (70) (326,6) (210) Dimensions: in. (mm) 128 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings ) (5,5 (5,3) (10,6) (17) (25) (36,6) (199) (99,5) (35,6) M-Frame Individually-Mounted 3P 800 A Circuit Breaker without Lugs (5,5) Figure 17: (9,2) (18,3) (29) (44) (25) Partial View B (opposite side) (200) (15) (17) (9,5) (258) (29) (210) (11) Partial View A (opposite side) (113) (12,5) (188) (7,5) (64,9) (6,5) (126,9) (16,5) (107,8) (97,6) (146,8) (204,4) (11) (70) (326,6) (70) (210) Dimensions: in. (mm) 129 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings Dimensions for P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers Table 102: Enclosure Dimensions Circuit Breaker Enclosure Dimensions (H x W x D) Ventilation Area in. mm Top Circuit Breaker Rating Bottom ≤ 800 A, 100% rated 51.9 x 20.25 x 7.75 1318.3 x 514.4 x 196.9 – – – ≤ 1200 A, standard rated 51.9 x 20.25 x 7.75 1318.3 x 514.4 x 196.9 – – – – > 800 A, 100% rated 62.25 x 23 x 14.75 1581.2 x 584.2 x 374.7 16.5 in.2 10,645 mm2 16.5 in.2 10,645 mm2 P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted Circuit Breaker Enclosure Mounting Holes and Door Cutouts 4.69 (119,0) 7.87 (200,0) 8.50 (216,0) 0.31 (8,0) 7.64 (194,0) 7.83 (199,0) Handle Cutout Accessory Cover Cutout (Toggle Mech Only) 2.52 (64,0) 4X Ø 0.26 (6,5) 5.67 (144,0) 7.87 (200,0) 4X Ø 0.26 (6,5) 10.47 (266,0) 2.52 (64,0) 2.80 (71,0) 0.10 (2,5) 7.83 (199,0) 1.30 (33,0) 4X Ø 0.26 (6,5) 7.87 (200,0) 3.01 (76,5) 4X Ø 0.26 (6,5) 7.87 (200,0) Figure 18: – 7.83 (199,0) 9.61 (244,0) 4.76 (121,0) 7.83 (199,0) 0.89 (22,5) 1.54 (39,0) Handle Escutcheon Cutout (Toggle Mech Only) Accessory Cover Escutcheon Cutout Dimensions: in. (mm) 130 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings 48096-320-01 Off Tripped 2.50 2.49 12.86 (63,6) (63,3) (326,6) 4.23 (107,5) in. (mm) 48096-353-01 0.26 (6,5) 0.43 (11,0) 4.23 (107,5) 3.84 (97,6) 12.86 (326,6) 2.50 2.49 (63,6) (63,3) 7.40 (188,0) 2.56 (64,9) At Max 5.77 (146,5) Off Tripped Dimensions: Top View 7.87 (200,0) 0.30 (7,5) 0.49 (12,5) 5° 0.22 (5,5) P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted 4P Circuit Breaker ≤ 800 A with Lugs on Both Ends 8.07 (205,0) On 3.92 (99,5) 7.83 (199,0) Back View Figure 20: 4.45 (113,0) 25 ° 28 ° 0.26 (6,5) 0.43 (11,0) 2.76 2.76 (70,0) (70,0) 8.27 (210,0) Side View 8.27 (210,0) 7.40 (188,0) 2.56 (64,9) At Max 3.84 (97,6) On 4.45 (113,0) 25° 28° 5° 0.30 (7,5) 0.49 (12,5) 8.07 (205,0) 5.77 (146,5) 8.27 (210,0) P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted 3P Circuit Breaker ≤ 800 A with Lugs on Both Ends 7.87 (200,0) Figure 19: 2.76 2.76 2.76 (70,0) (70,0) (70,0) 11.02 (280,0) 3.92 (99,5) 0.22 (5,5) 10.59 (269,0) Back View Top View Side View Dimensions: in. (mm) 131 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings 4.45 (113,0) 0.30 (7,5) 0.49 (12,5) 25° 28° On Off Tripped 5° 0.26 (6,5) 0.43 (11,0) 5.77 (146,5) 4.23 (107,5) 3.84 (97,6) 16.26 (413,0) 8.07 (205,0) At Max 4.00 (101,5) 7.40 (188,0) 2.56 (64,9) 7.87 (200,0) 8.27 (210,0) P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted 3P Circuit Breaker > 800 A with Lugs on Both Ends 48096-321-01 Figure 21: 2.76 2.76 (70,0) (70,0) 8.27 (210,0) 2.50 4.19 (63,6) (106,5) 3.92 (99,5) 7.83 (199,0) Top View Back View Side View 4.45 (113,0) 28 ° On P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted 4P Circuit Breaker > 800 A with Lugs on Both Ends 0.30 (7,5) 0.49 (12,5) 25 ° Off Tripped 5° At Max 7.40 (188,0) 2.56 (64,9) 2.50 (63,6) 4.19 (106,5) 0.26 (6,5) 0.43 (11,0) 8.07 (205,0) 5.77 (146,5) 4.23 (107,5) 3.84 (97,6) 4.00 (101,5) 16.26 (413,0) in. (mm) 48096-354-01 8.27 (210,0) Dimensions: 7.87 (200,0) Figure 22: 0.22 (5,5) 2.76 2.76 2.76 (70,0) (70,0) (70,0) 11.02 (280,0) Back View Side View 3.92 (99,5) 10.59 (269,0) Top View Dimensions: 0.22 (5,5) in. (mm) 132 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings Figure 23: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted 3P Circuit Breaker without Lugs 0.37 (9,5) 0.67 (17,0) 1.73 (44,0) 0.98 (25,0) 0.59 (15,0) 3 0.4 ) ,0 (11 10.16 (258,0) 7.87 (200,0) 0.72 (18,3) 0.36 (9,1) 1.14 (29,0) 1.40 (35,5) 0.21 (5,3) 0.41 (10,5) 3.92 (199,0) 0.22 (5,5) 7.83 (199,0) 8.27 (210,0) 4.45 (113,0) 0.30 (7,5) 0.49 (12,5) 7.40 (188,0) 2.56 (64,9) 0.65 (16,5) 12.86 (326,6) 3.84 (97,6) 2.11 (53,5) 8.07 (205,0) 1.86 (47,2) 0.26 (6,5) 0.43 (11,0) 5.77 (146,5) 4.23 (107,5) 2.30 (58,3) 2.76 2.76 (70,0) (70,0) 8.27 (2015,0) 2.50 2.49 (63,6) (63,3) Dimensions: in. (mm) 133 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings Figure 24: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted 4P Circuit Breaker without Lugs 0.37 (9,5) 1.73 (44,0) 0.98 (25,0) 3 0.4 ) ,0 (11 10.16 (258,0) 7.87 (200,0) 0.59 (15,0) 0.72 (18,3) 0.36 (9,1) 1.14 (29,0) 0.40 (35,5) 0.21 (5,3) 0.67 (17,0) 0.41 (10,5) 3.92 (99,5) 0.22 (5,5) 10.59 (269,0) 8.27 (210,0) 4.45 (113,0) 0.30 (7,5) 0.49 (12,5) 7.40 (188,0) 2.56 (64,9) 0.65 (16,5) 12.86 (326,6) 3.84 (97,6) 2.11 (53,5) 8.07 (205,0) 1.86 (47,2) 0.26 (6,5) 0.43 (11,0) 5.77 (146,5) 4.23 (107,5) 2.30 (58,3) 2.76 2.76 2.76 (70,0) (70,0) (70,0) 2.50 2.49 (63,6) (63.6) 11.02 (280,0) Dimensions: in. (mm) 134 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted Electrically-Operated 3P Circuit Breaker ≤ 800 A with Lugs on Both Ends 8.27 (210,0) 7.40 (188,0) 2.66 0.43 (67,6) (11,0) 6.91 (175,5) 4.23 (107,5) 7.17 (182,0) 0.30 (7,5) 7.87 (200,0) 2.30 (58,3) 48096-348-01 Figure 25: 2.49 (63,3) 2.76 2.76 (70,0) (70,0) 12.86 (326,6) 3.92 (99,5) 7.83 (199,0) 8.27 (210,0) Side View Back View Top View Dimensions: in. (mm) P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted Electrically-Operated 4P Circuit Breaker ≤ 800 A with Lugs on Both Ends 48096-356-01 Figure 26: 0.22 (5,5) 7.40 8.27 (210,0) 2.30 (58,3) (188,0) Side View 0.43 (11,0) 4.23 (107,5) 6.91 (175,5) 7.17 (182,0) 2.49 (63,3) 12.86 (326,6) 2.66 (67,6) 7.87 (200,0) 0.30 (7,5) 3.92 (99,5) 2.76 2.76 2.76 (70,0) (70,0) (70,0) 0.22 (5,5) 10.59 (269,0) 11.02 (280,0) Top View Dimensions: Back View in. (mm) 135 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted Electrically-Operated 3P Circuit Breaker > 800 A with Lugs on Both Ends 48096-249-01 Figure 27: 7.41 (188,0) (210,0) 4.00 2.66 (67,6) 0.30 (101,5) 0.43 (11,0) 7.87 (200,0) 8.27 7.17 (182,0) 6.91 (175,5) 4.23 (107,5) (7,5) 2.76 2.76 (70,0) (70,0) 8.27 (210,0) 4.19 (106,5) 16.26 (413,0) 3.92 (99,5) 7.83 (199,0) Top View 48096-357-01 P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted Electrically-Operated 4P Circuit Breaker > 800 A with Lugs on Both Ends 7.41 (188,0) 8.27 (210,0) 4.00 2.66 (67,6) 0.30 0.43 (11,0) 4.19 16.26 (413,0) 4.23 (107,5) 6.91 (175,5) 7.17 (182,0) (7,5) (106,5) 2.76 2.76 2.76 (70,0) (70,0) (70,0) 11.02 (280,0) 10.59 (269,0) 3.92 (99,5) Top View Side View in. (mm) 7.87 (200,0) Figure 28: (101,5) Dimensions: Back View Side View 0.22 (5,5) Back View 0.22 (5,5) Dimensions: in. (mm) 136 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings Figure 29: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted Electrically-Operated 3P Circuit Breaker without Lugs 48096-352-1 1.73 (44,0) 0.37 (9,5) .43 Ø0 1,0) (1 0.67 (17,0) 0.21 (5,3) 0.41 (10,5) 7.87 (200,0) 0.72 (18,3) 10.16 (258,0) 0.36 (9,1) 1.14 (29,0) 0.59 (15,0) 1.40 (35,5) 0.98 (25,0) 3.92 (99,5) A 7.83 (199,0) Partial View A (far side) scale1/1 Top View 7.40 (188,0) 8.27 (210,0) 2.66 (67,6) 4.23 (107,5) 7.17 (182,0) 12.86 (326,6) 6.91 (175,5) 0.30 (7,5) 2.30 (58,3) 0.22 (5,5) 2.76 2.76 (70,0) (70,0) 8.27 (210,0) 2.49 (63,3) Side View Back View Dimensions: in. (mm) 137 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings Figure 30: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted Electrically-Operated 4P Circuit Breaker without Lugs 48096-359-01 1.73 (44,0) 0.37 (9,5) 0.98 (25,0) .43 Ø0 1,0) (1 0.21 (5,3) 0.41 (10,5) 0.67 (17,0) 7.87 (200,0) 10.16 (258,0) 0.72 (18,3) 0.36 (9,1) 1.14 (29,0) 0.59 (15,0) 1.40 (35,5) Top View 7.40 (188,0) 2.66 (67,6) 7.17 (182,0) 6.91 (175,5) 4.23 (107,5) 0.30 (7,5) 12.86 (326,6) 0.22 (5,5) 10.59 (269,0) Partial View A (far side) scale1/1 8.27 (210,0) 2.30 (58,3) 3.92 (99,5) A 2.76 2.76 2.76 (70,0) (70,0) (70,0) 11.02 (280,0) 2.49 (63,3) Side View Back View Dimensions: in. (mm) 138 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted 3P Circuit Breaker with Rotary Handle 48096-351-01 Figure 31: 1.40 (35,5) 1.73 (44,0) 0.37 (9,5) 0.98 (25,0) 0.99 (25,1) 43 Ø0. ,0) 1 ( 1 0.67 (17,0) 0.21 (5,3) 0.41 (10,5) 10.16 (258,0) 7.87 (200,0) 4.88 (124,1) 0.59 (15,0) 0.72 (18,3) 1.14 (29,0) 0.36 (9,1) 1 Ø6.3 0,2) (16 Partial View A (far side) scale 1/1 0.98 (25,0) A 3.92 (99,5) 7.83 (199,0) Top View 7.40 (188,0) 4.87 (123,6) 8.27 (210,0) 7.68 (195,0) 0.30 (7,5) 0.26 (6,5) 6.32 (160,5) 4.23 (107,5) 2.11 (53,5) 1.86 (47,2) 7.46 (189,5) 0.43 (11,0) 9.04 (229,5) 2.30 (58,3) 0.22 (5,5) 2.76 2.76 (70,0) (70,0) 2.49 (63,3) 12.86 (326,6) 8.27 (210,0) Side View Back View Dimensions: in. (mm) 139 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted 4P Circuit Breaker with Rotary Handle 48096-358-01 Figure 32: 1.73 (44,0) 0.37 (9,5) 0.98 (25,0) 0.99 (25,1) 43 Ø0. ,0) (11 1 Ø6.3 0,2) (16 0.67 (17,0) 0.21 (5,3) 0.41 (10,5) 7.87 (200,0) 4.88 (124,1) 0.59 (15,0) 0.72 (18,3) 10.16 (258,0) (9,1) 1.14 (29,0) 0.36 1.40 (35,5) Partial View A (far side) scale 1/1 0.98 (25,0) 3.92 (99,5) 0.22 (5,5) 10.59 (269,0) Top View A 7.40 (188,0) 4.87 (123,6) 8.27 (210,0) 7.68 (195,0) 0.26 (6,5) 0.30 (7,5) 4.23 (107,5) 2.11 (53,5) 1.86 (47,2) 6.32 (160,5) 0.43 (11,0) 9.04 (229,5) 7.46 (189,5) 2.30 (58,3) 2.76 2.76 2.76 (70,0) (70,0) (70,0) 2.49 (63,3) 12.86 (326,6) 11.02 (280,0) Side View Back View Dimensions: Figure 33: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 3P Drawout Circuit Breaker Door Cutout 10.19 (259) 10.19 (259) 11.88 (302) 9.02 (229) 5.13 (130) 4.27 (109) 10.15 (258) 9.02 (229) 10.15 (258) in. (mm) 6.31 (160) 12.03 (306) 7.17 (182) 19.21 (488) Dimensions: in. (mm) 140 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings Figure 34: 10.19 (259) 11.76 (299) 10.19 (259) 10.15 (258) 5.13 (130) 4.27 (109) 11.88 (302) 10.15 (258) 11.76 (299) P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 4P Drawout Circuit Breaker Door Cutout 6.31 (160) 12.03 (306) 7.17 (182) in. (mm) Dimensions: Figure 35: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 3P Drawout Circuit Breaker Rear Cutout t 8.08 (205) 0.33 (9) 4.61 (117) 1.97 (50) 9.22 (234) 5.91 (150) 4.04 (103) 4.29 (109) 8.51 (216) 8.59 (218) Dimensions: in. (mm) 141 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings Figure 36: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 4P Drawout Circuit Breaker Rear Cutout t 10.83 (275) 4.04 (103) 4.61 (117) 1.97 (50) 9.22 (234) 5.91 (150) 0.33 (8) 4.29 (109) 11.35 (288) 8.52 (216) Dimensions: P-Frame Drawout 3P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1200 A with Front-Connected Flat (FCF) Connectors 3.54 (90) 3.54 (90) 0.98 (25) 3.94 (100) Figure 37: in. (mm) 0.25 (6) 2.62 (67) 0.45 (11) 5.91 (150) 2.95 (75) 1.73 (44) 5.33 (135) 4.85 (123) 5.33 (135) 7.83 (199) 6.26 (159) 6.86 (175) 0.63 (16) 11.34 (288) 1.73 (44) 0.87 (22) 2.76 (70) 2.76 (70) 0.75 (19) 11.19 (284) 1.79 (46) Dimensions: in. (mm) 142 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings Figure 38: P-Frame Drawout 4P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1200 A with Front-Connected Flat (FCF) Connectors 6.30 (160) 3.55 (90) 3.92 (100) 0.98 (25) 0.25 (6) 6.86 (175) 2.76 (70) 2.62 (67) 5.92 (150) 0.63 (16) 2.95 (75) 5.33 (135) 2.76 (70) 1.73 (44) 4.85 (123) 5.33 (135) 7.83 (199) 2.76 (70) 0.45 (11) 0.87 (22) 6.32 (161) 1.73 (44) 7.80 (198) 9.11 (231) 0.75 (19) 11.19 (284) 1.79 (46) Dimensions: in. (mm) 143 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings NS630b–NS1600 Drawout 3P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1600 A with Front-Connected Flat (FCF) Connectors 3.54 Y 3.54 (90,0) (90,0) 0.98 (25,0) 48096-368-01 Figure 39: 3.94 (100,0) Z Ø0 (8, .33 5) Top View Z .43 Ø0 11,0) ( 13.23 (336,0) 6.89 Min (175,0) 2.64 (67,0) X 0.49 (12,5) 5.55 (141,0) X 4.84 (123,0) 0.59 (15,0) 2.95 (75,0) 5.91 (150,0) 6.73 (171,0) 7.83 (199,0) Y 6.34 5.04 (161,0) (128,0) 2.76 2.76 (70,0) (70,0) 9.09 (231,0) 9.25 (235,0) 0.98 (25,0) 1.73 (44,0) 0.87 (22,0) Back View Side View 1.79 (45,5) Dimensions: in. (mm) 144 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings NS630b–NS1600 Drawout 4P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1600 A with Front-Connected Flat (FCF) Connectors 3.54 (90,0) Y 6.30 (160,0) 0.98 (25,0) 48096-371-01 Figure 40: 3.94 (100,0) Z Ø0 (8, .33 5) Z Top View Y 13.23 (336,0) X 4.84 (123,0) 5.51 (140,0) X 2.64 (67,0) 0.59 (15,0) 2.95 (25,0) 5.91 (100,0) 7.83 (199,0) 6.73 (171,0) 2.76 2.76 2.76 (70,0) (70,0) (70,0) 6.89 Min (175,0) 0.98 (25,0) 1.73 (44,0) 7.80 (198,0) 0.87 (22,0) 6.34 (161,0) 9.09 (231,0) 9.25 (235,0) 0.49 (12,5) .43 ) Ø011,0 ( Back View Side View 1.79 (45,5) Dimensions: in. (mm) 145 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings P-Frame Drawout 3P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1200 A with Rear-Connected “T” Vertical (RCTV) Connectors 3.54 (90) 3.54 (90) 0.98 (25) 3.94 (100) Figure 41: 0.25 (6) 0.37 (10) 6.86 (175) 5.06 (128) 2.62 (67) 0.45 (11) 1.73 (44) 4.85 (123) 5.91 (150) 2.95 (75) 7.83 (199) 6.32 (161) 0.87 (22) 2.76 (70) 3.54 (90) 0.75 (19) 2.76 (70) 3.54 (90) 1.73 (44) 9.11 (231) 12.67 (322) 1.79 (46) Dimensions: in. (mm) 146 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings Figure 42: P-Frame Drawout 4P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1200 A with Rear-Connected “T” Vertical (RCTV) Connectors 3.54 (90) 6.30 (160) 3.92 (100) 0.98 (25) 0.25 (6) 0.37 (10) 6.86 (175) 2.62 (67) 8.99 (228) 0.87 (22) 4.50 (114) 4.85 (123) 5.91 (150) 7.83 (199) 0.45 (11) 2.76 (70) 6.32 (161) 2.76 (70) 2.76 (70) 1.73 (44) 0.75 (19) 7.80 (198) 1.73 (44) 9.11 (231) 12.67 (322) 1.79 (46) Dimensions: in. (mm) 147 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings NS630b–NS1600 Drawout 3P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1600 A with Rear-Connected “T” Vertical (RCTV) Connectors 3.54 Y 3.54 (90,0) (90,0) 0.98 (25,0) 48096-366-01 Figure 43: 3.94 (100,0) Z Ø0 (8, .33 5) 0.59 (15,0) Z Top View 5.91 (150,0) 0.87 (22,0) X 5.04 (128,0) 1.73 (44,0) 0.51 (13,0) 0.98 (25,0) 4.84 (123,0) 0.51 (13,0) 8.98 (228,0) 4.49 (114,0) Ø (110.43 ,0) 6.34 (161,0) 2.64 (67,0) 1.97 (50,0) 2.76 2.76 (70,0) (70,0) 6.89 Min (175,0) 9.09 (231,0) 10.55 (268,0) Side View Back View 1.81 (46,0) Dimensions: in. (mm) 148 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings 3.54 Y (90,0) 6.30 (160,0) Z 0.98 (25,0) NS630b–NS1600 Drawout 4P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1600 A with Rear-Connected “T” Vertical (RCTV) Connectors 3.94 (100,0) 48096-369-01 Figure 44: Ø0 (8, .33 5) Z 0.59 (15,0) Top View Ø 0.4 3 1.93 (49,0) ) 1,0 (1 2.76 Y 2.76 2.76 (70,0) (70,0) (70,0) 6.89 Min (175,0) 2.64 (67,0) 7.80 (198,0) Back View X 0.98 (25,0) 6.34 (161,0) 1.73 (44,0) 4.84 (123,0) X 8.98 (228,0) 4.49 (114,0) 5.91 (150,0) 7.83 (199,0) 0.87 (22,0) 0.49 (12,5) 9.09 (231,0) 10.53 (267,0) 1.79 (45,5) Side View Dimensions: in. (mm) 149 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings Figure 45: P-Frame Drawout 3P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1200 A with Rear-Connected “T” Horizontal (RCTH) Connectors 3.54 (90) 0.98 (25) 3.94 (100) 3.54 (90) 1.73 (44) 0.25 (6) 1.73 (44) 0.45 (11) 0.75 (19) 0.87 (22) 6.86 (175) 5.06 (128) 2.62 (67) 3.56 (90) 7.83 (199) 6.32 (161) 4.85 (123) 8.90 (228,0) 4.48 (114,0) 2.95 (75) 5.91 (150) 0.37 (10) 2.76 (70) 9.11 (231) 2.76 (70) 12.64 (321) 1.79 (46) Dimensions: in. (mm) 150 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings Figure 46: P-Frame Drawout 4P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1200 A with Rear-Connected “T” Horizontal (RCTH) Connectors 3.54 (90) 6.30 (160) 3.92 (100) 0.98 (25) 0.25 (6) 1.73 (44) 0.45 (11) 0.75 (19) 0.87 1.73 (22) (44) 6.86 (175) 8.99 (228,0) 0.37 (10) 4.85 (123) 4.50 (114) 5.92 (150) 296 (75) 7.83 (199) 2.62 (67) 2.76 (70) 6.32 (161) 2.76 (70) 2.76 (70) 9.11 (231) 12.67 (322) 7.80 (198) 1.79 (46) Dimensions: in. (mm) 151 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings NS630b–NS1600 Drawout 3P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1600 A with Rear-Connected “T” Horizontal (RCTH) Connectors 3.54 (90,0) 3.54 (90,0) 0.98 (25,0) Z 3.94 (100,0) 48096-367-01 Figure 47: 0.51 (13,0) Ø0 . (8,5 33 ) .43 Ø0 ,0) 0.87 1 1 ( (22,0) 0.98 (25,0) 1.73 (44,0) Z Top View 6.89 Min (175,0) 2.64 (67,0) 2.76 2.76 (70,0) (70,0) 6.34 (161,0) Y X 4.49 (114,0) 4.84 (123,0) X 8.98 (228,0) 2.95 (75,0) 5.91 (150,0) 7.83 (199,0) 0.59 (15,0) 1.93 (49,0) 9.09 (231,0) 5.04 (128,0) 1.79 (45,5) 10.55 (268,0) Back View Side View Dimensions: in. (mm) 152 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings NS630b–NS1600 Drawout 4P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1600 A with Rear-Connected “T” Horizontal (RCTH) Connectors 3.54 (90,0) 6.30 (160,0) 0.98 (25,0) 48096-370-01 Figure 48: 3.94 (100,0) Z 0.49 (12,5) Ø0 (8,.33 5) 0.87 (22,0) Top View 0.98 (25,0) 1.73 (44,0) Ø (110.43 ,0) Z 1.93 (49,0) 6.34 (161,0) X 4.49 (114,0) 8.98 (228,0) 2.95 (75,0) 5.91 (150,0) 7.83 (199,0) 4.84 (123,0) X 7.80 (198,0) 9.09 (231,0) 10.53 (267,5) Back View Figure 49: 2.64 (67,0) 0.59 (15,0) 2.76 Y 2.76 2.76 (70,0) (70,0) (70,0) 6.89 Min (175,0) Side View 1.79 (45,5) Dimensions: in. (mm) P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 100–1600 A External Neutral Current Transformers 8.20 (208,3) 6.95 (176,5) 0.94 (23,7) 5.04 (127,9) 5.38 (136,7) 1.38 (34,9) 0.56 (14,2) 3.00 (76,2) 0.62 (15,7) Dimensions: in. (mm) 153 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings Dimensions for R-Frame and NS1600b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers R-Frame Individually-Mounted UL Listed 3P Circuit Breaker Minimum Enclosure Size (115,0) (44,5) (22,3) (15,8) (115,5) 30 x 21 x 7 (762 x 533 x 178) (115,0) (44,5) (15,9) Figure 50: Minimum Ventilation (100% Rated Circuit Breakers Only): Circuit Breaker 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3000 A (11 ,0) (150,0) (381,1) 40.25 in.2 (250 cm2) on top and bottom of enclosure "A" 0.50 in. (12.8 mm) 0.63 in. (16 mm) 0.79 in. (20 mm) 0.79 in. (20 mm) (14,5 (195,0) (76,0) (15,0) (390,0) (339,8) (210,0) (113,0) (139,6) (12,6) (163 ,0) (30,0) (131,8) (168,5) See Table (11,0) (222,3) ) 8,8 (24 (18,3) (119,3) (6,0) (368,0) (6,9) (7,5) Dimensions: (38,6) in. (mm) 154 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings R-Frame Individually-Mounted UL Listed 4P Circuit Breaker 4.53 (115.0) 4.53 (115.0) 0.88 (22.2) 1.75 (44.5) 0.62 (15.7) 1.75 (44.5) 0.62 (15.8) 4.53 (115.0) Circuit Breaker 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3000 A Ø0.43 (11,0 ) 5.91 (150,0) 15.00 (381.1) 4.55 (115.5) 48096-450-01 Figure 51: "A" 0.50 in. (12.8 mm) 0.63 in. (16.0 mm) 0.79 in. (20.0 mm) 0.79 in. (20.0 mm) 57 Ø0. 5) 4. (Ø1 0.49 (12,6) n 28Û O Of f At Max .72 (18,3) "A" 0.24 (6,0) 7.68 (195,0) 0.59 (15,0) Top View 13.38 (339,8) 5.50 (139,6) Han R6.42 Fo dle ld (163,0) ed 0.27 (6,9) 0.43 (11,0) Handle 8.75 Folded (222,3) 6.63 (168,5) 5.19 (131,8) 25 Û 9. (24 79 8,8 ) 4.70 (119,3) 4Û Trippe d 1.18 (30,0) 0.30 (7,5) 19.88 (505,0) At Max See Table 8.27 (210,0) 4.45 (113,0) Handle 14.49 Extended (368,0) 2.99 (76.0) 1.52 (38,6) Dimensions: Side View Back View in. (mm) 155 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings 0.59 (15,0) NS1600b–NS3200 Individually-Mounted IEC Rated, 3P Circuit Breaker 0.98 (25,0) 1.97 (50,0) 2.99 (76,0) 0.51 (13,0) 2.95 (75,0) 48096-209-01 Figure 52: 11.81 (300,0) 5.91 (150,0) Ø0 . (11 43 ,0) 9 Ø0.4 ) (12,5 4.53 (115,0) 4.53 (115,0) 15.35 (390,0) 0.59 (15,0) 7.68 (195,0) Top View 5.50 (139,6) R 6.4 Handle 2 (163 Folded ,0) 0.27 (6,9) At Max 0.43 (11,0) 5.19 (131,8) 9 (24 .79 8,8 ) Of f 0.79 (20,0) 0.72 (18,3) 4.70 (119,3) 0.24 (6,0) At Max 6.63 (168,5) 25 ° 13.38 (339,8) Handle 14.49 Extended (368,0) Handle 8.75 Folded (222,3) 1.18 (30,0) 0.30 (7,5) 8.27 (210,0) 4.45 0.49 (113,0) (12,6) 4° Tripp ed n O ° 28 1.52 (38,6) Side View Back View Dimensions: in. (mm) 156 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings NS1600b–NS3200 Individually-Mounted IEC Rated 4P Circuit Breaker 1.97 (50,0) 0.98 (25,0) 2.99 (76,0) 0.51 (13,0) Ø0.43 (11,0 ) 5.91 (150,0) 11.81 (300,0) 2.95 (75,0) 0.59 (15,0) 48096-245-01 Figure 53: 4.53 (115,0) 4.53 (115,0) 0.49 (12,6) 4° Trippe d 25 ° Off 9. (24 79 0.79 8,8 ) (20,0) 1.18 (30,0) 0.30 (7,5) n 28° O 4.70 (119,3) .72 (18,3) 0.24 (6,0) At Max At Max Ø0.49 (12,5) 0.59 (15,0) Top View 13.38 (339,8) 5.50 (139,6) Han R6.42 Fo dle ld (163,0) ed 0.27 (6,9) 0.43 (11,0) Handle 8.75 Folded (222,3) 6.63 (168,5) 5.19 (131,8) 8.27 (210,0) 4.45 (113,0) Handle 14.49 Extended (368,0) 19.88 (505,0) 4.53 (115,0) 7.68 (195,0) 1.52 (38,6) Dimensions: Side View Back View in. (mm) 157 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings Figure 54: R-Frame RLTB 3P Terminal Pad (UL) 0.62 (15,9) 5.91 (150,0) 4.55 (115,5) 15.35 (390,0) 4.53 (115,0) 2.11 (53,6) 9.40 (238,9) 0.79 (20,0) 18.16 (461,2) Top View 2.50 (63,5) 5.00 (127,0) 7.05 (178,9) 3.50 (88,9) 4.53 (115,0) 3.50 (88,9) 4.53 (115,0) 3.50 (88,9) 0.72 (18,3) 20.99 (533,2) Side View Back View Dimensions: in. (mm) 158 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings Figure 55: R-Frame RL3TB 3P Terminal Pad (UL) 5.91 (150,0) 4.55 (115,5) 0.62 (15,9) 15.35 (390,0) 9.40 (238,9) 0.79 (20,0) 18.16 (461,2) 6.03 (153,1) 2.11 (53,6) 3.50 (88,90) 4.00 (101,8) 8.00 (127,0) 4.53 (115,0) 3.50 (55,9) 4.53 (115,0) 3.50 (88,9) 1.06 (26,92) 21.67 (550,4) 10.05 (255,3) Dimensions: in. (mm) 159 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings Figure 56: R-Frame RLTB 4P Terminal Pad (UL) 0.62 (15,9) 5.91 (150,0) 4.55 (115,5) 19.88 (505,0) 4.53 (115,0) 2.11 (53,6) 9.40 (238,9) 0.79 (20,0) 18.16 (461,2) Top View 2.50 (63,5) 5.00 (127,0) 7.05 (178,9) 3.50 (88,9) 4.53 (115,0) 3.50 (88,9) Side View 4.53 (115,0) 29.02 (737,1) 3.50 (88,9) Back View 4.53 (115,0) 3.50 (88,9) 0.72 (18,3) Dimensions: in. (mm) 160 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings Figure 57: R-Frame RL3TB 4P Terminal Pad (UL) 18.0 (457,33) 0.62 (15,8) 5.91 (150,0) 4.55 (115,5) 19.88 (505,0) 9.40 (238,9) 0.79 (20,0) 18.16 (461,2) 6.03 (153,1) 2.11 (53,6) 4.00 (101,6) 8.00 (127,0) 10.05 (255,3) 3.50 (88,9) 4.53 (115,0) 3.50 (88,9) 4.53 (115,0) 3.50 (88,9) 4.53 (115,0) 3.50 (88,9) 1.06 (26,92) 29.70 (754,38) Dimensions: in. (mm) 161 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings NS1600b–NS3200 RLTBE Terminal Pad (IEC) 19.88 4 Pole (505,0) 15.35 3 Pole (390,0) 0.98 (25,0) 1.97 (50,0) 0.51 (13,0) 5.91 (150,0) 2.95 (75,0) 0.59 (15,0) Figure 58: 1.38 3.15 (80,0) 2.17 (55,0) Top View 1.05 (26,7) 0.72 (18,3) 10.39 (264,0) (35,0) 4.92 (125,0) M 10 2.46 (62,5) Side View 2.95 (75,0) 3.94 (100,0) 0.49 (12,5) 0.98 (25,0) 1.97 (50,0) 4.53 (115,0) 0.39 TYP (10,0) 6.10 (155,0) 0.39 TYP (10,0) 4.53 (115,0) Dimensions: Back View in. (mm) 162 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings R-Frame and NS1600b–NS3200 Enclosure Mounting Holes and Door Cutouts 15.35 3-pole (390,0) 19.88 4-pole (505,0) 1.30 (33,0) 4.69 (119,0) 13.62 (346,0) 15.35 3-pole (390,0) 19.88 4-pole (505,0) 4x Ø0.43 (11,0) 5.91 (150,0) 8.50 (216,0) 4x Ø0.43 (11,0) 5.91 (150,0) Figure 59: 0.87 (22,0) Accessory Cover Cutout 0.80 (20,4) 15.35 3-pole (390,0) 2.30 (58,5) 4.80 (122,0) Handle Cutout 10.51 (267,0) 5.91 (150,0) 4x Ø0.43 (11,0) 5.75 (146,0) 0.14 (3,5) 15.63 (397,0) Dimensions: Accessory Cover Escutcheon Cutout Figure 60: in. (mm) R-Frame and NS1600b–NS3200 100–1600 A External Neutral Current Transformers 4.92 (125) 8.10 (206) 6.39 (162) 3.00 (76) 1.75 (44) 2.00 (51) 0.75 (19) 6.85 (174) 0.56 (14) Dimensions: in. (mm) 163 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Circuit Breaker Dimensional Drawings Figure 61: R-Frame and NS1600b–NS3200 2000 A External Neutral Current Transformers 4.92 (125) 8.10 (206) 6.39 (162) 4.00 (102) 1.75 (44) 2.00 (51) 0.75 (19) 6.85 (174) 0.56 (14) Dimensions: Figure 62: R-Frame and NS1600b–NS3200 2500–3200 A External Neutral Current Transformers 4.92 (125) 6.85 (174) 6.39 (162) 2.00 (51) 0.75 (19) 1.75 (44) 10.35 (263) in. (mm) 0.56 (14) 11.60 (295) Dimensions: in. (mm) 164 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 12—Accessory Dimensional Drawings Accessory Dimensions Figure 63: ETH1 IFE Ethernet Interface ETH2 IFE IFE-XX.YY.ZZ (factory set) ETH1 LK/10-100/ACT 1.77 3.62 (45) 3.34 (92) 4.13 (84,8) (105) ETH2 LK/10-100/ACT Module Status Modbus-SL Network Status T LV434011 R 2.50 (63,6) 2.80 (71) 2.83 (72) Figure 64: I1 24VDC C I2 I3 C I4 I5 C I6 A1 O1 O2 O3 IO 1.77 (45) 3.62 (92) 3.34 4.53 (84,8) (115) LV434063 O1 O2 14 23 in. (mm) I/O (Input/Output) Application Module I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 13 Dimensions: O3 24 33 2.83 (72) 34 T1 A1 T2 2.50 (63,6) 2.80 (71) Dimensions: in. (mm) 165 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Figure 65: IFM Modbus-SL Interface 1.77 (45) 0.71 (18) Figure 66: 3.62 (92) 3.35 (85) 4.13 (105) 2.60 (66) 2.87 (73) Dimensions: in. (mm) FDM121 Switchboard Display Dimensions 3.78 (96) X 3.78 (96) Y Figure 67: Dimensions: in. (mm) FDM121 Switchboard Display Mounting Through Panel 3.62+0.03/-0 (92+0.8/-0) X X 0.42 (10,6) 0.81 (20,7) 3.62+0.03/-0 (92+0.8/-0) 0.91 (23) Y Dimensions: Z in. (mm) 166 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Figure 68: FDM121 Switchboard Display Mounting On Panel 2Ø 0.89 (22,5) 0.65 (16,5) 3.91 (99,3) X 1.26+/-0.02 (32+/-0.5) X 0.75 (19) 0.59 (15) 0.79 0.51 (20) (13) +/-0.06 3.91 +/-1.5 ) 0.67 (33 (17) 99.3 1.30 (99.3) Y 1.46 (37) Z Figure 69: 0.23+/-0.01 2 Ø (22,5+/-0,3) Dimensions: in. (mm) FDM128 Switchboard Display Dimensions 5.08 (129) 6.42 (163) X Dimensions: Y in. (mm) 167 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Figure 70: FDM128 Switchboard Display Mounting on Panel (1.5–6) 3.94 (100) X 1.20 (30.6) 1.54 (39) 0.69 (17.5) +0/-0.01 Ø 0.89+0/-0,30 (22,4 ) 3.94 (100) 3.94 (100) 3.94 (100) X 3.94 (100) 1.18+0/-0.008 (30+0/-0,20) Y Dimensions: in. (mm) 168 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Figure 71: Masterpact, PowerPact, and Compact Circuit Breaker Communication K Ethernet J 24 V DC Modbus A A A A A 24 V DC EB 24 V DC +24V 0V II KK C C II II Eth2 Eth1 C C D D +24V 0V KK +24V 0V Eth2 Eth1 Eth2 Eth1 II II II C I1 I2 C I3 I4 I6 C I5 I4 C I3 I2 C I1 I6 C I5 + 24VDC A1 K O1 O2 O3 K K dule IO Mo E E I3 I2 C I1 C I4 I6 C I5 T1 O3 I6 C C I5 C I1 33 O2 I6 23 O1 I3 I2 C I1 K K 13 I2 A1 T2 34 24 14 + 24VDC C I1 I6 C I5 I2 I3 + 24VDC dule IO Mo T1 A1 T2 O2 23 O1 13 T1 24 14 A1 T2 M M O2 23 O1 13 F F 24 14 LL L L M M LL G G FF E. IO application module (LV434063) I. ULP termination (TRV00880) B. IFE master (LV434011) F. Masterpact NT/NW J. FDM128 (LV434128) C. IFE (LV434010) G. PowerPact P/R K. ULP cable D. IFM (TRV00210) H. PowerPact H/J/L L. Circuit breaker ULP cord A. FDM121 (TRV00121) H H H H M. NSX cord 169 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Figure 72: Fixed Masterpact, PowerPact, and Compact Circuit Breaker Connection to the Communication Interface Module FDM Color Red E1 24 V Black E2 0V White E5 H Blue E6 L 121 Breaker ULP cord Black Red White Blue E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 B’ / Rx+ D1 A’ / Rx- D0 B / Tx+ D1 A / Tx- D0 0V 24 V Customer terminal block External power supply 24 V DC External power supply 24 V DC - + Ethernet Modbus-SL D0 = A’ / Rx-, A / TxD1 = B’ / Rx+, B / Tx+ - + ULP cable 24VDC ETH1 ETH2 IFE IFM ULP Termination ULP Termination OR 170 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Figure 73: Drawout Masterpact, PowerPact, and Compact Circuit Breaker Connection to the I/O and Communication Interface Module FDM 121 24VDC IO application module Color Red E1 24 V Black E2 0V White E5 H Blue E6 L ULP cable Breaker ULP cord Red Black White Blue E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 B’ / Rx+ D1 A’ / Rx- D0 B / Tx+ D1 A / Tx- D0 0V 24 V Customer terminal block Modbus-SL Ethernet 24 V DC 24 V DC 24VDC ETH1 ETH2 IFE IFM ULP Termination ULP Termination OR 171 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 13—Trip Curves Section 13—Trip Curves Basic Electronic Trip Unit ET 1.0I, M-Frame 800 A Characteristic Trip Curve TIME IN SECONDS 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .7 .6 .5 MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In) 10000 9000 8000 10000 9000 8000 7000 7000 6000 6000 5000 5000 4000 4000 3000 3000 2000 2000 1500 1500 1000 900 800 1000 900 800 700 700 600 600 500 500 400 400 300 300 200 200 150 150 100 90 80 100 90 80 70 70 60 60 50 50 40 40 30 30 20 20 15 15 10 9 8 10 9 8 7 7 6 6 5 5 ELECTRONIC TRIP 1.0 CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 613-14 Long-time Pickup and Delay Instantaneous Pickup and Delay 2x–10x The time-current curve information is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C (-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature. Instantaneous override values are given on 613-10. Notes: 1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act to shorten the long-time delay. The thermalimaging effect comes into play if a current above the long-time delay pickup value exists for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of a downstream device or the circuit breaker itself. A subsequent overload will cause the circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than normal. The amount of time delay reduction is inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed since the previous overload. Approximately 20 minutes is required between overloads to completely reset thermal-imaging. 2. Total clearing times shown include the response times of the trip unit, the circuit breaker opening, and the extinction of the current. 4 4 5x 3 3 2 2 1.5 1.5 INSTANTANEOUS PICKUP x In 1 .9 .8 1 .9 .8 .7 .7 .6 .6 .5 .5 .4 .4 .3 .3 .2 .2 .15 .15 .1 .09 .08 2x 3x 4x 6x .1 .09 .08 8 x 10 x .07 .07 .06 .06 .05 .05 .04 .04 .03 .03 .02 .02 1 CYCLE .015 .015 .01 .009 .008 1 .01 .009 .008 2 CYCLE 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .005 .7 .006 .005 .6 .007 .006 .5 .007 MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In) 172 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 13—Trip Curves Basic Electronic Trip Unit 1.0I P- and R-Frame Characteristic Trip Curve 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .7 .6 .5 MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In) 10000 9000 8000 10000 9000 8000 7000 7000 6000 6000 LONG-TIME PICKUP 5000 5000 4000 4000 3000 3000 2000 2000 1500 1500 Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C (-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature. 1000 900 800 1000 900 800 Instantaneous override values are given on 613-10. 700 700 600 600 500 500 400 400 300 300 200 200 150 150 100 90 80 100 90 80 LONG-TIME DELAY 70 60 70 60 50 50 40 40 30 30 20 20 15 15 10 9 8 10 9 8 7 TIME IN SECONDS ELECTRONIC TRIP 1.0I CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 613-12 Long-time Pickup and Fixed Delay Instantaneous Pickup 1.5x-12x The time-current curve information is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. Notes: 1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act to shorten the long-time delay. The thermalimaging effect comes into play if a current above the long-time delay pickup value exists for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of a downstream device or the circuit breaker itself. A subsequent overload will cause the circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than normal. The amount of time delay reduction is inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed since the previous overload. Approximately 20 minutes is required between overloads to completely reset thermal-imaging. 2. Total clearing times shown include the response times of the trip unit, the circuit breaker opening, and the extinction of the current. 7 6 6 5x 5 5 4 4 3 3 2 2 INSTANTANEOUS PICKUP x In 10 x 1.5 1.5 1 .9 .8 1 .9 .8 .7 .7 .6 .6 .5 .5 .4 .4 .3 .3 .2 1.5 x 2 x 3x 4x 6x 8x .2 12 x .15 .15 .1 .09 .08 .1 .09 .08 .07 .07 .06 .06 .05 .05 .04 .04 .03 .03 .02 .02 1 CYCLE .015 .015 .01 .009 .008 1 .01 .009 .008 2 CYCLE 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .005 .7 .006 .005 .6 .007 .006 .5 .007 MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In) 173 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 13—Trip Curves Micrologic 2.0A NS630b–NS3200 Trip Unit Characteristic Trip Curve 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .7 .6 .5 CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF Ir (Ir = LONG-TIME SETTING x In) 10000 9000 8000 10000 9000 8000 7000 7000 6000 6000 5000 5000 4000 4000 LONG-TIME PICKUP x In = Ir 3000 3000 2000 2000 1500 1500 1000 900 800 1000 900 800 700 700 600 600 24 16 500 500 400 400 300 300 200 200 150 150 100 90 80 100 90 80 20 70 70 12 60 60 8 50 50 4 40 40 2 30 30 1 20 24 15 15 16 10 9 8 10 9 8 LONG-TIME DELAY BANDS SECONDS AT 6 x Ir 7 TIME IN SECONDS CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 613-9 Long-Time Pickup and Delay Short-Time Delay Long-time Pickup Pickupwith andNo Delay Short-time Pickup with No Delay The time-current curve information is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. The time-current curve information is to be used Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C for application and coordination purposes only. (-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature. Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C Instantaneous override values are given on (-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature. 613-10. Notes: Notes: 1. 1. There is aisthermal-imaging effect There a thermal-imaging effectthat thatcan canact to shorten the long-time delay.delay. The thermalact to shorten the long-time The imaging effect comes intocomes play ifinto a current thermal-imaging effect play if a above the above long-time delay pickup exists current the long-time delayvalue pickup for value a timeexists and then cleared by the tripping for a is time and then is cleared by of a downstream device or the circuit breaker the tripping of a downstream device or the itself. A subsequent overload will cause the circuit breaker itself. A subsequent overload circuit tocircuit trip inbreaker a shorter time will breaker cause the to trip in than a normal. The amount of timeThe delay reduction is shorter time than normal. amount of inverse thereduction amount of time that hasamount elapsed time to delay is inverse to the since the previous overload. Approximately of time that has elapsed since the previous 20 minutes is required between overloads tois overload. Approximately twenty minutes completely thermal-imaging. required reset between overloads to completely 2. Thereset end thermal-imaging. of the curve is determined by the 2. The endsetting. of the curve is determined by the short-time short-time setting. .5 20 Micrologic 2.0A Trip Unit ® MICROLOGICTrip 2.0Curve A TRIPNo. UNIT Characteristic 613-9 6 3. 3. Total clearing times shown include Total clearing times shown includethe the response times of of thethe trip response times tripunit, unit,the thecircuit circuit breaker opening, and the extinction breaker opening, and the extinctionof ofthe current. current. Overload indicator illuminatesatat100%. 100%. 4. 4. Overload indicator illuminates 7 6 5 5 4 4 3 3 2 2 1.5 1.5 8 1 .9 .8 SHORT-TIME PICKUP x Ir .7 1 .9 .8 10 6 1.5 2 2.5 .7 .6 .6 4 .5 .5 3 .4 5 .4 .3 .3 .2 .2 .15 .15 .1 .09 .08 .1 .09 .08 .07 .07 .06 .06 .05 .05 .04 .04 .03 .03 .02 .02 1 CYCLE .015 .015 .01 .009 .008 1 .01 .009 .008 2 CYCLE .007 .007 .006 .006 .005 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .7 .6 .5 .005 CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF Ir (Ir = LONG-TIME SETTING x In) 174 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 13—Trip Curves Micrologic 3.0A P-Frame and R-Frame Trip Unit Characteristic Trip Curve 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .7 .6 .5 CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF Ir (Ir = LONG-TIME SETTING x In) 10000 9000 8000 10000 9000 8000 7000 7000 6000 6000 Micrologic 3.0A Trip Unit Characteristic Trip® Curve No. 613-6 MICROLOGIC 3.0and A TRIP Long-Time Pickup DelayUNIT CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 613-6 Long-time Pickup and Delay 5000 5000 LONG-TIME PICKUP x In = Ir 4000 4000 3000 3000 2000 2000 1500 1500 1000 900 800 1000 900 800 700 700 600 600 500 500 The time-current curve information is to be used The time-current curve information is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. for application and coordination purposes only. Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C (-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature. (-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature. 400 400 24 300 300 16 200 200 150 150 100 90 80 100 90 80 70 70 60 60 50 50 LONG-TIME DELAY SECONDS AT 6 x Ir 40 30 40 30 20 12 20 20 8 4 15 15 2 TIME IN SECONDS 24 1 10 9 8 Notes: 1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can ac shorten long-time delay. 1. toThere is a the thermal-imaging effectThe thatthermalcan imaging effect the comes into play if aThe current act to shorten long-time delay. above the long-time delay pickup value thermal-imaging effect comes into play if aexist for a timeabove and then is cleared by the tripping current the long-time delay pickup avalue downstream circuit breaker exists fordevice a time or andthe then is cleared itself. subsequent overload will cause by theA tripping of a downstream device or the circuit breaker to trip in aA shorter time than the circuit breaker itself. subsequent normal. The ofcircuit time delay reduction overload willamount cause the breaker to trip i inverse to the amount of timeThe thatamount has elapse in a shorter time than normal. since thedelay previous overload. Approximately 2 of time reduction is inverse to the minutes overloads amount is of required time that between has elapsed since theto completely reset thermal-imaging. previous overload. Approximately twenty minutes is required overloads 2. The end of the curvebetween is determined byto the instantaneous setting. completely reset thermal-imaging. 2. Total The clearing end of thetimes curveshown is determined 3. include by thethe instantaneous theunit, circuit response timessetting of the of trip thebreaker. circuit 3. breaker Total clearing times shown include theof the opening, and the extinction response times of the trip unit, the circuit current. breaker opening, and the extinction of 4. See 613-8 for instantaneous pickup trip curv current. 4. See trip curve 613-8 on page 176 for instantaneous pickup trip curve. 10 9 8 16 .5 Notes: 7 7 6 6 5 5 4 4 3 3 2 2 1.5 1.5 1 .9 .8 1 .9 .8 .7 .7 .6 .6 .5 .5 .4 .4 .3 .3 .2 .2 .15 .15 .1 .09 .08 .1 .09 .08 .07 .07 .06 .06 .05 .05 .04 .04 .03 .03 .02 .02 1 CYCLE .015 .015 .01 .009 .008 1 .01 .009 .008 2 CYCLE 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .005 .7 .006 .005 .6 .007 .006 .5 .007 CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF Ir (Ir = LONG-TIME SETTING x In) 175 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 13—Trip Curves Micrologic 3.0A P-Frame and R-Frame Trip Unit Characteristic Trip Curve 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .7 .6 .5 MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In) 10000 9000 8000 10000 9000 8000 7000 7000 6000 6000 5000 5000 4000 4000 3000 3000 2000 2000 1500 1500 1000 900 800 1000 900 800 700 700 600 600 500 500 400 400 300 300 200 200 Micrologic 3.0A Trip Unit Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-8 ® MICROLOGIC 3.0 A TRIP UNIT Instantaneous Pickup, 1.5X to 12X CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 613-8 Instantaneous Pickup 1.5x-12x The time-current curve information is to be used The time-current curve information is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. for application and coordination purposes only. Curves apply from -25°C to +10°C 150 150 INSTANTANEOUS PICKUP x In 100 90 80 70 70 60 60 50 50 40 40 30 TIME IN SECONDS 100 90 80 5x 30 10 x 20 20 15 15 10 9 8 10 9 8 7 7 6 6 5 5 4 4 3 3 2 2 1.5 1.5 1 .9 .8 1 .9 .8 .7 .7 .6 .6 .5 .5 .4 .4 .3 .3 .2 Curves apply fromambient -25°C to +70°C (-13°F to +158°F) temperature. (-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature. Instantaneous override values are given on 613-10. Instantaneous override values are given on 613-10. Notes: Notes: 1. The end of the curve is determined by the 1. The end of the curve is determined by the interrupting rating of the circuit breaker. interrupting rating of the circuit breaker. 2. includethe the 2. Total Totalclearing clearingtimes times shown shown include response trip unit, unit,the thecircuit circuit responsetimes times of of the trip breaker the extinction extinctionofofcurrent. the breakeropening, opening, and and the 3. current. The instantaneous region of the trip curve shows maximum total clearing times. Actual 3. The instantaneous region of the trip curve clearing times in this can times. vary Actual shows maximum totalregion clearing depending on in thethis circuit breaker clearing times region can mechanism vary design andon other The actual clearing depending the factors. circuit breaker mechanism time can be considerably faster than design and other factors. The actual clearing indicated. your local sales office for time can beContact considerably faster than indicated additional information. Contact your local Sales Office for additional 4. information. See trip curve 613-6 on page 175 for longtime pickup and delay trip curves. 4. See 613-6 for long-time pickup and delay trip curves. .2 1.5 x 2 x .15 3x 4x 6x 8x 12 x .15 .1 .09 .08 .1 .09 .08 .07 .07 .06 .06 .05 .05 .04 .04 .03 .03 .02 .02 1 CYCLE .015 .015 .01 .009 .008 1 .01 .009 .008 2 CYCLE 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .005 .7 .006 .005 .6 .007 .006 .5 .007 MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In) 176 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 13—Trip Curves Micrologic 5.0/6.0 P-Frame, R-Frame and NS630b–NS3200 A/P/H Trip Unit Characteristic Trip Curve Micrologic 5.0/6.0 A/P/H Trip Units Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-4 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .7 .6 .5 CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF Ir (Ir = LONG-TIME SETTING x In) 10000 9000 8000 10000 9000 8000 7000 7000 6000 6000 Long-Time®Pickup Delay MICROLOGIC 5.0/6.0and A/P/H TRIP UNIT OFF Delay Short-Time Pickup TRIP and I2tCURVE CHARACTERISTIC NO. 613-4 Long-time Pickup and Delay 5000 5000 4000 4000 LONG-TIME PICKUP x In = Ir 3000 3000 2000 2000 1500 1500 1000 900 800 1000 900 800 The time-current curve information to be used Short-time Pickup and I2t isOFF Delay for application and coordination purposes only. The time-current curve information is to be use Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C purposes only for application and coordination (-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature. Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C (-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature. Notes: Notes: 700 700 600 600 24 16 500 500 400 400 300 300 200 200 150 150 100 90 80 100 90 80 20 70 70 12 60 60 8 50 50 4 40 40 2 30 30 1 .5 20 20 24 15 15 16 10 9 8 7 TIME IN SECONDS 10 9 8 LONG-TIME DELAY BANDS SECONDS AT 6 x Ir 6 7 6 5 5 4 4 3 3 2 2 1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act 1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can ac to delay. TheThe thermaltoshorten shortenthe thelong-time long-time delay. thermalimaging effect comes into play if a current imaging effect comes into play if a current above the long-time delay pickup value exists above the long-time delay pickup value exis for is is cleared by by thethe tripping foraatime timeand andthen then cleared tripping of a downstream device or the circuit breaker a downstream device or the circuit breaker itself. overload willwill cause the the itself.AAsubsequent subsequent overload cause circuit triptrip in a timetime thanthan circuitbreaker breakertoto inshorter a shorter normal. of of time delay reduction normal.The Theamount amount time delay reduction isinverse inversetotothe theamount amount of of time timethat thathas has elaps elapsed since the previous overload. since the previous overload. Approximately 2 Approximately twenty minutes is required minutes is required between overloads to between overloads to completely reset completely reset thermal-imaging. thermal-imaging. Theend endofofthe thecurve curve determined by the 2.2. The is is determined by the interruptingrating rating circuit breaker. interrupting of of thethe circuit breaker. 3.3. With interlocking ON,on, shortWithzone-selective zone-selective interlocking short-tim time delay utilized, no restraining signal, delay utilized andand no restraining signal, the the maximum unrestrained short-time delay maximum unrestrained short-time delay time time band applies regardless of the setting. band applies regardless of the setting. 4. Total clearing times shown include the 4. response Total clearing the times times of the shown trip unit,include the circuit response times and of the unit, the breaker opening, thetrip extinction of circuit the breaker opening, and the extinction of the current. current. 5. For a withstand circuit breaker, instantaneous turned OFF. See trip curve instantaneou 613-7 on 5. can Forbe a withstand circuit breaker, page 179turned for instantaneous trip curve. can be OFF. See 613-7 for See table on page 183 forcurve. instantaneous override instantaneous trip See 613-10 for values. instantaneous override values. 6. Overload indicator illuminates at 100%. 6. Overload indicator illuminates at 100%. 1.5 1.5 8 1 .9 .8 SHORT-TIME PICKUP x Ir .7 1.5 .6 1 .9 .8 SHORT-TIME DELAY I2t OFF (FIXED-TIME DELAY) SECONDS AT 10 x Ir 10 6 2 2.5 4 .7 .6 .5 .5 3 .4 5 0.4 OFF .3 .4 .3 0.3 OFF .2 .15 MAXIMUM UNRESTRAINED SHORT-TIME DELAY .2 0.2 OFF 0.1 OFF .1 .09 .08 .15 .1 .09 .08 .07 .07 .06 .06 .05 .05 .04 .04 .03 .03 0 .02 .02 1 CYCLE .015 .015 .01 .009 .008 1 .01 .009 .008 2 CYCLE .007 .007 .006 .006 .005 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .7 .6 .5 .005 CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF Ir (Ir = LONG-TIME SETTING x In) 177 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 13—Trip Curves Micrologic 5.0/6.0 P-Frame, R-Frame and NS630b–NS3200 A/P/H Trip Units Characteristic Trip Curve Micrologic 5.0/6.0 A/P/H Trip Units Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-5 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .7 .6 .5 CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF Ir (Ir = LONG-TIME SETTING x In) 10000 9000 8000 10000 9000 8000 7000 7000 6000 6000 5000 5000 4000 4000 3000 3000 The time-current information is toDelay be used Short-timecurve Pickup and I2t ON for application and coordination purposes only. The time-current curve information is to be used Curves apply from to +70°Cpurposes only. for application and -25°C coordination (-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature. 2000 2000 Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C (-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature. 1500 1500 Notes: Notes: 1000 900 800 1000 900 800 700 700 600 600 500 500 400 400 300 300 200 200 150 150 SHORT-TIME PICKUP x Ir 100 90 80 1.5 70 2 2.5 6 100 90 80 8 10 70 60 60 50 50 40 40 3 4 5 30 30 20 20 15 15 10 9 8 10 9 8 7 7 6 6 0.4 5 5 ON 4 3 4 3 0.2 ON 1.1.There is is a athermal-imaging canact act There thermal-imaging effect effect that that can toto shorten thermalshortenthe thelong-time long-time delay. The thermalimaging current imagingeffect effectcomes comes into into play play ifif aa current above valueexists exists abovethe thelong-time long-time delay delay pickup pickup value forfor a atime bythe thetripping tripping timeand andthen then is is cleared cleared by of o a downstream breaker a downstreamdevice deviceor or the the circuit circuit breaker itself. causethe the itself.A Asubsequent subsequentoverload overload will will cause circuit timethan than circuitbreaker breakertototrip trip in in aa shorter shorter time normal. delay reduction reductionisis normal.The Theamount amountof of time time delay inverse totothe timethat thathas haselapsed elapsed inverse theamount amount of of time since the since theprevious previousoverload. overload. Approximately Approximately 20 minutes required between overloads to twenty is minutes is required between overloads completely reset thermal-imaging. to completely reset thermal-imaging. The end thecurve curveisisdetermined determined by 2.2.The end ofofthe by the the interruptingrating ratingof of the the circuit circuit breaker. interrupting breaker. 3. With zone-selective interlocking ON, short- 3. With interlocking on, short-time timezone-selective delay utilized, and no restraining signal, delay utilized and no restraining signal, the the maximum unrestrained short-time delay maximum unrestrained short-time delay time time band applies regardless of the setting. regardless of the setting. 4.band Totalapplies clearing times shown include the response times of the trip unit, the circuit 4. Total clearing times shown include the breaker opening, the extinction of current. response times of and the trip unit, the circuit 5.breaker For withstand circuit instantaneous opening, and breaker, the extinction of the can be turned OFF. See trip curve 613-7 on current. page 179 for instantaneous trip curve. See 5. For a withstand circuit breaker, instantaneous table on page 183 for instantaneous override can be turned OFF. See 613-7 for values. instantaneous trip curve. See 613-10 for 6. See Trip Curve 613-4 on page 177 for longinstantaneous override values. time pickup and delay trip curve. 6. See 613-4 for long-time pickup and delay trip curve. 2 2 ON 0.1 TIME IN SECONDS 2 ® Short-Time Pickup andA/P/H I t ONTRIP DelayUNIT MICROLOGIC 5.0/6.0 CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 613-5 1.5 1.5 0.3 ON 1 .9 .8 1 .9 .8 .7 .7 .6 .6 .5 .5 0.4 ON .4 SHORT-TIME DELAY I2t ON SECONDS AT 10 x Ir .3 .3 0.3 ON MAXIMUM UNRESTRAINED SHORT-TIME DELAY .2 .15 .4 .2 0.2 ON 0.1 ON .1 .09 .08 .15 .1 .09 .08 .07 .07 .06 .06 .05 .05 .04 .04 .03 .03 .02 .02 1 CYCLE .015 .015 .01 .009 .008 1 .01 .009 .008 2 CYCLE 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .005 .7 .006 .005 .6 .007 .006 .5 .007 CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF Ir (I LONG TIME SETTING I ) 178 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 13—Trip Curves Micrologic 5.0/6.0 P-Frame, R-Frame and NS630b–NS3200 A/P/H Trip Units Characteristic Trip Curve Micrologic 5.0/6.0 Trip Units Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-7 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .7 .6 .5 MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In) 10000 9000 8000 10000 9000 8000 7000 7000 6000 6000 5000 5000 4000 4000 3000 3000 2000 2000 1500 1500 1000 900 800 1000 900 800 700 700 600 600 500 500 400 400 300 300 200 200 150 150 ® Instantaneous Pickup, 2XA/P/H to 15XTRIP and OFF MICROLOGIC 5.0/6.0 UNIT CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 613-7 Instantaneous Pickup The time-current curve information is to be used 2x–15x and OFF for application and coordination purposes only. The time-current Curves apply fromcurve -30°Cinformation to +60°C is to be used for application andambient coordination purposes only. (-22°F to +140°F) temperature. Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C (-13°F Notes:to +158°F) ambient temperature. Notes: 1. The end of the curve is determined by the INSTANTANEOUS PICKUP x In 100 90 80 70 70 60 60 50 50 40 40 30 TIME IN SECONDS 100 90 80 30 10 x 20 20 15 15 10 9 8 10 9 8 7 7 6 6 5 5 4 4 3 3 2 2 1.5 1.5 1 .9 .8 1 .9 .8 .7 .7 .6 .6 .5 .5 .4 .4 .3 .3 .2 .2 .15 2x 3x 4x 6x 8x interrupting rating of the circuit breaker. 1. The end of the curve is determined by the 2. interrupting Total clearing times include the rating of shown the circuit breaker. response times of the trip unit, the circuit 2. Total clearing times shown include the breaker opening, and the extinction of current. response times of the trip unit, the circuit 3. The instantaneous region of the trip curve breaker opening, and the extinction of the shows maximum total clearing times. Actual current. clearing times in this region can vary 3. The instantaneous regionbreaker of the trip curve depending on the circuit mechanism shows clearing times. Actual designmaximum and other total factors. The actual clearing clearing in this region canthan vary time cantimes be considerably faster depending on the circuit breaker indicated. Contact your local salesmechanism office for design and information. other factors. The actual clearing additional be considerably fasterinstantaneous than indicated 4. time For can a withstand circuit breaker, Contact your local Office for613-7 additional can be turned OFF.Sales See trip curve on information. page 179 for the instantaneous trip curve. See table on page 183 for the instantaneous 4. For a withstand circuit breaker, instantaneous override values. can be turned OFF. See 613-7 for 5. instantaneous See trip curvetrip 613-4 on page 177 and for trip curve. See 613-10 curve 613-5 onoverride page 178 for long-time pickup, instantaneous values. long-time delay, short-time pickup and short- 5. See 613-4 613-5 for long-time pickup, time delayand trip curves. long-time delay, short-time pickup, and shorttime delay trip curves. .15 12 x 15 x .1 .09 .08 .1 .09 .08 .07 .07 .06 .06 .05 .05 .04 .04 .03 .03 .02 .02 1 CYCLE .015 .015 .01 .009 .008 1 .01 .009 .008 2 CYCLE 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .005 .7 .006 .005 .6 .007 .006 .5 .007 MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In) 179 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 13—Trip Curves Micrologic 6.0 P-Frame, R-Frame and NS630b–NS3200 A/P/H Trip Units with Adjustable Ground-fault Pickup and Delay Characteristic Trip Curve 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .7 .6 .5 .4 .3 .2 .15 .07 .08 .09 .1 .06 .05 MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In) 10000 9000 8000 10000 9000 8000 7000 7000 6000 6000 5000 5000 4000 4000 3000 3000 2000 2000 1500 1500 1000 900 800 1000 900 800 700 700 600 600 500 500 400 400 300 300 Ground Fault I2t OFF and ON Ground-fault I2t OFF and ON In ≤ 400 A In ≤ 400 A The time-current time-currentcurve curve information is be to used be used The information is to forapplication applicationand and coordination purposes for coordination purposes only.only. Curvesapply applyfrom from-25°C -25°C +70°C Curves to to +70°C (-13°Fto to+158°F) +158°F)ambient ambient temperature. (-13°F temperature. 200 200 GROUND-FAULT PICKUP x In 150 150 100 90 80 100 90 80 70 70 60 60 50 50 40 40 30 30 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.9 20 20 15 15 0.4 10 9 8 TIME IN SECONDS Micrologic 6.0 A/P/H Trip Units ® MICROLOGIC 6.0 A/P/H TRIP UNIT with Adjustable Ground-Fault Pickup and WITH ADJUSTABLE Delay GROUND-FAULT PICKUP AND DELAY Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-1 CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 613-1 10 9 8 7 7 6 6 5 5 4 4 0.6 0.8 1.0 3 3 2 2 1.5 1.5 0.4 1 .9 .8 DELAY SECONDS AT 1 x In 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.3 .6 ON .7 1 .9 .8 .7 .6 ON 0.1 0.3 OFF MAXIMUM UNRESTRAINED GROUND-FAULT DELAY .2 .15 .4 .3 ON .3 0.4 OFF N GROUND-FAULT DELAY BANDS I2t ON .4 .5 O 0.2 .5 .2 0.2 OFF 0.1 OFF .1 .09 .08 .07 .15 .1 .09 .08 .07 .06 .06 .05 .05 GROUND-FAULT DELAY BANDS I2t OFF (FIXED DELAY) .04 .03 .04 .03 0 .02 .02 1 CYCLE .015 .015 .01 .009 .008 1 .01 .009 .008 2 CYCLE 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .7 .6 .5 .4 .3 .2 .15 .08 .09 .1 .005 .07 .006 .005 .06 .007 .006 .05 .007 MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In) 180 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 13—Trip Curves Micrologic 6.0 P-Frame, R-Frame and NS630b–NS3200 A/P/H Trip Units with Adjustable Ground-fault Pickup and Delay Characteristic Trip Curve 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .7 .6 .5 .4 .3 .2 .15 .08 .09 .1 .07 .06 .05 MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In) 10000 9000 8000 10000 9000 8000 7000 7000 6000 6000 5000 5000 4000 4000 3000 3000 2000 2000 1500 1500 1000 900 800 1000 900 800 700 700 600 600 500 500 400 400 300 300 200 200 150 150 100 90 80 100 90 80 GROUND-FAULT PICKUP x In 70 60 PICKUP AND DELAY Ground Fault I2t OFF and ON CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 613-2 400 A < I ≤ 1200 A Ground-fault In2t OFF and ON 400 A < In ≤ 1200 A The time-current curve information is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. The time-current curve information is to be used Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C for application and coordination purposes only. (-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature. Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C (-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature. 70 60 50 50 40 40 0.2 30 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.9 30 20 20 15 15 10 9 8 10 9 8 7 0.4 6 7 0.8 1.0 0.6 6 5 5 0.4 4 4 ON 3 3 0.2 2 2 ON TIME IN SECONDS Micrologic 6.0 A/P/H Trip Units with Adjustable Ground-Fault Pickup and MICROLOGIC®Delay 6.0 A/P/H TRIP UNIT WITH ADJUSTABLE GROUND-FAULT Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-2 1.5 1.5 DELAY SECONDS AT 1 x In 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 1 .9 .8 .7 .6 1 .9 .8 .7 .6 .5 .5 0.3 .4 .3 0.4 OFF ON GROUND-FAULT DELAY BANDS I2t ON .3 0.3 OFF O 0.1 N MAXIMUM UNRESTRAINED GROUND-FAULT DELAY .2 .15 .4 .2 0.2 OFF 0.1 OFF .1 .09 .08 .07 .15 .1 .09 .08 .07 .06 .06 .05 .05 GROUND-FAULT DELAY BANDS I2t OFF (FIXED DELAY) .04 .03 .04 .03 0 .02 .02 1 CYCLE .015 .015 .01 .009 .008 1 .01 .009 .008 2 CYCLE 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .7 .6 .5 .4 .3 .2 .15 .08 .09 .1 .005 .07 .006 .005 .06 .007 .006 .05 .007 MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In) 181 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 13—Trip Curves Micrologic 6.0 P-Frame, R-Frame and NS630b–NS3200 A/P/H Trip Units with Adjustable Ground-fault Pickup and Delay Characteristic Trip Curve 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .7 .6 .5 .4 .3 .2 .15 .08 .09 .1 .07 .06 .05 AMPERES x 103 10000 9000 8000 10000 9000 8000 7000 7000 6000 6000 5000 5000 4000 4000 3000 3000 2000 2000 1500 1500 1000 900 800 1000 900 800 700 700 600 600 500 500 400 400 300 300 ® A/P/H Trip Units Micrologic 6.0 MICROLOGIC 6.0 A/P/H TRIP UNIT WITH ADJUSTABLE GROUND-FAULT with Adjustable Ground-Fault Pickup and PICKUP AND DELAY Delay CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 613-3 Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-3 2 Ground-fault t OFFand and ON Ground Fault I2tI OFF ON In > 1200 A In > 1200 A The time-current curve information is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C (-13°F to +158F) ambient temperature. 200 200 800 A 100 90 80 150 100 90 80 70 960 A 70 GROUND-FAULT PICKUP x In 1120 A 150 60 60 50 640 A 50 40 40 30 20 20 880 A 30 15 15 10 9 8 7 7 1040 A 10 9 8 6 5 720 A 4 6 5 4 3 3 2 2 1200 A TIME IN SECONDS (-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature. The time-current curve information is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. 500 A 1.5 0.4 1 .9 .8 1.5 DELAY SECONDS AT 1 x In 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 ON 0.2 .7 .7 .6 ON .6 1 .9 .8 0.1 .3 0.4 OFF ON GROUND-FAULT DELAY BANDS I2t ON .4 .5 0.3 .5 ON 0.3 OFF MAXIMUM UNRESTRAINED GROUND-FAULT DELAY .2 .15 .4 .3 .2 0.2 OFF 0.1 OFF .1 .09 .08 .15 .1 .09 .08 .07 .07 .06 .06 .05 .05 GROUND-FAULT DELAY BANDS I2t OFF (FIXED DELAY) .04 .03 .04 .03 0 .02 .02 1 CYCLE .015 .015 .01 .009 .008 1 .01 .009 .008 2 CYCLE 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .7 .6 .5 .4 .3 .2 .15 .08 .09 .1 .005 .07 .006 .005 .06 .007 .006 .05 .007 AMPERES x 103 182 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 13—Trip Curves Table 103: Instantaneous Override Values Characteristic Trip Curve UL/IEC Circuit Breaker Instantaneous Override1 Instantaneous Override1 UL/IEC Circuit Breaker (kA Peak)2 (kA Peak)2 RG 600 130 ± 10% MG300 RG 800 130 ± 10% MG350 20 ± 15% RG 1000 130 ± 10% MG400 20 ± 15% RG 1200 130 ± 10% MG450 20 ± 15% RG 1600 130 ± 10% MG500 20 ± 15% RG 2000 130 ± 10% MG600 20 ± 15% RG 2500 130 ± 10% MG700 20 ± 15% RJ 600 90 ± 15% MG800 20 ± 15% RJ 800 90 ± 15% MJ300 20 ± 15% RJ 1000 90 ± 15% MJ350 20 ± 15% RJ 1200 90 ± 15% MJ400 20 ± 15% RJ 1600 90 ± 15% MJ450 20 ± 15% RJ 2000 90 ± 15% MJ500 20 ± 15% RJ 2500 90 ± 15% MJ600 20 ± 15% RK 600 130 ± 10% MJ700 20 ± 15% RK 800 130 ± 10% MJ800 20 ± 15% RK 1000 130 ± 10% RK 1200 130 ± 10% IEC Circuit Breaker Instantaneous Override1 (kA Peak)2 20 ± 15% RK 1600 130 ± 10% RK 2000 130 ± 10% NS 800bN 130 ± 10% RK 2500 130 ± 10% NS1000bN 130 ± 10% RL 600 90 ± 15% NS1250bN 130 ± 10% RL 800 90 ± 15% NS1600bN 130 ± 10% RL 1000 90 ± 15% NS2000N 130 ± 10% RL 1200 90 ± 15% NS2500N 90 ± 15% RL 1600 90 ± 15% NS 3200N 90 ± 15% RL 2000 90 ± 15% NS 800bH 90 ± 15% RL 2500 90 ± 15% NS1000bH 90± 15% PG 250 55 ± 10% NS1250bH 55 ± 10% PG 400 55 ± 10% NS1600bH 55 ± 10% PG 600 55 ± 10% NS2000H 55 ± 10% PG 800 55 ± 10% NS2500H 55 ± 10% PG 1000 55 ± 10% NS3200H 55 ± 10% PG 1200 55 ± 10% NS630bN 55 ± 10% PJ 250 15 ± 10% NS800N 55 ± 10% PJ 400 22 ± 10% NS1000N 55 ± 10% PJ 600 22 ± 10% NS1250N 55 ± 10% PJ 800 22 ± 10% NS1600N 55 ± 10% PJ 1000 22 ± 10% NS630bH 55 ± 10% PJ 1200 22 ± 10% NS800H 55 ± 10% PK 250 55 ± 10% NS1000H 55 ± 10% PK 400 55 ± 10% NS1250H 55 ± 10% PK 600 55 ± 10% NS1600H 55 ± 10% PK 800 55 ± 10% NS630bL 55 ± 10% PK 1000 55 ± 10% NS800L 55 ± 10% PK 1200 55 ± 10% NS1000L 55 ± 10% PL 250 20 ± 10% NS1250L 55 ± 10% PL 400 22 ± 10% NS1600L 55 ± 10% PL 600 22 ± 10% PL 800 22 ± 10% PL 1000 22 ± 10% PL 1200 22 ± 10% 1 2 Faults at or above instantaneous override value will be cleared at 25 msec or less. Test X/R=4.9; divide by 2.1 for nominal RMS 183 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 13—Trip Curves Basic Electronic Trip Unit 1.0M, P-Frame 600 A MDP Characteristic Trip Curve 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 10000 9000 8000 7000 7000 6000 6000 5000 5000 4000 4000 3000 3000 2000 2000 1500 1500 1000 900 800 1000 900 800 700 700 600 600 500 500 400 400 300 300 200 200 150 150 100 90 80 100 90 80 INSTANTANEOUS PICKUP x In 70 60 8x 50 TIME IN SECONDS 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .7 .6 .5 MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In) 10000 9000 8000 70 60 13.5 x 50 40 40 30 30 20 20 15 15 10 9 8 10 9 8 7 7 6 6 5 5 4 4 3 3 2 2 1.5 1.5 1 .9 .8 1 .9 .8 .7 .7 .6 .6 .5 .5 .4 .4 .3 .3 .2 5.5 x6.5 x 2.5 x 600 A ELECTRONIC Instantaneous Pickup, 2XTRIP to 16X1.0M CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 613-13 Instantaneous Pickup 2x-16x The time-current is to used The time-currentcurve curveinformation information is be to be used for application purposes only. for applicationand andcoordination coordination purposes only. Curves apply +70°C Curves applyfrom from-25°C -25°Ctoto +70°C (-13°F to (-13°F to +158°F) +158°F)ambient ambienttemperature. temperature. Instantaneous override given onon page Instantaneous overridevalues valuesare are given 183. 613-10. Notes: Notes: 1. The end of the curve is determined by the 1. interrupting The end of the curve determined by the rating ofisthe circuit breaker. interrupting rating of the circuit breaker. 2. Total clearing times shown include the 2. response Total clearing times shown times of the trip include unit, thethe circuit responseopening, times of and the trip the circuit breaker theunit, extinction of the breaker opening, and the extinction of current. current. 3. The regionofofthe thetrip trip curve 3. The instantaneous instantaneous region curve shows maximumtotal totalclearing clearing times. Actual shows maximum times. Actual clearing times ininthis thisregion regioncan canvary vary clearing times depending onthe thecircuit circuitbreaker breaker mechanism depending on mechanism design and other otherfactors. factors.The Theactual actual clearing design and clearing time be considerably considerablyfaster faster than indicate time can can be than Contact localyour Sales Office additional indicated.your Contact local salesfor office for information. additional information. .2 10.5 x 4x 2x .15 Basic Electronic Trip Unit 1.0M, 600 A Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-13 16 x .15 .1 .09 .08 .1 .09 .08 .07 .07 .06 .06 .05 .05 .04 .04 .03 .03 .02 .02 1 CYCLE .015 .015 .01 .009 .008 1 .01 .009 .008 2 CYCLE 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .005 .7 .006 .005 .6 .007 .006 .5 .007 MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In) 184 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 13—Trip Curves Basic Electronic Trip Unit 1.0M P-Frame 800–1200A MCP Characteristic Trip Curve 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .7 .6 .5 MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In) 10000 9000 8000 10000 9000 8000 7000 7000 6000 6000 5000 5000 4000 4000 3000 3000 2000 2000 1500 1500 Curves apply from -25°C to +70°C Instantaneous override values are given on page (-13°F 183. to +158°F) ambient temperature. 1000 900 800 1000 900 800 Instantaneous override values are given on 613-10. 700 700 600 600 500 500 400 400 300 300 200 200 150 150 INSTANTANEOUS PICKUP x In 100 90 80 100 90 80 70 70 60 60 50 50 40 40 30 TIME IN SECONDS Basic Electronic Trip Unit 1.0M 800 A–1200 A Characteristic Trip Curve 613-11 ELECTRONIC TRIPNo. 1.0M 5x 30 10 x 20 20 15 15 10 9 8 10 9 8 7 7 6 6 5 5 4 4 3 3 2 2 1.5 1.5 1 .9 .8 1 .9 .8 .7 .7 .6 .6 .5 .5 .4 .4 .3 .3 .2 Instantaneous 1.5X 800Pickup, A–1200 A to 12X CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 613-11 Instantaneous Pickup The time-current curve information is to be used 1.5x-12x purposes only. for application and coordination The time-current Curves apply fromcurve -25°Cinformation to +70°C is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. (-13°F to +158°F) ambient temperature. Notes: Notes: 1. The end of the curve is determined by the 1. The end of the curve is determined by the interrupting rating of the circuit breaker. rating the circuit breaker. 2. interrupting Total clearing timesofshown include the 2. Total clearing times shown include the response times of the trip unit, the circuit response times ofand thethe tripextinction unit, the of circuit breaker opening, current. opening, and the of extinction of the 3. breaker The instantaneous region the trip curve current. shows maximum total clearing times. Actual clearing times in thisregion regionofcan 3. The instantaneous thevary trip curve depending on the total circuitclearing breakertimes. mechanism shows maximum Actual design and other factors. The actual clearing clearing times in this region can vary time can be considerably faster than depending on the circuit breaker mechanism indicated. your local sales office for design andContact other factors. The actual clearing additional information. time can be considerably faster than indicate Contact your local Sales Office for additional information. .2 1.5 x 2 x .15 3x 4x 6x 8x 12 x .15 .1 .09 .08 .1 .09 .08 .07 .07 .06 .06 .05 .05 .04 .04 .03 .03 .02 .02 1 CYCLE .015 .015 .01 .009 .008 1 .01 .009 .008 2 CYCLE 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .005 .7 .006 .005 .6 .007 .006 .5 .007 MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In) 185 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 14—Catalog Numbers 685823 ........................... 112 685824 ........................... 112 685825 ........................... 112 685826 ........................... 112 685827 ........................... 112 685829 ........................... 112 AL1200P24K .................. 119 AL1200P24K3 ................ 115 AL1200P25K .................. 115 AL1200P6KU ................. 115 AL1200P7KU ................. 115 AL1200R53K ................. 115 AL1200R53K ................. 119 AL2500RK ..................... 115 AL800M23K ................... 115 AL800P6K ...................... 115 AL800P7K ...................... 115 CU1200P24K ................. 116 CU1200P25K ................. 116 CU1200R53K ................. 116 CU250P1K ..................... 116 CU800M23K .................. 116 CYA1200R5 ................... 116 CYA1200R7 ................... 116 CYA400P5 ..................... 116 CYA600P5 ..................... 116 CYA800R7 ..................... 116 LCP48 ............................ 117 LHP48 ............................ 117 LHP8 .............................. 117 LS10 .............................. 117 LS8 ................................ 117 LW1 ............................... 117 LW4 ............................... 117 LW7 ............................... 117 MGA263002 ..................... 70 MGA263502 ..................... 70 MGA264002 ..................... 70 MGA264502 ..................... 70 MGA265002 ..................... 70 MGA266002 ..................... 70 MGA267002 ..................... 70 MGA268002 ..................... 70 MGA36300 ....................... 70 MGA36350 ....................... 70 MGA36400 ....................... 70 MGA36450 ....................... 70 MGA36500 ....................... 70 MGA36600 ....................... 70 MGA36700 ....................... 70 MGA36800 ....................... 70 MGL26300 ....................... 70 MGL26350 ....................... 70 MGL26400 ....................... 70 MGL26450 ....................... 70 MGL26500 ....................... 70 MGL26600 ....................... 70 MGL26700 ....................... 70 MGL26800 ....................... 70 MGL36300 ....................... 70 MGL36350 ....................... 70 MGL36400 ....................... 70 MGL36450 ....................... 70 MGL36500 ....................... 70 MGL36600 ....................... 70 MGL36700 ....................... 70 MGL36800 ....................... 70 MICROTUSEAL ............. 107 MJA263002 ...................... 70 MJA263502 ...................... 70 MJA264002 ...................... 70 MJA264502 ...................... 70 MJA265002 ...................... 70 MJA266002 ...................... 70 MJA267002 ...................... 70 MJA268002 ...................... 70 MJA36300 ........................ 70 MJA36350 ........................ 70 MJA36400 ........................ 70 MJA36450 ........................ 70 MJA36500 ........................ 70 MJA36600 ........................ 70 MJA36700 ........................ 70 MJA36800 ........................ 70 MJL26300 ........................ 70 MJL26350 ........................ 70 MJL26400 ........................ 70 MJL26450 ........................ 70 MJL26500 ........................ 70 MJL26600 ........................ 70 MJL26700 ........................ 70 MJL26800 ........................ 70 MJL36300 ........................ 70 MJL36350 ........................ 70 MJL36400 ........................ 70 MJL36450 ........................ 70 MJL36500 ........................ 70 MJL36600 ........................ 70 MJL36700 ........................ 70 MJL36800 ........................ 70 MPRPAF ........................ 119 MPRPAF ........................ 119 NCTWIRING .................. 108 NPHFE36160U32R ......... 94 NPHFE36160U33R ......... 94 NPHFE36160U42R ......... 94 NPHFE36160U43R ......... 94 NPHFE36160U44R ......... 94 NPHFE36160U63RE1 ..... 94 NPHFE36160U64RE1 ..... 94 NPHFE36160U73RE1 ..... 94 NPHFE36160U74RE1 ..... 94 NPHLE36063U32R .......... 94 NPHLE36063U33R .......... 94 NPHLE36063U42R .......... 94 NPHLE36063U43R .......... 94 NPHLE36063U44R .......... 94 NPHLE36063U63RE1 ..... 94 NPHLE36063U64RE1 ..... 94 NPHLE36063U73RE1 ..... 94 NPHLE36063U74RE1 ..... 94 NPHLE36080U32R .......... 94 NPHLE36080U33R .......... 94 NPHLE36080U42R .......... 94 NPHLE36080U43R .......... 94 NPHLE36080U44R .......... 94 NPHLE36080U63RE1 ..... 94 NPHLE36080U64RE1 ..... 94 NPHLE36080U73RE1 ..... 94 NPHLE36080U74RE1 ..... 94 NPHLE36100U32R .......... 94 NPHLE36100U33R .......... 94 NPHLE36100U42R .......... 94 NPHLE36100U43R .......... 94 NPHLE36100U44R .......... 94 NPHLE36100U63RE1 ..... 94 NPHLE36100U64RE1 ..... 94 NPHLE36100U73RE1 ..... 94 NPHLE36100U74RE1 ..... 94 NPHLE36125U32R .......... 94 NPHLE36125U42R .......... 94 NPHLE36125U43R .......... 94 NPHLE36125U44R .......... 94 NPHLE36125U63RE1 ..... 94 NPHLE36125U64RE1 ..... 94 NPHLE36125U73RE1 ..... 94 NPHLE36125U74RE1 ..... 94 NPLLE34063U32R .......... 94 NPLLE34063U33R .......... 94 NPLLE34063U42R .......... 94 NPLLE34063U43R .......... 94 NPLLE34063U44R .......... 94 NPLLE34063U63RE1 ...... 94 NPLLE34063U64RE1 ...... 94 NPLLE34063U73RE1 ...... 94 NPLLE34063U74RE1 ...... 94 NPLLE34080U32R .......... 94 NPLLE34080U33R .......... 94 NPLLE34080U42R .......... 94 NPLLE34080U43R .......... 94 NPLLE34080U44R .......... 94 NPLLE34080U63RE1 ...... 94 NPLLE34080U64RE1 ...... 94 NPLLE34080U73RE1 ...... 94 NPLLE34080U74RE1 ...... 94 NPLLE34100U32R .......... 94 NPLLE34100U33R .......... 94 NPLLE34100U42R .......... 94 NPLLE34100U43R .......... 94 NPLLE34100U44R .......... 94 NPLLE34100U63RE1 ...... 94 NPLLE34100U64RE1 ...... 94 NPLLE34100U73RE1 ...... 94 NPLLE34100U74RE1 ...... 94 NPNFE36160U32R ......... 94 NPNFE36160U33R ......... 94 NPNFE36160U42R ......... 94 NPNFE36160U43R ......... 94 NPNFE36160U44R ......... 94 NPNFE36160U63RE1 ..... 94 NPNFE36160U64RE1 ..... 94 NPNFE36160U73RE1 ..... 94 NPNFE36160U74RE1 ..... 94 NPNLE36063U32R .......... 94 NPNLE36063U33R .......... 94 NPNLE36063U42R .......... 94 NPNLE36063U43R .......... 94 NPNLE36063U44R .......... 94 NPNLE36063U63RE1 ..... 94 NPNLE36063U64RE1 ..... 94 NPNLE36063U73RE1 ..... 94 NPNLE36063U74RE1 ..... 94 NPNLE36080U32R .......... 94 NPNLE36080U33R .......... 94 NPNLE36080U42R .......... 94 NPNLE36080U43R .......... 94 NPNLE36080U44R .......... 94 NPNLE36080U63RE1 ..... 94 NPNLE36080U64RE1 ..... 94 NPNLE36080U73RE1 ..... 94 NPNLE36080U74RE1 ..... 94 NPNLE36100U32R .......... 94 NPNLE36100U33R .......... 94 NPNLE36100U42R .......... 94 NPNLE36100U43R .......... 94 NPNLE36100U44R .......... 94 NPNLE36100U63RE1 ..... 94 NPNLE36100U64RE1 ..... 94 NPNLE36100U73RE1 ..... 94 NPNLE36100U74RE1 ..... 94 NPNLE36125U32R .......... 94 NPNLE36125U33R .......... 94 NPNLE36125U42R .......... 94 NPNLE36125U43R .......... 94 NPNLE36125U44R .......... 94 NPNLE36125U63RE1 ..... 94 NPNLE36125U64RE1 ..... 94 NPNLE36125U73RE1 ..... 94 NPNLE36125U74RE1 ..... 94 NPRLE34063U32R .......... 94 NPRLE34063U33R .......... 94 NPRLE34063U42R .......... 94 NPRLE34063U43R .......... 94 NPRLE34063U44R .......... 94 NPRLE34063U63RE1 ..... 94 NPRLE34063U64RE1 ..... 94 NPRLE34063U73RE1 ..... 94 NPRLE34063U74RE1 ..... 94 NPRLE34080U32R .......... 94 NPRLE34080U33R .......... 94 NPRLE34080U42R .......... 94 NPRLE34080U43R .......... 94 NPRLE34080U44R .......... 94 NPRLE34080U63RE1 ..... 94 NPRLE34080U64RE1 ..... 94 NPRLE34080U73RE1 ..... 94 NPRLE34080U74RE1 ..... 94 NRHFE36160U32R ......... 98 NRHFE36160U33R ......... 98 NRHFE36160U42R ......... 98 NRHFE36160U43R ......... 98 NRHFE36160U44R ......... 98 NRHFE36160U63RE1 ..... 98 NRHFE36160U64RE1 ..... 98 NRHFE36200U32R ......... 98 NRHFE36200U33R ......... 98 NRHFE36200U42R ......... 98 NRHFE36200U43R ......... 98 NRHFE36200U44R ......... 98 NRHFE36200U63RE1 ..... 98 NRHFE36200U64RE1 ..... 98 NRHFE36250U32R ......... 98 NRHFE36250U33R ......... 98 NRHFE36250U42R ......... 98 NRHFE36250U43R ......... 98 NRHFE36250U63RE1 ..... 98 NRHFE36250U64RE1 ..... 98 NRHFE36320U32R ......... 98 NRHFE36320U33R ......... 98 NRHFE36320U42R ......... 98 NRHFE36320U43R ......... 98 NRHFE36320U44R ......... 98 NRHFE36320U63RE1 ..... 98 NRHFE36320U64RE1 ..... 98 NRHLFE36250U44R ....... 98 NRNFE36160U32R ......... 98 NRNFE36160U33R ......... 98 NRNFE36160U42R ......... 98 NRNFE36160U43R ......... 98 NRNFE36160U44R ......... 98 NRNFE36160U63RE1 ..... 98 NRNFE36160U64RE1 ..... 98 NRNFE36200U32R ......... 98 NRNFE36200U33R ......... 98 NRNFE36200U42R ......... 98 NRNFE36200U43R ......... 98 NRNFE36200U44R ......... 98 NRNFE36200U63RE1 ..... 98 NRNFE36200U64RE1 ..... 98 NRNFE36250U32R ......... 98 NRNFE36250U33R ......... 98 NRNFE36250U42R ......... 98 NRNFE36250U43R ......... 98 NRNFE36250U44R ......... 98 NRNFE36250U63RE1 ..... 98 NRNFE36250U64RE1 ..... 98 NRNFE36320U32R ......... 98 NRNFE36320U33R ......... 98 NRNFE36320U42R ......... 98 NRNFE36320U43R ......... 98 NRNFE36320U44R ......... 98 NRNFE36320U63RE1 ..... 98 NRNFE36320U64RE1 ..... 98 PDC12P4 ....................... 116 PDC12P44 ..................... 116 PDC6P20 ....................... 116 PDC6P204 ..................... 116 PGA36025CU31A ............ 76 PGA36025CU33A ............ 76 PGA36025CU41A ............ 76 PGA36025CU43A ............ 76 PGA36025CU44A ............ 76 PGA36025CU63AE1 ....... 76 PGA36025CU64AE1 ....... 76 PGA36025CU73AE1 ....... 76 PGA36025CU74AE1 ....... 76 PGA36025U31A .............. 75 PGA36025U33A .............. 75 PGA36025U41A .............. 75 PGA36025U43A .............. 75 PGA36025U44A .............. 75 PGA36025U63AE1 ........... 75 PGA36025U64AE1 ........... 75 PGA36025U73AE1 ........... 75 PGA36025U74AE1 ........... 75 PGA36040CU31A ............ 76 PGA36040CU33A ............ 76 PGA36040CU41A ............ 76 PGA36040CU43A ............ 76 PGA36040CU44A ............ 76 PGA36040CU63AE1 ....... 76 PGA36040CU64AE1 ....... 76 PGA36040CU73AE1 ....... 76 PGA36040CU74AE1 ....... 76 PGA36040U31A .............. 75 PGA36040U33A .............. 75 PGA36040U41A .............. 75 PGA36040U43A .............. 75 PGA36040U44A .............. 75 PGA36040U63AE1 ........... 75 PGA36040U64AE1 ........... 75 PGA36040U73AE1 ........... 75 PGA36040U74AE1 ........... 75 PGA36060 ....................... 75 PGA36060CU31A ............ 76 PGA36060CU33A ............ 76 PGA36060CU41A ............ 76 PGA36060CU43A ............ 76 PGA36060CU44A ............ 76 PGA36060CU63AE1 ....... 76 PGA36060CU64AE1 ....... 76 PGA36060CU73AE1 ....... 76 PGA36060CU74AE1 ....... 76 PGA36060U31A .............. 75 PGA36060U33A .............. 75 PGA36060U41A .............. 75 PGA36060U43A .............. 75 PGA36060U44A .............. 75 PGA36060U63AE1 ........... 75 PGA36060U64AE1 ........... 75 PGA36060U73AE1 ........... 75 PGA36060U74AE1 ........... 75 PGA36080 ....................... 75 PGA36080CU31A ............ 76 PGA36080CU33A ............ 76 PGA36080CU41A ............ 76 PGA36080CU43A ............ 76 PGA36080CU44A ............ 76 PGA36080CU63AE1 ....... 76 PGA36080CU64AE1 ....... 76 PGA36080CU73AE1 ....... 76 PGA36080CU74AE1 ....... 76 PGA36080U31A .............. 75 PGA36080U33A .............. 75 PGA36080U41A .............. 75 PGA36080U43A .............. 75 PGA36080U44A .............. 75 PGA36080U63AE1 ........... 75 PGA36080U64AE1 ........... 75 PGA36080U73AE1 ........... 75 186 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers PGA36080U74AE1 ........... 75 PGA36100 ....................... 75 PGA36100U31A .............. 75 PGA36100U33A .............. 75 PGA36100U41A .............. 75 PGA36100U43A .............. 75 PGA36100U44A .............. 75 PGA36100U63AE1 ........... 75 PGA36100U64AE1 ........... 75 PGA36100U73AE1 ........... 75 PGA36100U74AE1 ........... 75 PGA36120 ....................... 75 PGA36120U31A .............. 75 PGA36120U33A .............. 75 PGA36120U41A .............. 75 PGA36120U43A .............. 75 PGA36120U44A .............. 75 PGA36120U63AE1 ........... 75 PGA36120U64AE1 ........... 75 PGA36120U73AE1 ........... 75 PGA36120U74AE1 ........... 75 PGL36025CU31A ............ 74 PGL36025CU33A ............ 74 PGL36025CU41A ............ 74 PGL36025CU43A ............ 74 PGL36025CU44A ............ 74 PGL36025CU63AE1 ......... 74 PGL36025CU64AE1 ......... 74 PGL36025CU73AE1 ......... 74 PGL36025CU74AE1 ......... 74 PGL36025U31A ............... 73 PGL36025U33A ............... 73 PGL36025U41A ............... 73 PGL36025U43A ............... 73 PGL36025U44A ............... 73 PGL36025U63AE1 ............ 73 PGL36025U64AE1 ............ 73 PGL36025U73AE1 ............ 73 PGL36025U74AE1 ............ 73 PGL36040CU31A ............ 74 PGL36040CU33A ............ 74 PGL36040CU41A ............ 74 PGL36040CU43A ............ 74 PGL36040CU44A ............ 74 PGL36040CU63AE1 ......... 74 PGL36040CU64AE1 ......... 74 PGL36040CU73AE1 ......... 74 PGL36040CU74AE1 ......... 74 PGL36040U31A ............... 73 PGL36040U33A ............... 73 PGL36040U41A ............... 73 PGL36040U43A ............... 73 PGL36040U44A ............... 73 PGL36040U63AE1 ............ 73 PGL36040U64AE1 ............ 73 PGL36040U73AE1 ............ 73 PGL36040U74AE1 ............ 73 PGL36060 ....................... 73 PGL36060CU31A ............ 74 PGL36060CU33A ............ 74 PGL36060CU41A ............ 74 PGL36060CU43A ............ 74 PGL36060CU44A ............ 74 PGL36060CU63AE1 ......... 74 PGL36060CU64AE1 ......... 74 PGL36060CU73AE1 ......... 74 PGL36060CU74AE1 ......... 74 PGL36060U31A ............... 73 PGL36060U33A ............... 73 PGL36060U41A ............... 73 PGL36060U43A ............... 73 PGL36060U44A ............... 73 PGL36060U63AE1 ............ 73 PGL36060U64AE1 ............ 73 PGL36060U73AE1 ............ 73 PGL36060U74AE1 ............ 73 PGL36080 ....................... 73 PGL36080CU31A ............ 74 PGL36080CU33A ............ 74 PGL36080CU41A ............ 74 PGL36080CU43A ............ 74 PGL36080CU44A ............ 74 PGL36080CU63AE1 ..........74 PGL36080CU64AE1 ..........74 PGL36080CU73AE1 ..........74 PGL36080CU74AE1 ..........74 PGL36080U31A ............... 73 PGL36080U33A ............... 73 PGL36080U41A ............... 73 PGL36080U43A ............... 73 PGL36080U44A ............... 73 PGL36080U63AE1 .............73 PGL36080U64AE1 .............73 PGL36080U73AE1 .............73 PGL36080U74AE1 .............73 PGL36100 ........................ 73 PGL36100CU31A ............ 74 PGL36100CU33A ............ 74 PGL36100CU41A ............ 74 PGL36100CU43A ............ 74 PGL36100CU44A ............ 74 PGL36100CU63AE1 ..........74 PGL36100CU64AE1 ..........74 PGL36100CU73AE1 ..........74 PGL36100CU74AE1 ..........74 PGL36100U31A ............... 73 PGL36100U33A ............... 73 PGL36100U41A ............... 73 PGL36100U43A ............... 73 PGL36100U44A ............... 73 PGL36100U63AE1 .............73 PGL36100U64AE1 .............73 PGL36100U73AE1 .............73 PGL36100U74AE1 .............73 PGL36120 ........................ 73 PGL36120CU31A ............ 74 PGL36120CU33A ............ 74 PGL36120CU41A ............ 74 PGL36120CU43A ............ 74 PGL36120CU44A ............ 74 PGL36120CU63AE1 ..........74 PGL36120CU64AE1 ..........74 PGL36120CU73AE1 ..........74 PGL36120CU74AE1 ..........74 PGL36120U31A ............... 73 PGL36120U33A ............... 73 PGL36120U41A ............... 73 PGL36120U43A ............... 73 PGL36120U44A ............... 73 PGL36120U63AE1 .............73 PGL36120U64AE1 .............73 PGL36120U73AE1 .............73 PGL36120U74AE1 .............73 PHLE36125U33RN .......... 94 PJA36025CU31A ............. 76 PJA36025CU33A ............. 76 PJA36025CU41A ............. 76 PJA36025CU43A ............. 76 PJA36025CU44A ............. 76 PJA36025CU63AE1 ........ 76 PJA36025CU64AE1 ........ 76 PJA36025CU73AE1 ........ 76 PJA36025CU74AE1 ........ 76 PJA36025U31A ............... 75 PJA36025U33A ............... 75 PJA36025U41A ............... 75 PJA36025U43A ............... 75 PJA36025U44A ............... 75 PJA36025U63AE1 .............75 PJA36025U64AE1 .............75 PJA36025U73AE1 .............75 PJA36025U74AE1 .............75 PJA36040CU31A ............. 76 PJA36040CU33A ............. 76 PJA36040CU41A ............. 76 PJA36040CU43A ............. 76 PJA36040CU44A ............. 76 PJA36040CU63AE1 ........ 76 PJA36040CU64AE1 ........ 76 PJA36040CU73AE1 ........ 76 PJA36040CU74AE1 ........ 76 PJA36040U31A ............... 75 PJA36040U33A ............... 75 PJA36040U41A ............... 75 PJA36040U43A ............... 75 PJA36040U44A ............... 75 PJA36040U63AE1 .............75 PJA36040U64AE1 .............75 PJA36040U73AE1 .............75 PJA36040U74AE1 .............75 PJA36060 ........................ 75 PJA36060CU31A ............. 76 PJA36060CU33A ............. 76 PJA36060CU41A ............. 76 PJA36060CU43A ............. 76 PJA36060CU44A ............. 76 PJA36060CU63AE1 ........ 76 PJA36060CU64AE1 ........ 76 PJA36060CU73AE1 ........ 76 PJA36060CU74AE1 ........ 76 PJA36060U31A ............... 75 PJA36060U33A ............... 75 PJA36060U41A ............... 75 PJA36060U43A ............... 75 PJA36060U44A ............... 75 PJA36060U63AE1 .............75 PJA36060U64AE1 .............75 PJA36060U73AE1 .............75 PJA36060U74AE1 .............75 PJA36080 ........................ 75 PJA36080CU31A ............. 76 PJA36080CU33A ............. 76 PJA36080CU41A ............. 76 PJA36080CU43A ............. 76 PJA36080CU44A ............. 76 PJA36080CU63AE1 ........ 76 PJA36080CU64AE1 ........ 76 PJA36080CU73AE1 ........ 76 PJA36080CU74AE1 ........ 76 PJA36080U31A ............... 75 PJA36080U33A ............... 75 PJA36080U41A ............... 75 PJA36080U43A ............... 75 PJA36080U44A ............... 75 PJA36080U63AE1 .............75 PJA36080U64AE1 .............75 PJA36080U73AE1 .............75 PJA36080U74AE1 .............75 PJA36100 ........................ 75 PJA36100U31A ............... 75 PJA36100U33A ............... 75 PJA36100U41A ............... 75 PJA36100U43A ............... 75 PJA36100U44A ............... 75 PJA36100U63AE1 .............75 PJA36100U64AE1 .............75 PJA36100U73AE1 .............75 PJA36100U74AE1 .............75 PJA36120 ........................ 75 PJA36120U31A ............... 75 PJA36120U33A ............... 75 PJA36120U41A ............... 75 PJA36120U43A ............... 75 PJA36120U44A ............... 75 PJA36120U63AE1 .............75 PJA36120U64AE1 .............75 PJA36120U73AE1 .............75 PJA36120U74AE1 .............75 PJL36000S10 .................. 78 PJL36000S12 .................. 78 PJL36000S60 .................. 78 PJL36000S80 .................. 78 PJL36025CU31A ............. 74 PJL36025CU33A ............. 74 PJL36025CU41A ............. 74 PJL36025CU43A ............. 74 PJL36025CU44A ............. 74 PJL36025CU63AE1 ...........74 PJL36025CU64AE1 ...........74 PJL36025CU73AE1 ...........74 PJL36025CU74AE1 ...........74 PJL36025U31A ................ 73 PJL36025U33A ................ 73 PJL36025U41A ................ 73 PJL36025U43A ................ 73 PJL36025U44A ................ 73 PJL36025U63AE1 .............73 PJL36025U64AE1 .............73 PJL36025U73AE1 .............73 PJL36025U74AE1 .............73 PJL36040CU31A ............. 74 PJL36040CU33A ............. 74 PJL36040CU41A ............. 74 PJL36040CU43A ............. 74 PJL36040CU44A ............. 74 PJL36040CU63AE1 ...........74 PJL36040CU64AE1 ...........74 PJL36040CU73AE1 ...........74 PJL36040CU74AE1 ...........74 PJL36040U31A ................ 73 PJL36040U33A ................ 73 PJL36040U41A ................ 73 PJL36040U43A ................ 73 PJL36040U44A ................ 73 PJL36040U63AE1 .............73 PJL36040U64AE1 .............73 PJL36040U73AE1 .............73 PJL36040U74AE1 .............73 PJL36060 ......................... 73 PJL36060CU31A ............. 74 PJL36060CU33A ............. 74 PJL36060CU41A ............. 74 PJL36060CU43A ............. 74 PJL36060CU44A ............. 74 PJL36060CU63AE1 ...........74 PJL36060CU64AE1 ...........74 PJL36060CU73AE1 ...........74 PJL36060CU74AE1 ...........74 PJL36060M68 .................. 79 PJL36060U31A ................ 73 PJL36060U33A ................ 73 PJL36060U41A ................ 73 PJL36060U43A ................ 73 PJL36060U44A ................ 73 PJL36060U63AE1 .............73 PJL36060U64AE1 .............73 PJL36060U73AE1 .............73 PJL36060U74AE1 .............73 PJL36080 ......................... 73 PJL36080CU31A ............. 74 PJL36080CU33A ............. 74 PJL36080CU41A ............. 74 PJL36080CU43A ............. 74 PJL36080CU44A ............. 74 PJL36080CU63AE1 ...........74 PJL36080CU64AE1 ...........74 PJL36080CU73AE1 ...........74 PJL36080CU74AE1 ...........74 PJL36080M68 .................. 79 PJL36080U31A ................ 73 PJL36080U33A ................ 73 PJL36080U41A ................ 73 PJL36080U43A ................ 73 PJL36080U44A ................ 73 PJL36080U63AE1 .............73 PJL36080U64AE1 .............73 PJL36080U73AE1 .............73 PJL36080U74AE1 .............73 PJL36100 ......................... 73 PJL36100CU31A ............. 74 PJL36100CU33A ............. 74 PJL36100CU41A ............. 74 PJL36100CU43A ............. 74 PJL36100CU44A ............. 74 PJL36100CU63AE1 ...........74 PJL36100CU64AE1 ...........74 PJL36100CU73AE1 ...........74 PJL36100CU74AE1 ...........74 PJL36100M69 .................. 79 PJL36100U31A ................ 73 PJL36100U33A ................ 73 PJL36100U41A ................ 73 PJL36100U43A ................ 73 PJL36100U44A ................ 73 PJL36100U63AE1 ............. 73 PJL36100U64AE1 ............. 73 PJL36100U73AE1 ............. 73 PJL36100U74AE1 ............. 73 PJL36120 ......................... 73 PJL36120CU31A ............. 74 PJL36120CU33A ............. 74 PJL36120CU41A ............. 74 PJL36120CU43A ............. 74 PJL36120CU44A ............. 74 PJL36120CU63AE1 ........... 74 PJL36120CU64AE1 ........... 74 PJL36120CU73AE1 .......... 74 PJL36120CU74AE1 .......... 74 PJL36120M70 .................. 79 PJL36120U31A ................ 73 PJL36120U33A ................ 73 PJL36120U41A ................ 73 PJL36120U43A ................ 73 PJL36120U44A ................ 73 PJL36120U63AE1 ............. 73 PJL36120U64AE1 ............. 73 PJL36120U73AE1 ............. 73 PJL36120U74AE1 ............. 73 PKA36025CU31A ............ 76 PKA36025CU33A ............ 76 PKA36025CU41A ............ 76 PKA36025CU43A ............ 76 PKA36025CU44A ............ 76 PKA36025CU63AE1 ........ 76 PKA36025CU64AE1 ........ 76 PKA36025CU73AE1 ........ 76 PKA36025CU74AE1 ........ 76 PKA36025U31A ............... 75 PKA36025U33A ............... 75 PKA36025U41A ............... 75 PKA36025U43A ............... 75 PKA36025U44A ............... 75 PKA36025U63AE1 ............ 75 PKA36025U64AE1 ............ 75 PKA36025U73AE1 ............ 75 PKA36025U74AE1 ............ 75 PKA36040CU31A ............ 76 PKA36040CU33A ............ 76 PKA36040CU41A ............ 76 PKA36040CU43A ............ 76 PKA36040CU44A ............ 76 PKA36040CU63AE1 ........ 76 PKA36040CU64AE1 ........ 76 PKA36040CU73AE1 ........ 76 PKA36040CU74AE1 ........ 76 PKA36040U31A ............... 75 PKA36040U33A ............... 75 PKA36040U41A ............... 75 PKA36040U43A ............... 75 PKA36040U44A ............... 75 PKA36040U63AE1 ............ 75 PKA36040U64AE1 ............ 75 PKA36040U73AE1 ............ 75 PKA36040U74AE1 ............ 75 PKA36060 ........................ 75 PKA36060CU31A ............ 76 PKA36060CU33A ............ 76 PKA36060CU41A ............ 76 PKA36060CU43A ............ 76 PKA36060CU44A ............ 76 PKA36060CU63AE1 ........ 76 PKA36060CU64AE1 ........ 76 PKA36060CU73AE1 ........ 76 PKA36060CU74AE1 ........ 76 PKA36060U31A ............... 75 PKA36060U33A ............... 75 PKA36060U41A ............... 75 PKA36060U43A ............... 75 PKA36060U44A ............... 75 PKA36060U63AE1 ............ 75 187 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers PKA36060U64AE1 .............75 PKA36060U73AE1 .............75 PKA36060U74AE1 .............75 PKA36080 ........................ 75 PKA36080CU31A ............ 76 PKA36080CU33A ............ 76 PKA36080CU41A ............ 76 PKA36080CU43A ............ 76 PKA36080CU44A ............ 76 PKA36080CU63AE1 ........ 76 PKA36080CU64AE1 ........ 76 PKA36080CU73AE1 ........ 76 PKA36080CU74AE1 ........ 76 PKA36080U31A ............... 75 PKA36080U33A ............... 75 PKA36080U41A ............... 75 PKA36080U43A ............... 75 PKA36080U44A ............... 75 PKA36080U63AE1 .............75 PKA36080U64AE1 .............75 PKA36080U73AE1 .............75 PKA36080U74AE1 .............75 PKA36100 ........................ 75 PKA36100U31A ............... 75 PKA36100U33A ............... 75 PKA36100U41A ............... 75 PKA36100U43A ............... 75 PKA36100U44A ............... 75 PKA36100U63AE1 .............75 PKA36100U64AE1 .............75 PKA36100U73AE1 .............75 PKA36100U74AE1 .............75 PKA36120 ........................ 75 PKA36120U31A ............... 75 PKA36120U33A ............... 75 PKA36120U41A ............... 75 PKA36120U43A ............... 75 PKA36120U44A ............... 75 PKA36120U63AE1 .............75 PKA36120U64AE1 .............75 PKA36120U73AE1 .............75 PKA36120U74AE1 .............75 PKL36000S10 .................. 78 PKL36000S12 .................. 78 PKL36000S60 .................. 78 PKL36000S80 .................. 78 PKL36025CU31A ............ 74 PKL36025CU33A ............ 74 PKL36025CU41A ............ 74 PKL36025CU43A ............ 74 PKL36025CU44A ............ 74 PKL36025CU63AE1 ...........74 PKL36025CU64AE1 ...........74 PKL36025CU73AE1 ..........74 PKL36025CU74AE1 ..........74 PKL36025U31A ............... 73 PKL36025U33A ............... 73 PKL36025U41A ............... 73 PKL36025U43A ............... 73 PKL36025U44A ............... 73 PKL36025U63AE1 .............73 PKL36025U64AE1 .............73 PKL36025U73AE1 .............73 PKL36025U74AE1 .............73 PKL36040CU31A ............ 74 PKL36040CU33A ............ 74 PKL36040CU41A ............ 74 PKL36040CU43A ............ 74 PKL36040CU44A ............ 74 PKL36040CU63AE1 ...........74 PKL36040CU64AE1 ...........74 PKL36040CU73AE1 ..........74 PKL36040CU74AE1 ..........74 PKL36040U31A ............... 73 PKL36040U33A ............... 73 PKL36040U41A ............... 73 PKL36040U43A ............... 73 PKL36040U44A ............... 73 PKL36040U63AE1 .............73 PKL36040U64AE1 .............73 PKL36040U73AE1 .............73 PKL36040U74AE1 .............73 PKL36060 ........................ 73 PKL36060CU31A ............ 74 PKL36060CU33A ............ 74 PKL36060CU41A ............ 74 PKL36060CU43A ............ 74 PKL36060CU44A ............ 74 PKL36060CU63AE1 ..........74 PKL36060CU64AE1 ..........74 PKL36060CU73AE1 ..........74 PKL36060CU74AE1 ..........74 PKL36060U31A ............... 73 PKL36060U33A ............... 73 PKL36060U41A ............... 73 PKL36060U43A ............... 73 PKL36060U44A ............... 73 PKL36060U63AE1 .............73 PKL36060U64AE1 .............73 PKL36060U73AE1 .............73 PKL36060U74AE1 .............73 PKL36080 ........................ 73 PKL36080CU31A ............ 74 PKL36080CU33A ............ 74 PKL36080CU41A ............ 74 PKL36080CU43A ............ 74 PKL36080CU44A ............ 74 PKL36080CU63AE1 ..........74 PKL36080CU64AE1 ..........74 PKL36080CU73AE1 ..........74 PKL36080CU74AE1 ..........74 PKL36080U31A ............... 73 PKL36080U33A ............... 73 PKL36080U41A ............... 73 PKL36080U43A ............... 73 PKL36080U44A ............... 73 PKL36080U63AE1 .............73 PKL36080U64AE1 .............73 PKL36080U73AE1 .............73 PKL36080U74AE1 .............73 PKL36100 ........................ 73 PKL36100CU31A ............ 74 PKL36100CU33A ............ 74 PKL36100CU41A ............ 74 PKL36100CU43A ............ 74 PKL36100CU44A ............ 74 PKL36100CU63AE1 ..........74 PKL36100CU64AE1 ..........74 PKL36100CU73AE1 ..........74 PKL36100CU74AE1 ..........74 PKL36100U31A ............... 73 PKL36100U33A ............... 73 PKL36100U41A ............... 73 PKL36100U43A ............... 73 PKL36100U44A ............... 73 PKL36100U63AE1 .............73 PKL36100U64AE1 .............73 PKL36100U73AE1 .............73 PKL36100U74AE1 .............73 PKL36120 ........................ 73 PKL36120CU31A ............ 74 PKL36120CU33A ............ 74 PKL36120CU41A ............ 74 PKL36120CU43A ............ 74 PKL36120CU44A ............ 74 PKL36120CU63AE1 ..........74 PKL36120CU64AE1 ..........74 PKL36120CU73AE1 ..........74 PKL36120CU74AE1 ..........74 PKL36120U31A ............... 73 PKL36120U33A ............... 73 PKL36120U41A ............... 73 PKL36120U43A ............... 73 PKL36120U44A ............... 73 PKL36120U63AE1 .............73 PKL36120U64AE1 .............73 PKL36120U73AE1 .............73 PKL36120U74AE1 .............73 PLA34025CU31A ............ 76 PLA34025CU33A ............ 76 PLA34025CU41A ............76 PLA34025CU43A ............76 PLA34025CU44A ............76 PLA34025CU63AE1 ........ 76 PLA34025CU64AE1 ........ 76 PLA34025CU73AE1 ........ 76 PLA34025CU74AE1 ........ 76 PLA34025U31A ............... 75 PLA34025U33A ............... 75 PLA34025U41A ............... 75 PLA34025U43A ............... 75 PLA34025U44A ............... 75 PLA34025U63AE1 .............75 PLA34025U64AE1 .............75 PLA34025U73AE1 .............75 PLA34025U74AE1 .............75 PLA34040CU31A ............76 PLA34040CU33A ............76 PLA34040CU41A ............76 PLA34040CU43A ............76 PLA34040CU44A ............76 PLA34040CU63AE1 ........ 76 PLA34040CU64AE1 ........ 76 PLA34040CU73AE1 ........ 76 PLA34040CU74AE1 ........ 76 PLA34040U31A ............... 75 PLA34040U33A ............... 75 PLA34040U41A ............... 75 PLA34040U43A ............... 75 PLA34040U44A ............... 75 PLA34040U63AE1 .............75 PLA34040U64AE1 .............75 PLA34040U73AE1 .............75 PLA34040U74AE1 .............75 PLA34060 ........................ 75 PLA34060CU31A ............76 PLA34060CU33A ............76 PLA34060CU41A ............76 PLA34060CU43A ............76 PLA34060CU44A ............76 PLA34060CU63AE1 ........ 76 PLA34060CU64AE1 ........ 76 PLA34060CU73AE1 ........ 76 PLA34060CU74AE1 ........ 76 PLA34060U31A ............... 75 PLA34060U33A ............... 75 PLA34060U41A ............... 75 PLA34060U43A ............... 75 PLA34060U44A ............... 75 PLA34060U63AE1 .............75 PLA34060U64AE1 .............75 PLA34060U73AE1 .............75 PLA34060U74AE1 .............75 PLA34080 ........................ 75 PLA34080CU31A ............76 PLA34080CU33A ............76 PLA34080CU41A ............76 PLA34080CU43A ............76 PLA34080CU44A ............76 PLA34080CU63AE1 ........ 76 PLA34080CU64AE1 ........ 76 PLA34080CU73AE1 ........ 76 PLA34080CU74AE1 ........ 76 PLA34080U31A ............... 75 PLA34080U33A ............... 75 PLA34080U41A ............... 75 PLA34080U43A ............... 75 PLA34080U44A ............... 75 PLA34080U63AE1 .............75 PLA34080U64AE1 .............75 PLA34080U73AE1 .............75 PLA34080U74AE1 .............75 PLA34100 ........................ 75 PLA34100U31A ............... 75 PLA34100U33A ............... 75 PLA34100U41A ............... 75 PLA34100U43A ............... 75 PLA34100U44A ............... 75 PLA34100U63AE1 .............75 PLA34100U64AE1 .............75 PLA34100U73AE1 ............ 75 PLA34100U74AE1 ............ 75 PLA34120 ........................75 PLA34120U31A ............... 75 PLA34120U33A ............... 75 PLA34120U41A ............... 75 PLA34120U43A ............... 75 PLA34120U44A ............... 75 PLA34120U63AE1 ............ 75 PLA34120U64AE1 ............ 75 PLA34120U73AE1 ............ 75 PLA34120U74AE1 ............ 75 PLL34000S10 .................. 78 PLL34000S12 .................. 78 PLL34000S60 .................. 78 PLL34000S80 .................. 78 PLL34025CU31A ............. 74 PLL34025CU33A ............. 74 PLL34025CU41A ............. 74 PLL34025CU43A ............. 74 PLL34025CU44A ............. 74 PLL34025CU63AE1 .......... 74 PLL34025CU64AE1 .......... 74 PLL34025CU73AE1 .......... 74 PLL34025CU74AE1 .......... 74 PLL34025U31A ............... 73 PLL34025U33A ............... 73 PLL34025U41A ............... 73 PLL34025U43A ............... 73 PLL34025U44A ............... 73 PLL34025U63AE1 ............. 73 PLL34025U64AE1 ............. 73 PLL34025U73AE1 ............. 73 PLL34025U74AE1 ............. 73 PLL34040CU31A ............. 74 PLL34040CU33A ............. 74 PLL34040CU41A ............. 74 PLL34040CU43A ............. 74 PLL34040CU44A ............. 74 PLL34040CU63AE1 .......... 74 PLL34040CU64AE1 .......... 74 PLL34040CU73AE1 .......... 74 PLL34040CU74AE1 .......... 74 PLL34040U31A ............... 73 PLL34040U33A ............... 73 PLL34040U41A ............... 73 PLL34040U43A ............... 73 PLL34040U44A ............... 73 PLL34040U63AE1 ............. 73 PLL34040U64AE1 ............. 73 PLL34040U73AE1 ............. 73 PLL34040U74AE1 ............. 73 PLL34060 ........................73 PLL34060CU31A ............. 74 PLL34060CU33A ............. 74 PLL34060CU41A ............. 74 PLL34060CU43A ............. 74 PLL34060CU44A ............. 74 PLL34060CU63AE1 .......... 74 PLL34060CU64AE1 .......... 74 PLL34060CU73AE1 .......... 74 PLL34060CU74AE1 .......... 74 PLL34060M68 ................. 79 PLL34060U31A ............... 73 PLL34060U33A ............... 73 PLL34060U41A ............... 73 PLL34060U43A ............... 73 PLL34060U44A ............... 73 PLL34060U63AE1 ............. 73 PLL34060U64AE1 ............. 73 PLL34060U73AE1 ............. 73 PLL34060U74AE1 ............. 73 PLL34080 ........................73 PLL34080CU31A ............. 74 PLL34080CU33A ............. 74 PLL34080CU41A ............. 74 PLL34080CU43A ............. 74 PLL34080CU44A ............. 74 PLL34080CU63AE1 .......... 74 PLL34080CU64AE1 .......... 74 PLL34080CU73AE1 .......... 74 PLL34080CU74AE1 .......... 74 PLL34080M68 ................. 79 PLL34080U31A ...............73 PLL34080U33A ...............73 PLL34080U41A ...............73 PLL34080U43A ...............73 PLL34080U44A ...............73 PLL34080U63AE1 ............. 73 PLL34080U64AE1 ............. 73 PLL34080U73AE1 ............. 73 PLL34080U74AE1 ............. 73 PLL34100 ........................ 73 PLL34100CU31A ............. 74 PLL34100CU33A ............. 74 PLL34100CU41A ............. 74 PLL34100CU43A ............. 74 PLL34100CU44A ............. 74 PLL34100CU63AE1 .......... 74 PLL34100CU64AE1 .......... 74 PLL34100CU73AE1 .......... 74 PLL34100CU74AE1 .......... 74 PLL34100M69 ................. 79 PLL34100U31A ...............73 PLL34100U33A ...............73 PLL34100U41A ...............73 PLL34100U43A ...............73 PLL34100U44A ...............73 PLL34100U63AE1 ............. 73 PLL34100U64AE1 ............. 73 PLL34100U73AE1 ............. 73 PLL34100U74AE1 ............. 73 PLL34120 ........................ 73 PLL34120CU31A ............. 74 PLL34120CU33A ............. 74 PLL34120CU41A ............. 74 PLL34120CU43A ............. 74 PLL34120CU44A ............. 74 PLL34120CU63AE1 .......... 74 PLL34120CU64AE1 .......... 74 PLL34120CU73AE1 .......... 74 PLL34120CU74AE1 .......... 74 PLL34120M70 ................. 79 PLL34120U31A ...............73 PLL34120U33A ...............73 PLL34120U41A ...............73 PLL34120U43A ...............73 PLL34120U44A ...............73 PLL34120U63AE1 ............. 73 PLL34120U64AE1 ............. 73 PLL34120U73AE1 ............. 73 PLL34120U74AE1 ............. 73 RD10 .............................. 118 RD16 .............................. 118 RE10 .............................. 118 RE16 .............................. 118 RGA36100CU31A ........... 88 RGA36100CU33A ........... 88 RGA36100CU41A ........... 88 RGA36100CU43A ........... 88 RGA36100CU44A ........... 88 RGA36100CU63AE1 ....... 88 RGA36100CU64AE1 ....... 88 RGA36100CU73AE1 ....... 88 RGA36100CU74AE1 ....... 88 RGA36120CU31A ........... 88 RGA36120CU33A ........... 88 RGA36120CU41A ........... 88 RGA36120CU43A ........... 88 RGA36120CU44A ........... 88 RGA36120CU63AE1 ....... 88 RGA36120CU64AE1 ....... 88 RGA36120CU73AE1 ....... 88 RGA36120CU74AE1 ....... 88 RGF36060 ....................... 84 RGF36060CU31A .............. 86 RGF36060CU33A .............. 86 RGF36060CU41A .............. 86 RGF36060CU43A .............. 86 RGF36060CU44A .............. 86 188 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers RGF36060CU63AE1 ......... 86 RGF36060CU64AE1 ......... 86 RGF36060CU73AE1 ......... 86 RGF36060CU74AE1 ......... 86 RGF36060U31A ................ 84 RGF36060U33A ................ 84 RGF36060U41A ................ 84 RGF36060U43A ................ 84 RGF36060U44A ................ 84 RGF36060U63AE1 ............ 84 RGF36060U64AE1 ............ 84 RGF36060U73AE1 ............ 84 RGF36060U74AE1 ............ 84 RGF36080 ....................... 84 RGF36080CU31A ............. 86 RGF36080CU33A ............. 86 RGF36080CU41A ............. 86 RGF36080CU43A ............. 86 RGF36080CU44A ............. 86 RGF36080CU63AE1 ......... 86 RGF36080CU64AE1 ......... 86 RGF36080CU73AE1 ......... 86 RGF36080CU74AE1 ......... 86 RGF36080U31A ................ 84 RGF36080U33A ................ 84 RGF36080U41A ................ 84 RGF36080U43A ................ 84 RGF36080U44A ................ 84 RGF36080U63AE1 ............ 84 RGF36080U64AE1 ............ 84 RGF36080U73AE1 ............ 84 RGF36080U74AE1 ............ 84 RGF36100 ....................... 84 RGF36100CU31A ............. 86 RGF36100CU33A ............. 86 RGF36100CU41A ............. 86 RGF36100CU43A ............. 86 RGF36100CU44A ............. 86 RGF36100CU63AE1 ......... 86 RGF36100CU64AE1 ......... 86 RGF36100CU73AE1 ......... 86 RGF36100CU74AE1 ......... 86 RGF36100U31A ................ 84 RGF36100U33A ................ 84 RGF36100U41A ................ 84 RGF36100U43A ................ 84 RGF36100U44A ................ 84 RGF36100U63AE1 ............ 84 RGF36100U64AE1 ............ 84 RGF36100U73AE1 ............ 84 RGF36100U74AE1 ............ 84 RGF36120 ....................... 84 RGF36120CU31A ............. 86 RGF36120CU33A ............. 86 RGF36120CU41A ............. 86 RGF36120CU43A ............. 86 RGF36120CU44A ............. 86 RGF36120CU63AE1 ......... 86 RGF36120CU64AE1 ......... 86 RGF36120CU73AE1 ......... 86 RGF36120CU74AE1 ......... 86 RGF36120U31A ................ 84 RGF36120U33A ................ 84 RGF36120U41A ................ 84 RGF36120U43A ................ 84 RGF36120U44A ................ 84 RGF36120U63AE1 ............ 84 RGF36120U64AE1 ............ 84 RGF36120U73AE1 ............ 84 RGF36120U74AE1 ............ 84 RGF36160 .......................... 85 RGF36160CU31A ............. 87 RGF36160CU33A ............. 87 RGF36160CU41A ............. 87 RGF36160CU43A ............. 87 RGF36160CU44A ............. 87 RGF36160CU63AE1 ......... 87 RGF36160CU64AE1 ......... 87 RGF36160CU73AE1 ......... 87 RGF36160CU74AE1 ......... 87 RGF36160U31A .................85 RGF36160U33A .................85 RGF36160U41A .................85 RGF36160U43A .................85 RGF36160U44A .................85 RGF36160U63AE1 ............85 RGF36160U64AE1 ............85 RGF36160U73AE1 ............85 RGF36160U74AE1 ............85 RGF36200 ..........................85 RGF36200CU31A ..............87 RGF36200CU33A ..............87 RGF36200CU41A ..............87 RGF36200CU43A ..............87 RGF36200CU44A ..............87 RGF36200CU63AE1 ..........87 RGF36200CU64AE1 ..........87 RGF36200CU73AE1 ..........87 RGF36200CU74AE1 ..........87 RGF36200U31A .................85 RGF36200U33A .................85 RGF36200U41A .................85 RGF36200U43A .................85 RGF36200U44A .................85 RGF36200U63AE1 ............85 RGF36200U64AE1 ............85 RGF36200U73AE1 ............85 RGF36200U74AE1 ............85 RGF36250 ..........................85 RGF36250CU31A ..............87 RGF36250CU33A ..............87 RGF36250CU41A ..............87 RGF36250CU43A ..............87 RGF36250CU44A ..............87 RGF36250CU63AE1 ..........87 RGF36250CU64AE1 ..........87 RGF36250CU73AE1 ..........87 RGF36250CU74AE1 ..........87 RGF36250U31A .................85 RGF36250U33A .................85 RGF36250U41A .................85 RGF36250U43A .................85 RGF36250U44A .................85 RGF36250U63AE1 ............85 RGF36250U64AE1 ............85 RGF36250U73AE1 ............85 RGF36250U74AE1 ............85 RGF36300CU31A ..............87 RGF36300CU33A ..............87 RGF36300CU41A ..............87 RGF36300CU43A ..............87 RGF36300CU44A ..............87 RGF36300CU63AE1 ..........87 RGF36300CU64AE1 ..........87 RGF36300CU73AE1 ..........87 RGF36300CU74AE1 ..........87 RGF36300U31A .................85 RGF36300U33A .................85 RGF36300U41A .................85 RGF36300U43A .................85 RGF36300U44A .................85 RGF36300U63AE1 ............85 RGF36300U64AE1 ............85 RGF36300U73AE1 ............85 RGF36300U74AE1 ............85 RJA36100CU31A ............ 88 RJA36100CU33A ............ 88 RJA36100CU41A ............ 88 RJA36100CU43A ............ 88 RJA36100CU44A ............ 88 RJA36100CU63AE1 ........ 88 RJA36100CU64AE1 ........ 88 RJA36100CU73AE1 ........ 88 RJA36100CU74AE1 ........ 88 RJA36120CU31A ............ 88 RJA36120CU33A ............ 88 RJA36120CU41A ............ 88 RJA36120CU43A ............ 88 RJA36120CU44A ............ 88 RJA36120CU63AE1 ........ 88 RJA36120CU64AE1 ........ 88 RJA36120CU73AE1 ........ 88 RJA36120CU74AE1 ........ 88 RJF36060 ........................ 84 RJF36060CU31A ...............86 RJF36060CU33A ...............86 RJF36060CU41A ...............86 RJF36060CU43A ...............86 RJF36060CU44A ...............86 RJF36060CU63AE1 ...........86 RJF36060CU64AE1 ...........86 RJF36060CU73AE1 ...........86 RJF36060CU74AE1 ...........86 RJF36060U31A ..................84 RJF36060U33A ..................84 RJF36060U41A ..................84 RJF36060U43A ..................84 RJF36060U44A ..................84 RJF36060U63AE1 .............84 RJF36060U64AE1 .............84 RJF36060U73AE1 .............84 RJF36060U74AE1 .............84 RJF36080 ........................ 84 RJF36080CU31A ...............86 RJF36080CU33A ...............86 RJF36080CU41A ...............86 RJF36080CU43A ...............86 RJF36080CU44A ...............86 RJF36080CU63AE1 ...........86 RJF36080CU64AE1 ...........86 RJF36080CU73AE1 ...........86 RJF36080CU74AE1 ...........86 RJF36080U31A ..................84 RJF36080U33A ..................84 RJF36080U41A ..................84 RJF36080U43A ..................84 RJF36080U44A ..................84 RJF36080U63AE1 .............84 RJF36080U64AE1 .............84 RJF36080U73AE1 .............84 RJF36080U74AE1 .............84 RJF36100 ........................ 84 RJF36100CU31A ...............86 RJF36100CU33A ...............86 RJF36100CU41A ...............86 RJF36100CU43A ...............86 RJF36100CU44A ...............86 RJF36100CU63AE1 ...........86 RJF36100CU64AE1 ...........86 RJF36100CU73AE1 ...........86 RJF36100CU74AE1 ...........86 RJF36100U31A ..................84 RJF36100U33A ..................84 RJF36100U41A ..................84 RJF36100U43A ..................84 RJF36100U44A ..................84 RJF36100U63AE1 .............84 RJF36100U64AE1 .............84 RJF36100U73AE1 .............84 RJF36100U74AE1 .............84 RJF36120 ........................ 84 RJF36120CU31A ...............86 RJF36120CU33A ...............86 RJF36120CU41A ...............86 RJF36120CU43A ...............86 RJF36120CU44A ...............86 RJF36120CU63AE1 ...........86 RJF36120CU64AE1 ...........86 RJF36120CU73AE1 ...........86 RJF36120CU74AE1 ...........86 RJF36120U31A ..................84 RJF36120U33A ..................84 RJF36120U41A ..................84 RJF36120U43A ..................84 RJF36120U44A ..................84 RJF36120U63AE1 .............84 RJF36120U64AE1 .............84 RJF36120U73AE1 .............84 RJF36120U74AE1 .............84 RJF36160 ...........................85 RJF36160CU31A ...............87 RJF36160CU33A ...............87 RJF36160CU41A ...............87 RJF36160CU43A ...............87 RJF36160CU44A ...............87 RJF36160CU63AE1 ..........87 RJF36160CU64AE1 ..........87 RJF36160CU73AE1 ..........87 RJF36160CU74AE1 ..........87 RJF36160U31A ..................85 RJF36160U33A ..................85 RJF36160U41A ..................85 RJF36160U43A ..................85 RJF36160U44A ..................85 RJF36160U63AE1 .............85 RJF36160U64AE1 .............85 RJF36160U73AE1 .............85 RJF36160U74AE1 .............85 RJF36200 ...........................85 RJF36200CU31A ...............87 RJF36200CU33A ...............87 RJF36200CU41A ...............87 RJF36200CU43A ...............87 RJF36200CU44A ...............87 RJF36200CU63AE1 ..........87 RJF36200CU64AE1 ..........87 RJF36200CU73AE1 ..........87 RJF36200CU74AE1 ..........87 RJF36200U31A ..................85 RJF36200U33A ..................85 RJF36200U41A ..................85 RJF36200U43A ..................85 RJF36200U44A ..................85 RJF36200U63AE1 .............85 RJF36200U64AE1 .............85 RJF36200U74AE1 .............85 RJF36250 ...........................85 RJF36250CU31A ...............87 RJF36250CU33A ...............87 RJF36250CU41A ...............87 RJF36250CU43A ...............87 RJF36250CU44A ...............87 RJF36250CU63AE1 ..........87 RJF36250CU64AE1 ..........87 RJF36250CU73AE1 ..........87 RJF36250CU74AE1 ..........87 RJF36250U31A ..................85 RJF36250U33A ..................85 RJF36250U41A ..................85 RJF36250U43A ..................85 RJF36250U44A ..................85 RJF36250U63AE1 .............85 RJF36250U64AE1 .............85 RJF36250U73AE1 .............85 RJF36250U74AE1 .............85 RJF36300CU31A ...............87 RJF36300CU33A ...............87 RJF36300CU41A ...............87 RJF36300CU43A ...............87 RJF36300CU44A ...............87 RJF36300CU63AE1 ..........87 RJF36300CU64AE1 ..........87 RJF36300CU73AE1 ..........87 RJF36300CU74AE1 ..........87 RJF36300U31A ..................85 RJF36300U33A ..................85 RJF36300U41A ..................85 RJF36300U43A ..................85 RJF36300U44A ..................85 RJF36300U63AE1 .............85 RJF36300U64AE1 .............85 RJF36300U73AE1 .............85 RJF36300U74AE1 .............85 RJF363200U73AE1 ...........85 RKA36100CU31A ............ 88 RKA36100CU33A ............ 88 RKA36100CU41A ............ 88 RKA36100CU43A ............ 88 RKA36100CU44A ............ 88 RKA36100CU63AE1 ....... 88 RKA36100CU64AE1 ....... 88 RKA36100CU73AE1 ....... 88 RKA36100CU74AE1 ....... 88 RKA36120CU31A ............ 88 RKA36120CU33A ............ 88 RKA36120CU41A ............ 88 RKA36120CU43A ............ 88 RKA36120CU44A ............ 88 RKA36120CU63AE1 ....... 88 RKA36120CU64AE1 ....... 88 RKA36120CU73AE1 ....... 88 RKA36120CU74AE1 ....... 88 RKF36000S12 ................. 89 RKF36000S16 ................. 89 RKF36000S20 ................. 89 RKF36000S25 ................. 89 RKF36000S30 ................. 89 RKF36060 ........................ 84 RKF36060CU31A .............. 86 RKF36060CU33A .............. 86 RKF36060CU41A .............. 86 RKF36060CU43A .............. 86 RKF36060CU44A .............. 86 RKF36060CU63AE1 .......... 86 RKF36060CU64AE1 .......... 86 RKF36060CU73AE1 .......... 86 RKF36060CU74AE1 .......... 86 RKF36060U31A ................. 84 RKF36060U33A ................. 84 RKF36060U41A ................. 84 RKF36060U43A ................. 84 RKF36060U44A ................. 84 RKF36060U63AE1 ............ 84 RKF36060U64AE1 ............ 84 RKF36060U73AE1 ............ 84 RKF36060U74AE1 ............ 84 RKF36080 ........................ 84 RKF36080CU31A .............. 86 RKF36080CU33A .............. 86 RKF36080CU41A .............. 86 RKF36080CU43A .............. 86 RKF36080CU44A .............. 86 RKF36080CU63AE1 .......... 86 RKF36080CU64AE1 .......... 86 RKF36080CU73AE1 .......... 86 RKF36080CU74AE1 .......... 86 RKF36080U31A ................. 84 RKF36080U33A ................. 84 RKF36080U41A ................. 84 RKF36080U43A ................. 84 RKF36080U44A ................. 84 RKF36080U63AE1 ............ 84 RKF36080U64AE1 ............ 84 RKF36080U73AE1 ............ 84 RKF36080U74AE1 ............ 84 RKF36100 ........................ 84 RKF36100CU31A .............. 86 RKF36100CU33A .............. 86 RKF36100CU41A .............. 86 RKF36100CU43A .............. 86 RKF36100CU44A .............. 86 RKF36100CU63AE1 .......... 86 RKF36100CU64AE1 .......... 86 RKF36100CU73AE1 .......... 86 RKF36100CU74AE1 .......... 86 RKF36100U31A ................. 84 RKF36100U33A ................. 84 RKF36100U41A ................. 84 RKF36100U43A ................. 84 RKF36100U44A ................. 84 RKF36100U63AE1 ............ 84 RKF36100U64AE1 ............ 84 RKF36100U73AE1 ............ 84 RKF36100U74AE1 ............ 84 RKF36120 ........................ 84 RKF36120CU31A .............. 86 RKF36120CU33A .............. 86 RKF36120CU41A .............. 86 RKF36120CU43A .............. 86 RKF36120CU44A .............. 86 189 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers RKF36120CU63AE1 ..........86 RKF36120CU64AE1 ..........86 RKF36120CU73AE1 ..........86 RKF36120CU74AE1 ..........86 RKF36120U31A .................84 RKF36120U33A .................84 RKF36120U41A .................84 RKF36120U43A .................84 RKF36120U44A .................84 RKF36120U63AE1 .............84 RKF36120U64AE1 .............84 RKF36120U73AE1 .............84 RKF36120U74AE1 .............84 RKF36160 ...........................85 RKF36160CU31A ...............87 RKF36160CU33A ...............87 RKF36160CU41A ...............87 RKF36160CU43A ...............87 RKF36160CU44A ...............87 RKF36160CU63AE1 ..........87 RKF36160CU64AE1 ..........87 RKF36160CU73AE1 ..........87 RKF36160CU74AE1 ..........87 RKF36160U31A .................85 RKF36160U33A .................85 RKF36160U41A .................85 RKF36160U43A .................85 RKF36160U44A .................85 RKF36160U63AE1 .............85 RKF36160U64AE1 .............85 RKF36160U73AE1 .............85 RKF36160U74AE1 .............85 RKF36200 ...........................85 RKF36200CU31A ...............87 RKF36200CU33A ...............87 RKF36200CU41A ...............87 RKF36200CU43A ...............87 RKF36200CU44A ...............87 RKF36200CU63AE1 ..........87 RKF36200CU64AE1 ..........87 RKF36200CU73AE1 ..........87 RKF36200CU74AE1 ..........87 RKF36200U31A .................85 RKF36200U33A .................85 RKF36200U41A .................85 RKF36200U43A .................85 RKF36200U44A .................85 RKF36200U63AE1 .............85 RKF36200U64AE1 .............85 RKF36200U74AE1 .............85 RKF36250 ...........................85 RKF36250CU31A ...............87 RKF36250CU33A ...............87 RKF36250CU41A ...............87 RKF36250CU43A ...............87 RKF36250CU44A ...............87 RKF36250CU63AE1 ..........87 RKF36250CU64AE1 ..........87 RKF36250CU73AE1 ..........87 RKF36250CU74AE1 ..........87 RKF36250U31A .................85 RKF36250U33A .................85 RKF36250U41A .................85 RKF36250U43A .................85 RKF36250U44A .................85 RKF36250U63AE1 .............85 RKF36250U64AE1 .............85 RKF36250U73AE1 .............85 RKF36250U74AE1 .............85 RKF36300CU31A ...............87 RKF36300CU33A ...............87 RKF36300CU41A ...............87 RKF36300CU43A ...............87 RKF36300CU44A ...............87 RKF36300CU63AE1 ..........87 RKF36300CU64AE1 ..........87 RKF36300CU73AE1 ..........87 RKF36300CU74AE1 ..........87 RKF36300U31A .................85 RKF36300U33A .................85 RKF36300U41A .................85 RKF36300U43A .................85 RKF36300U44A .................85 RKF36300U63AE1 .............85 RKF36300U64AE1 .............85 RKF36300U73AE1 .............85 RKF36300U74AE1 .............85 RKF363200U73AE1 ...........85 RL3TB .............................. 90 RL3TB4 ............................ 90 RLA36100CU31A ............ 88 RLA36100CU33A ............ 88 RLA36100CU41A ............ 88 RLA36100CU43A ............ 88 RLA36100CU44A ............ 88 RLA36100CU63AE1 ........ 88 RLA36100CU64AE1 ........ 88 RLA36100CU73AE1 ........ 88 RLA36100CU74AE1 ........ 88 RLA36120CU31A ............ 88 RLA36120CU33A ............ 88 RLA36120CU41A ............ 88 RLA36120CU43A ............ 88 RLA36120CU44A ............ 88 RLA36120CU63AE1 ........ 88 RLA36120CU64AE1 ........ 88 RLA36120CU73AE1 ........ 88 RLA36120CU74AE1 ........ 88 RLF36000S12 .................. 89 RLF36000S16 .................. 89 RLF36000S20 .................. 89 RLF36000S25 .................. 89 RLF36000S30 .................. 89 RLF36060 ........................ 84 RLF36060CU31A ...............86 RLF36060CU33A ...............86 RLF36060CU41A ...............86 RLF36060CU43A ...............86 RLF36060CU44A ...............86 RLF36060CU63AE1 ..........86 RLF36060CU64AE1 ..........86 RLF36060CU73AE1 ..........86 RLF36060CU74AE1 ..........86 RLF36060U31A ..................84 RLF36060U33A ..................84 RLF36060U41A ..................84 RLF36060U43A ..................84 RLF36060U44A ..................84 RLF36060U63AE1 .............84 RLF36060U64AE1 .............84 RLF36060U73AE1 .............84 RLF36060U74AE1 .............84 RLF36080 ........................ 84 RLF36080CU31A ...............86 RLF36080CU33A ...............86 RLF36080CU41A ...............86 RLF36080CU43A ...............86 RLF36080CU44A ...............86 RLF36080CU63AE1 ..........86 RLF36080CU64AE1 ..........86 RLF36080CU73AE1 ..........86 RLF36080CU74AE1 ..........86 RLF36080U31A ..................84 RLF36080U33A ..................84 RLF36080U41A ..................84 RLF36080U43A ..................84 RLF36080U44A ..................84 RLF36080U63AE1 .............84 RLF36080U64AE1 .............84 RLF36080U73AE1 .............84 RLF36080U74AE1 .............84 RLF36100 ........................ 84 RLF36100CU31A ...............86 RLF36100CU33A ...............86 RLF36100CU41A ...............86 RLF36100CU43A ...............86 RLF36100CU44A ...............86 RLF36100CU63AE1 ..........86 RLF36100CU64AE1 ..........86 RLF36100CU73AE1 ..........86 RLF36100CU74AE1 ..........86 RLF36100U31A .................84 RLF36100U33A .................84 RLF36100U41A .................84 RLF36100U43A .................84 RLF36100U44A .................84 RLF36100U63AE1 .............84 RLF36100U64AE1 .............84 RLF36100U73AE1 .............84 RLF36100U74AE1 .............84 RLF36120 ........................ 84 RLF36120CU31A ...............86 RLF36120CU33A ...............86 RLF36120CU41A ...............86 RLF36120CU43A ...............86 RLF36120CU44A ...............86 RLF36120CU63AE1 ..........86 RLF36120CU64AE1 ..........86 RLF36120CU73AE1 ..........86 RLF36120CU74AE1 ..........86 RLF36120U31A .................84 RLF36120U33A .................84 RLF36120U41A .................84 RLF36120U43A .................84 RLF36120U44A .................84 RLF36120U63AE1 .............84 RLF36120U64AE1 .............84 RLF36120U73AE1 .............84 RLF36120U74AE1 .............84 RLF36160 ...........................85 RLF36160CU31A ...............87 RLF36160CU33A ...............87 RLF36160CU41A ...............87 RLF36160CU43A ...............87 RLF36160CU44A ...............87 RLF36160CU63AE1 ..........87 RLF36160CU64AE1 ..........87 RLF36160CU73AE1 ..........87 RLF36160CU74AE1 ..........87 RLF36160U31A .................85 RLF36160U33A .................85 RLF36160U41A .................85 RLF36160U43A .................85 RLF36160U44A .................85 RLF36160U63AE1 .............85 RLF36160U64AE1 .............85 RLF36160U73AE1 .............85 RLF36160U74AE1 .............85 RLF36200 ...........................85 RLF36200CU31A ...............87 RLF36200CU33A ...............87 RLF36200CU41A ...............87 RLF36200CU43A ...............87 RLF36200CU44A ...............87 RLF36200CU63AE1 ..........87 RLF36200CU64AE1 ..........87 RLF36200CU73AE1 ..........87 RLF36200CU74AE1 ..........87 RLF36200U31A .................85 RLF36200U33A .................85 RLF36200U41A .................85 RLF36200U43A .................85 RLF36200U44A .................85 RLF36200U63AE1 .............85 RLF36200U64AE1 .............85 RLF36200U64AE1 .............85 RLF36200U73AE1 .............85 RLF36200U74AE1 .............85 RLF36250 ...........................85 RLF36250CU31A ...............87 RLF36250CU33A ...............87 RLF36250CU41A ...............87 RLF36250CU43A ...............87 RLF36250CU44A ...............87 RLF36250CU63AE1 ..........87 RLF36250CU64AE1 ..........87 RLF36250CU73AE1 ..........87 RLF36250CU74AE1 ..........87 RLF36250U31A .................85 RLF36250U33A .................85 RLF36250U41A ................. 85 RLF36250U43A ................. 85 RLF36250U44A ................. 85 RLF36250U63AE1 ............. 85 RLF36250U64AE1 ............. 85 RLF36250U73AE1 ............. 85 RLF36250U74AE1 ............. 85 RLF36300CU31A ............... 87 RLF36300CU33A ............... 87 RLF36300CU41A ............... 87 RLF36300CU43A ............... 87 RLF36300CU44A ............... 87 RLF36300CU63AE1 .......... 87 RLF36300CU64AE1 .......... 87 RLF36300CU73AE1 .......... 87 RLF36300CU74AE1 .......... 87 RLF36300U31A ................. 85 RLF36300U33A ................. 85 RLF36300U41A ................. 85 RLF36300U43A ................. 85 RLF36300U44A ................. 85 RLF36300U63AE1 ............. 85 RLF36300U73AE1 ............. 85 RLF36300U74AE1 ............. 85 RLTB ................................ 90 RLTB ................................ 90 RLTB1 .............................. 90 RLTB1 .............................. 90 RLTB4 .............................. 90 RLTB4 .............................. 90 RLTB4 .............................. 90 RLTB4 .............................. 90 RLTBE .............................99 RLTBE4 ........................... 99 S131A ............................ 107 S132R ............................ 107 S133A ............................ 107 S141A ............................ 107 S142R ............................ 107 S143A ............................ 107 S144A ............................ 107 S163A ............................ 107 S164A ............................ 107 S173A ............................ 107 S174A ............................ 107 S29450 .......................... 105 S29450 .......................... 105 S29450 .......................... 105 S29450 .......................... 105 S29450 .......................... 105 S29450 .......................... 105 S29452 .......................... 105 S29452 .......................... 105 S29452 .......................... 105 S29452 .......................... 105 S29452 .......................... 105 S29452 .......................... 105 S32631 .......................... 119 S32631 .......................... 119 S33033 .......................... 106 S33034 .......................... 106 S33034 .......................... 106 S33035 .......................... 106 S33035 .......................... 106 S33036 .......................... 106 S33036 .......................... 106 S33038 .......................... 106 S33091 .......................... 109 S33092 .......................... 109 S33092 .......................... 109 S33092 .......................... 109 S33093 .......................... 109 S33093 .......................... 109 S33093 .......................... 109 S33094 .......................... 109 S33095 .......................... 109 S33095 .......................... 109 S33095 .......................... 109 S33100 .......................... 108 S33100 .......................... 110 S33170 S33171 S33542 S33543 S33544 S33545 S33575 S33576 S33579 S33592 S33593 S33594 S33595 S33646 S33659 S33660 S33660 S33661 S33661 S33662 S33662 S33664 S33680 S33681 S33682 S33683 S33684 S33685 S33717 S33718 S33767 S33772 S33788 S33857 S33857 S33859 S33875 S33890 S33929 S33982 S33982 S33983 S33983 S33984 S33996 S33997 S33998 S34036 S44936 S46996 S46998 S47052 S47053 S47067 S47390 S47390 S47391 S47391 S47391 S47391 S47392 S47392 S47393 S47393 S47395 S47395 S47396 S47396 S47398 S47398 S48182 S48818 S48819 S48820 S48823 S48823 S48824 S48824 S48825 S48836 .......................... 121 .......................... 121 .......................... 109 .......................... 109 .......................... 109 .......................... 109 .......................... 108 .......................... 108 .......................... 108 .......................... 107 .......................... 110 .......................... 113 .......................... 113 .......................... 117 .......................... 106 .......................... 106 .......................... 106 .......................... 106 .......................... 106 .......................... 106 .......................... 106 .......................... 106 .......................... 104 .......................... 104 .......................... 104 .......................... 104 .......................... 104 .......................... 104 .......................... 118 .......................... 118 .......................... 122 .......................... 122 .......................... 122 .......................... 118 .......................... 122 .......................... 122 .......................... 118 .......................... 119 .......................... 118 .......................... 109 .......................... 109 .......................... 109 .......................... 109 .......................... 109 .......................... 119 .......................... 118 .......................... 117 .......................... 108 .......................... 119 .......................... 118 .......................... 118 .......................... 109 .......................... 109 .......................... 107 .......................... 106 .......................... 106 .......................... 106 .......................... 106 .......................... 106 .......................... 106 .......................... 106 .......................... 106 .......................... 106 .......................... 106 .......................... 106 .......................... 106 .......................... 106 .......................... 106 .......................... 106 .......................... 106 .......................... 108 .......................... 109 .......................... 109 .......................... 109 .......................... 109 .......................... 109 .......................... 109 .......................... 109 .......................... 109 .......................... 109 190 © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 05/2015 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers S48837 .......................... 109 S48838 .......................... 109 S48839 .......................... 109 S48840 .......................... 109 S48855 .......................... 113 S48856 .......................... 113 S48891 .......................... 108 S48896 .......................... 108 S48907 .......................... 113 S48907 .......................... 113 S48908 .......................... 113 S48916 .......................... 108 S48933 .......................... 122 S64201 .......................... 110 S64202 .......................... 110 S64203 .......................... 110 S64204 .......................... 110 S64204 .......................... 110 S64205 .......................... 110 S64205 .......................... 110 S64206 .......................... 110 S64207 .......................... 110 S64208 .......................... 110 S64209 .......................... 110 S64210 .......................... 110 S64210 .......................... 110 S64273 .......................... 110 YA1200R3 ..................... 116 YA1200R5 ..................... 116 YA1200R7 ..................... 116 YA2500R7 ..................... 116 YA250P3 ....................... 116 YA300P5 ....................... 116 YA400P3 ....................... 116 YA400P7 ....................... 116 YA600P5 ....................... 116 YA800P7 ....................... 116 191 05/2015 ™ © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Schneider Electric USA, Inc. Schneider Electric Canada, Inc. 1415 S. Roselle Road Palatine, IL 60067 USA 1-888-778-2733 www.schneider-electric.us 5985 McLaughlin Road Mississauga, ON L5R 1B8 Canada Tel:1-800-565-6699 www.schneider-electric.ca © 2001–2015 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Schneider Electric, Square D, PowerPact, and Micrologic are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated companies. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. 0612CT0101 R03/15 Replaces 0612CT0101 R03/15 05/2015